[00:00:01]
[1. CALL SESSION TO ORDER]
AT 7:00, WE'LL CALL THE SESSION ORDER OF THE CITY COUNCIL MEETING FOR THURSDAY, APRIL 21ST, 2022.COUNCILMEMBER VILLARREAL SALVO HERE.
COUNCILMEMBER GORDON COUNCIL MEMBER KINSEY HERE.
NEXT, IF YOU ARISE, WE'LL HAVE INVOCATION TONIGHT, LED BY PHILLIP AND ELLIE.
MAYOR SNYDER COUNCIL. THANK YOU.
IF WE WOULD ALL BOW OUR HEADS, PLEASE.
HEAVENLY FATHER, TONIGHT WE GATHER AS FRIENDS AND NEIGHBORS TO ADDRESS THE NECESSARY BUSINESS OF OUR COMMUNITY.
TO DO ALL THAT WE CAN TO MAKE THIS THE VERY BEST PLACE TO LIVE AND RAISE OUR FAMILIES.
DRAW NEAR TO OUR CITY LEADERS AND HELP THEM NAVIGATE THROUGH THE COMPLEXITIES OF THEIR DUTIES. HELP US AS CITIZENS TO GIVE THEM OUR FAITH AND SUPPORT.
HELP US ALL TO GIVE OUR BEST EFFORTS IN THE SERVICE OF A CAUSE GREATER THAN OURSELVES.
WE ASK YOUR BLESSING FOR OUR LEADERS, OUR CITIZENS, AND OUR COMMUNITY AND YOUR SON'S HOLY NAME. WE PRAY. AMEN.
I THOUGHT. JOIN ME IN THE PLEDGE.
I PLEDGE ALLEGIANCE TO THE FLAG OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND TO.
HE'S JUST UNDER THE SWAY OF THE TEXAS STATE BOARD.
ALL RIGHT. NEXT, WE HAVE A PROCLAMATION FIVE ONE HONORING CHIEF JIM STEWART OF THE POLICE
[5.1. Honoring Chief Jim Stuart of the Hutto Police Department]
DEPARTMENT. COUNCIL WOULD LIKE TO JOIN US DOWN IN FRONT.WHAT DO YOU THINK OF THAT? WE'RE ALL COMING.
Y'ALL WANT TO COME UP AS WELL? HE DESERVES IT. HE'S NOT GOING TO FIGHT.
ARE GOING TO HAVE TO DOUBLE ROW.
I'LL GO LIKE. LOOK, DUANE, SHE SAID, YOU ALWAYS DON'T TELL PEOPLE IN THE BACK. SO I ALWAYS BEEN TO THE BACK AND.
SO THE OFFICIAL PROCLAMATION OFFICE OF THE MAYOR, CITY OF HUTTO, TEXAS.
WHEREAS WE ASSEMBLED HERE TODAY TO THANK, HONOR AND CELEBRATE POLICE CHIEF JAMES JIM STEWART 39 YEAR CAREER.
AND. WHEREAS, FROM MAY 1986 TO JULY 1988, JIM STEWART SERVED AS A PATROL OFFICER AT THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT AUSTIN.
AND. WHEREAS, CHIEF STEWART JOINED THE ROUND ROCK POLICE DEPARTMENT IN JULY OF 1988.
AND. WHEREAS, AMONG CHIEF STEWART'S MANY CAREER HIGHLIGHTS INCLUDE PATROL, TRAINING, NARCOTICS, CRIMINAL INVESTIGATIONS, SUPPORT SERVICES, AND SWAT.
AND. WHEREAS, HE GRADUATED FROM OHIO CHRISTIAN UNIVERSITY IN CIRCLEVILLE, OHIO, WITH THE HONORS OF SUMMA CUM LAUDE.
AND. WHEREAS, CHIEF STEWART ALSO ATTENDED THE FBI NATIONAL ACADEMY IN QUANTICO, VIRGINIA, AND GRADUATED.
AND. WHEREAS, HE ENGAGED HIMSELF IN A COMMUNITY BY MENTORING CHILDREN AND FEEDING THE HUNGRY. AND.
WHEREAS, HE RETIRED AS ASSISTANT CHIEF OF POLICE FROM ROUND ROCK.
AND. WHEREAS, CHIEF STEWART JOINED THE HUDDLE POLICE DEPARTMENT IN OCTOBER 2021 AS AN INTERIM POLICE CHIEF.
AND. WHEREAS, THE HUDDLE POLICE DEPARTMENT HAS EARNED AND MAINTAINED THE CONFIDENCE AND SUPPORT OF THE CITIZENS OF HUTTO.
AND SO NOW, THEREFORE, ON BEHALF OF THE CITY COUNCIL, I MAYOR MIKE SNYDER WOULD LIKE TO EXPRESS OUR SINCEREST GRATITUDE TO JIM FOR HIS DEDICATION TO THE CITY OF HUTTO AND WISH HIM MUCH HAPPINESS AS HE MOVES FORWARD WITH HIS NEW CHAPTER OF HIS LIFE.
PROCLAIM THE 14TH DAY OF APRIL 20, 22.
[00:05:05]
THANKS. SO I'D LIKE TO JUST SAY A FEW PEOPLE ARE PROBABLY WANT TO TALK.CHIEF, YOU'RE SIX MONTHS OR SO HERE, I THINK HAS BEEN REMARKABLE IN TERMS OF SOME OF THE THINGS THAT FROM WHAT I ALWAYS HEARD FROM THE OFFICERS THAT THEY WANTED TO SEE DONE AND YOU CAME IN AND RIGHT OUT OF THE GATE, YOU RECOGNIZE THAT THERE'S SOME DIFFERENT WAYS WE COULD DO THINGS TO HELP WITH MORALE.
AND IT'S IT'S AMAZING OF THE JOB YOU'VE DONE AND YOU'VE LEFT SOME BIG SHOES TO FILL, WHICH I'M HIGHLY CONFIDENT THAT CHIEF YARBOROUGH WILL BE ABLE TO FILL.
BUT YOU DID THAT BY LISTENING TO THE POLICE, THE MEN AND WOMEN, AND BY JUST BEING ONE OF THEM AND LISTEN TO THEIR CONCERNS.
AND SO I APPRECIATE ALL YOUR MENTORSHIP.
YOU'VE DONE THE CONVERSATIONS WE'VE HAD OVER THE SIX MONTHS AND ALL THAT YOU'VE DONE FOR THE CITY OF HOW TO SO THINK ABOUT.
YOU HAVE TO READ. SO I THINK SOMEBODY IS ARE THEY BRINGING THAT UP TO ME TO READ ANYTHING FROM HIS HAIR RECOGNITION? OKAY. MATT.
[5.2. Recognition as a 2021 Tree City USA by Arbor Day Foundation - Jonathan Motsinger, Texas A & M Forest Service]
OKAY. SO NEXT THAT BRINGS US TO ITEM FIVE TO RECOGNITION AS A 2021 TREE CITY, U.S.A.JONATHAN SINGER TEXAS A&M FOREST SERVICE.
COULD I ALSO ASK OUR PARK SUPERINTENDENT ANY PARK BOARD MEMBERS THAT ARE PRESENT TO COME FORWARD AS WELL? SO. ALL RIGHT. WELL, AS YOU MAY KNOW, THE TRIP TO THE U.S.A.
RECOGNITION IS A PRETTY PRESTIGIOUS RECOGNITION FOR FOR THIS COMMUNITY.
IT'S SPONSORED BY THE ARBOR DAY FOUNDATION IN COOPERATION WITH THE USDA FOREST SERVICE AND THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF STATE FORESTERS AND PROVIDES DIRECTION, TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE, PUBLIC ATTENTION AND NATIONAL RECOGNITION FOR COMMUNITIES BY SUPPORTING THE DEVELOPMENT OF A SUSTAINABLE URBAN FOREST.
SOME OF THE BENEFITS OF BEING A TREE CITY USA COMMUNITY INCLUDE CREATING A FRAMEWORK FOR ACTION, OPPORTUNITIES FOR EDUCATION AND A POSITIVE PUBLIC IMAGE PUBLICLY DISPLAYING A COMMITMENT TO THE ENVIRONMENT AS A GREAT WAY TO BUILD PRIDE AMONG RESIDENTS, AS WELL AS POSITION THIS COMMUNITY AS AN ATTRACTIVE PLACE TO LIVE.
TO QUALIFY AS A TREE CITY USA COMMUNITY, A TOWN OR CITY MUST MEET FOUR STANDARDS THAT WERE ESTABLISHED TO ENSURE THAT EVERY QUALIFYING COMMUNITY WOULD HAVE A VIABLE TREE MANAGEMENT PLAN AND PROGRAM.
THESE FOUR STANDARDS INCLUDE MAINTAINING A TREE BOARD OR DEPARTMENT, ESTABLISHING A COMMUNITY TREE ORDINANCE, SPENDING AT LEAST $2 PER CAPITA ON URBAN FORESTRY, AND CELEBRATING ARBOR DAY, WHICH WE DID BACK IN NOVEMBER.
NEXT FRIDAY, APRIL 29TH IS ACTUALLY NATIONAL ARBOR DAY, THE 150TH ANNIVERSARY OF OF ARBOR DAY IN THE UNITED STATES.
BECAUSE THE END OF APRIL IS NOT A GREAT TIME TO PLANT TREES HERE IN TEXAS.
WE CELEBRATE IT THE FIRST FRIDAY IN NOVEMBER.
BUT IF YOU IF YOU REMEMBER NEXT FRIDAY, JUST TO TIP YOUR HAT TO A TREE IN RECOGNITION OF NATIONAL ARBOR DAY.
NOW, HUTTO IS ONE OF 94 COMMUNITIES HERE IN TEXAS TO ACHIEVE THIS TREE CITY USA RECOGNITION AND JOINS MORE THAN 3600 OTHER TREE CITY USA COMMUNITIES ACROSS THE COUNTRY.
THIS IS THE SECOND YEAR THAT HUTTO HAS RECEIVED THIS RECOGNITION AND THAT'S DUE IN LARGE PART TO THE EFFORTS OF ASSISTANT CITY MANAGER MATT WOJNOWSKI, WHO TOOK IT UPON HIMSELF TO ENSURE THAT HUD HAD MET THE APPROPRIATE QUALIFYING STANDARDS AFTER FAILING TO RECEIVE THIS RECOGNITION FOR THE PAST COUPLE OF YEARS.
THANKS ALSO TO MAYOR SNYDER, TO THE PARKS BOARD AND TO THE CITY COUNCIL FOR YOUR EFFORTS TO MAKE HUTTO A BETTER PLACE TO LIVE.
AND ON BEHALF OF THE ARBOR DAY FOUNDATION, TEXAS A&M FOREST SERVICE, CONGRATULATIONS TO THE CITY OF HUTTO FOR THIS THREE CITY USA RECOGNITION.
RIGHT. AND WE'VE GOT THIS FLAG TO.
[00:10:01]
THANK YOU, SIR.RIGHT. NEXT ON OUR AGENDA IS ITEM FIVE THREE EMERGENCY SERVICES DISTRICT ISO RATING BY
[5.3. Emergency Services District ISO Rating by Chief Kerwood]
CHIEF KERWOOD IN YOUR PACKET.GOOD EVENING, CHIEF. GOOD EVENING, MAYOR AND COUNCIL.
THANK YOU FOR THE OPPORTUNITY TO GET IN FRONT OF YOU TONIGHT.
I AM PLEASED TO ANNOUNCE TO YOU PROBABLY NO SECRET AT THIS POINT, BUT PLEASED TO ANNOUNCE THAT THE CITY OF HUTTO HAS ACHIEVED AN ISO INSURANCE SERVICE OFFICE RATING OF ONE THAT IS THE BEST RATING THAT YOU CAN GET.
HUTTO IS ONLY ONE OF 74 COMMUNITIES IN THE STATE OF TEXAS WITH A ONE AND ONLY ONE OF 411 IN THE NATION.
SO LET'S TALK ABOUT THIS JOURNEY THAT THE CITY OF HUTTO HAS BEEN ON FOR SEVERAL YEARS, GOING BACK TO 2005.
AS COUNCIL MEMBER HOLLAND WILL REMEMBER, HUTTO GOT ITS FIRST ISO RATING AND AT THAT TIME IT WAS AN ISO RATING OF FOUR HUTTO HAD NEVER BEEN RATED IN THE PAST.
IN 2012 OR EXCUSE ME, WHEN I CAME 13 YEARS AGO, WE RECOGNIZED THAT MANY THINGS HAD BEEN DONE TO IMPROVE THE FIRE PROTECTION SERVICES FROM THE WATER THAT THE CITY HAS, FROM THE SERVICES THE FIRE DEPARTMENT PROVIDED AND FROM THE COMMUNICATION AT THE COUNTY.
SO WE PURSUED ANOTHER RATING AND AT THAT TIME WAS ABLE TO GET THE CITY A RATING OF A TWO HERE THIS LAST YEAR BECAUSE WE'RE REQUIRED EVERY TEN YEARS TO HAVE A RATING DONE.
WE WERE ABLE TO GET A RATING FOR THE CITY OF HUTTO OF ONE.
SO WHAT DOES THAT MEAN? WE GOT A ONE.
SO THE WAY THAT I'D LIKE YOU TO THINK ABOUT IT IS THINK OF IT AS AN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT TOOL. AND I ALWAYS USE THE EXAMPLE IF YOU HAVE COMMUNITY A AND YOU HAVE COMMUNITY B, EVERYTHING IS THE SAME COST OF LIVING, EVERYTHING IS EXACTLY THE SAME EXCEPT COMMUNITY A HAS A MUCH BETTER INSURANCE RATING FOR CITIZENS AND FOR BUSINESSES THAN WHAT COMMUNITY B DOES. THAT IS A TOOL TO ATTRACT THEM TO YOUR COMMUNITY.
SO WORKING WITH YOUR EDC, YOU ARE ABLE TO THEN TOUT THAT YOU PROVIDE OR YOU HAVE ACHIEVED THAT HIGHEST IN INSURANCE RATINGS THROUGH ISO.
NOW I ALSO GET QUESTIONS OF FROM CITIZENS.
WELL, MY INSURANCE COMPANY DOESN'T RECOGNIZE IT.
WHAT DO I DO? MY ANSWER IS EASY CHANGE INSURANCE COMPANIES BECAUSE THERE'S LOTS OF THEM OUT THERE THAT DO.
AND THIS IS SOMETHING THAT WORKING WITH THE CITY OVER THE PAST SEVERAL YEARS AND THANKS TO PUBLIC WORKS AND ALL THAT'S BEEN DONE ON THE WATER SYSTEM AND THE IMPROVEMENTS YOU'VE MADE, RECOGNIZING THAT YOU HAVE CITY HUTTO WATER, YOU HAVE JONAH WATER AND YOU HAVE MANVILLE WATER ALL WITHIN YOUR CITY LIMITS, WORKING WITH WILLIAMSON COUNTY COMMUNICATIONS AND THEN WITH OURSELVES AS A FIRE DEPARTMENT, WE HAVE BEEN ABLE TO GET THIS.
YOU KNOW, THE FIRST QUESTION I WAS ASKED WHEN I CAME TO HUTTO, I GUARANTEE YOU THE FIRST DAY FIRST QUESTION WAS WHEN DO WE GET A FIRE STATION SOUTH OF THE RAILROAD TRACKS? AND WE TOOK US NINE YEARS, BUT WE GOT THAT FIRE STATION.
AND THAT WAS A KEY TO HELPING US GET FOR THE CITY AHEAD OF THE ISO RATING OF ONE.
NOW, WE ALSO HAVE A RATING FOR THE REST OF THE SD, WHICH AT THIS TIME IS A TWO.
I CAN'T TELL YOU WHAT IT'S GOING TO CHANGE TO, BUT AS SOON AS WE OPEN FIRE STATION NUMBER THREE UP ON LIMMER LOOP, THEY'RE COMING BACK IN TO REWRITE.
SO IT WILL BE THE SAME THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE HUTT COMMUNITY.
SO CONGRATULATIONS TO THE CITY OF HUTTO FOR ACHIEVING THIS.
NOW WE HAVE OVER THE NEXT TEN YEARS, WE HAVE TO CONTINUE TO MAINTAIN THIS.
WE WILL BE WORKING WITH CITY MANAGER TURNER, WILL BE WORKING WITH THE NEW CITY MANAGER, COMING IN, WORKING WITH PUBLIC WORKS SO THAT WE CAN MAINTAIN THE WATER FLOWS, MAINTAIN THE COLOR COATINGS ON THE FIRE HYDRANTS AND EVERYTHING THAT WE NEED TO HELP YOU CONTINUE TO ATTRACT BUSINESSES, BECAUSE NOW YOU'RE EXACTLY THE SAME AT ROUND ROCK HAS A ONE.
I JUST I JUST TELL MY TAYLOR FRIENDS THAT ALL THE TIME.
BUT THIS IS DEFINITELY AN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT TOOL THAT YOU HAVE TO PUT INTO YOUR BACK POCKET. THANK YOU VERY MUCH, SIR.
[00:15:01]
CHIEF THING'S FOR ALL THE WORK YOU'VE DONE.AND IT'S NICE TO SEE THAT THE HARD WORK OF THE CITY AND THE COUNCIL IN TERMS OF IMPROVING OUR INFRASTRUCTURE IS BEING SHOWN IN AND THINGS LIKE THE ISO RATING.
NEXT, WE HAVE ITEM 6.1 SWEARING IN OF POLICE CHIEF JEFFREY YARBOROUGH.
[6.1. Swearing In of Police Chief Jeffrey Yarbrough]
AND THAT WILL BE DONE BY JUDGE STOUT OF THE JP OF PRECINCT TWO.CHIEF, WOULD YOU JOIN US? JUDGE, THANK YOU SO MUCH FOR DOING THIS FOR US.
AND I'LL TURN THE MIC OVER TO YOU.
ALL RIGHT. THANK YOU. IT'S A GREAT HONOR TO BE HERE.
I AM JUDGE STOUT THAT JUST SAID THE PIECE IN PRECINCT TWO.
AND IT'S A GREAT HONOR TO WORK WITH ALL OF THE OFFICERS OF THE HUTTO POLICE DEPARTMENT IN LOTS OF DIFFERENT WAYS. AND I HONOR ALL OF YOU FOR YOUR SERVICE, AND THANK YOU FOR YOUR COOPERATION AND PATIENCE FOR ALL THE JUSTICES OF THE PEACE IN THIS COUNTY.
AND, CHIEF, IT IS AN HONOR TO BE ABLE TO DO THE SWEARING IN CEREMONY FOR YOU.
YOU'RE WONDERFUL, MAN. I'VE HAD A CHANCE TO VISIT WITH YOU BRIEFLY, AND I'M REALLY EXCITED ABOUT YOU BEING THE CHIEF.
YOU HAVE A GREAT MAN HERE AND I'M REALLY EXCITED.
IF YOU WILL REPEAT AFTER ME BY SAYING YOUR NAME.
DO SOLEMNLY SWEAR THAT I HAVE NOT DIRECTLY THAT I HAVE NOT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INDIRECTLY PAID OFFERED PAID PROMISE TO PAY PROMISE TO PAY CONTRIBUTED, CONTRIBUTED OR PROMISE TO CONTRIBUTE OR PROMISE TO CONTRIBUTE ANY MONEY OR THING OF VALUE ANY MONEY OR THING OF VALUE OR PROMISED ANY PUBLIC OFFICE OR ANY PUBLIC OFFICE OR EMPLOYMENT FOR THE GIVING OR WITHHOLDING OF A VOTE FOR THE GIVING OR WITHHOLDING OF A VOTE AT THE ELECTION OF WHICH I WAS ELECTED, THE ELECTION OF WHICH I WAS ELECTED, OR AS A REWARD TO SECURE MY APPOINTMENT OR AS A REWARD TO SECURE MY APPOINTMENT OR CONFIRMATION, OR WHICHEVER THE CASE MAY BE, WHICHEVER THE CASE MAY BE.
I'M ALSO GOING TO COMMIT NOW TO THE OATH OF OFFICE.
I. JEFF SHAW. JEFF YARBOROUGH.
DO SOLEMNLY SWEAR THAT I WILL FAITHFULLY EXECUTE THE DUTIES OF THE OFFICE OF POLICE CHIEF. THAT I WILL FAITHFULLY EXECUTE THE DUTIES OF THE OFFICE OF POLICE CHIEF.
AND WELL, TO THE BEST OF MY ABILITY, PRESERVE, PROTECT AND DEFEND, PRESERVE, PROTECT AND DEFEND THE CONSTITUTION AND THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES AND THIS STATE, THE CONSTITUTION AND LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES AND OF THIS STATE.
I JUST WANT TO SAY THANK YOU SO MUCH TO EACH AND EVERY ONE OF YOU FOR GIVING ME THE THE OPPORTUNITY TO SHOW YOU THAT I AM COMMITTED TO THIS CITY, THIS COMMUNITY AND THE DEPARTMENT. I LOOK FORWARD TO WORKING WITH EVERYONE IN THIS COMMUNITY, BEING A PART OF THIS COMMUNITY AND WORKING WITH YOU COUNCIL, WORKING WITH THE CITY MANAGER AND TRYING TO FILL THE SHOES. IT'LL TAKE ME A LONG TIME TO FILL THE SHOES.
AND. BUT. BUT CHIEF HAS LEFT SOME GREAT FOOTSTEPS FOR ME TO FOLLOW IN.
AND THE FOUNDATION HAS BEEN LAID.
AND I KNOW WITH THE DEPARTMENT AND THE OFFICERS THAT I'VE GOT A CHANCE TO MEET AND THOSE THAT I WILL CONTINUE TO COLLABORATE WITH AND WORK WITH.
HUTTO HAS BEEN LIKE THE PINNACLE.
I THINK ALL THE THINGS THAT I'VE GONE THROUGH IN MY CAREER HAVE LED ME TO THIS PLACE AND I'VE GOT A LONG TENURED OBJECTIVE AND I LOOK FORWARD TO MAKING EVERYONE IN THIS COMMUNITY PROUD, SAFE, CONFIDENT AND SECURE IN THE WORK WE DO.
NOW I HAVE THE HONOR OF SWEARING.
[6.2. Swearing In of City Secretary Angela Walton]
ALSO THE CITY SECRETARY.THESE ARE THE ALWAYS THE EXCUSE ME, COUNSEL, BUT A LOT OF TIMES THE SECRETARIES ARE THE ONES THAT KNOW EVERYTHING.
IF YOU WORK WITH THE CITY MUCH, YOU KNOW THAT.
WE THANK YOU. IF YOU WILL RAISE YOUR RIGHT HAND AND SAY I, ANGELA WALTON.
THAT I HAVE NOT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY PAID.
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY PAID OFFERED PROMISE TO PAY, CONTRIBUTED OR PROMISED TO CONTRIBUTE ANY MONEY OR THING OF VALUE OR PROMISED ANY PUBLIC OFFICE OR EMPLOYMENT FOR THE GIVING OR
[00:20:05]
WITHHOLDING OF A VOTE OF WHICH THE ELECTION OF WHICH I WAS ELECTED.OR AS A REWARD TO SECURE MY APPOINTMENT.
OR TO SECURE OUR CONFIRMATION.
AWESOME. THANK YOU. THAT IS CONSIDERED THE STATEMENT OF THE OFFICE OFFICER. AND NOW WE'LL ADMINISTER THE OATH OF OFFICE.
HI, ANGELA WILLIAMS. THE VAULT AND EXCUSE ME, DO SOLEMNLY SWEAR THAT I WILL FAITHFULLY EXECUTE THE DUTIES OF THE OFFICE OF CITY, SECRETARY OF THE STATE OF TEXAS, AND WILL, TO THE BEST OF MY ABILITY, PRESERVE, PROTECT AND DEFEND.
THE CONSTITUTION AND LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES AND OF THIS STATE.
ALL RIGHT. THAT BRINGS US TO NUMBER 7.1, GENERAL COMMENTS FROM CITY COUNCIL.
[7. CITY COUNCIL COMMENTS]
RIGHT. AND THEN YOU SIGN HERE AND I CAN FILL THAT OUT IF YOU MORE OR LESS UNLESS YOU HAVE ANY COMMENTS FROM CITY COUNCIL.I JUST WANT TO SAY THANK YOU TO ALL THOSE THAT CAME OUT TO THE CRAWFISH FESTIVAL.
I THINK THE CHAMBER PUT ON A WONDERFUL EVENT.
I DON'T THINK THEY SOLD OUT UNTIL CLOSER TO 330 OR FOUR.
SO I THINK THAT IT WAS OVERALL A GREAT SUCCESS.
GREAT WEATHER. LAST YEAR IT WAS PARTICULARLY COLD.
SO IT WAS GREAT WEATHER, GREAT TIMES.
HONESTLY, IT'S GREAT TO SEE EVERYBODY HERE TODAY.
I LOVE IT WHEN THERE'S SO MANY, SO MANY PEOPLE HERE LISTENING AND PAYING ATTENTION.
HUTTON MARKET DAYS, I BELIEVE, IS THE THIRD SATURDAY.
THEY HAD THE FIRST ONE THIS PAST SATURDAY.
REALLY A LOT OF GREAT VENDORS, A NICE SELECTION OF WHATEVER IT IS YOU'RE LOOKING FOR.
IT WAS JUST, AGAIN, A BEAUTIFUL DAY, GREAT PLACE TO BE DOWNTOWN, VISIT LOCAL BUSINESSES, SUPPORT LOCAL, SUPPORT SMALL, STAY SMALL.
AND THEN ALSO AN UPCOMING EVENT, I BELIEVE, NEXT WEEKEND.
THE HUTTO WOMEN'S ALLIANCE IS PUTTING ON THEIR ANNUAL STAMPEDE, HIPPO STAMPEDE.
ALL FUNDS THAT ARE RAISED DURING THAT DO GO TO FUND HUTTO SENIORS FOR SCHOLARSHIPS OR EXCUSE ME WITH THEIR SENIORS.
I KNOW DEFINITELY HUTTO PROJECTS INSIDE OF THE HIGH SCHOOL.
SO ALL OF THOSE MONIES ARE PUT DIRECTLY BACK INTO HUTTO HIGH SCHOOL, WHICH IS A GREAT CAUSE AND A GREAT WAY TO GET OUT AND BE ACTIVE AND SHOW YOUR SUPPORT.
SO I ENCOURAGE EVERYONE TO SIGN UP FOR THAT.
AGAIN, THAT'S THE HUTTO WOMEN'S ALLIANCE.
THAT'S ALL YOU. ANY OTHER COMMENTS FROM COUNCIL? MAYOR I'D JUST LIKE TO REMIND ALL OF THE CITIZENS THAT ON APRIL THE 30TH, THIS IS A SATURDAY AT ADAM MORGAN PARK FROM 9 TO 11, IS THAT CORRECT? WILL BE A FREE NO.
SORRY. WE'LL BE A FREE PARTY FOR ALL CITIZENS OF HUTTO.
AND IT IS SPONSORED BY LOCAL NONPROFITS HERE IN TOWN.
THERE'S GOING TO BE HOTDOGS AND GAMES FOR KIDS.
AND I THINK THAT EACH OF THE NONPROFITS THAT ARE PARTICIPATING IN THE EVENT WILL HAVE SOME ACTIVITY FOR AT LEAST THE KIDS.
AND I KNOW THAT THE PARKS DEPARTMENT HAS GOT 250 KITES TO GIVE AWAY.
SO IF YOU MISSED OUT ON THE EASTER EGG HUNT, WHICH I KNOW THAT THERE WERE A NUMBER OF KIDDOS THAT THAT MISSED OUT ON THAT COME EARLY AND MAYBE WE CAN CONNECT YOU WITH A KITE.
ANY OTHER COMMENTS FROM COUNCIL? RIGHT. I'VE GOT A COUPLE.
SO I HAD THE PLEASURE TO SPEND SOME TIME WITH MAYOR GONZALEZ FROM THE CITY OF PFLUGERVILLE A WEEK AGO SUNDAY.
FOR THE GREATER AUSTIN DEPAUL SOCIETY'S GROUNDBREAKING.
AND SO IT'S PRETTY IMPRESSIVE THAT THEY'RE THEY'VE CHOSEN HUTTO AS BEING A COMMUNITY THAT WOULD VALUE A DIFFERENT CULTURE AND A DIFFERENT RELIGION.
AND SO FOR THEM COMING OUT HERE AND GROUNDBREAKING, THERE MUST HAVE BEEN PROBABLY 1000 PEOPLE. SO IT WAS HONORED THERE TO SPEND SOME MUCH NEEDED TIME CATCH UP WITH MAYOR GONZALEZ. AND I'M ALSO WORKING AHEAD OF MEETING WITH A TOUR OF A VIVO WHO IS MOVING TO
[00:25:06]
HUTTO, A FACILITY.I GOT THE TOUR OF THEIR THEIR PLANT AND SOME OF THEIR TECHNOLOGY THAT THEY'RE BRINGING TO HUTTO. AND WE'RE GOING TO WORK ON A FIELD TRIP OF SORTS, IF YOU WILL, FROM MEMBERS OF CITY COUNCIL TO COME TO THAT AND TO SEE KIND OF SOME OF THE TECHNOLOGY THAT'S COME INTO HUTTO AND HOW IT CAN BE USED AND KIND OF THE FUTURE OF WASTEWATER.
ALL RIGHT. SO WE'LL MOVE TO ITEM SEVEN TO CITY COUNCIL LIAISON REPORTS.
I HAVE A COUPLE OF ITEMS THERE.
THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN COMMITTEE MET LAST NIGHT.
THE VENDOR, FRIESS AND NICHOLS WORKING ON THAT BROUGHT BACK A LOT OF THE INPUT FROM THE CITIZENS WHO HAVE GIVEN INPUT SO FAR WHEN THEY HAD THE POLLS AND THE ONLINE WHERE PEOPLE COULD PLACE ITEMS ON A MAP AND MAKE SUGGESTIONS.
THEY KIND OF SUMMARIZED THAT FOR US.
WE DISCUSSED SOME OF THE ITEMS FOR THE VISION FOR THE PLAN GOING FORWARD.
THEY ARE WORKING ON A LIST OF COMMUNITY EVENTS OVER THE NEXT FEW MONTHS WHERE THEY WILL BE LOOKING FOR MORE INPUT.
SO LOOK FOR THEM TO BE OUT AT A LOT OF OUR DIFFERENT EVENTS.
THEY WERE GIVEN SOME GOOD SUGGESTIONS FOR THINGS LIKE THE MARKET DAYS.
SOME OF THE ISD EVENTS AND THINGS LIKE THAT TO LOOK INTO AS POTENTIAL PLACES TO FIND DIFFERENT GROUPS OF CITIZENS FROM HUTTO TO GET MORE INPUT.
WE DEFINITELY WANT TO GET AS MANY PEOPLE PARTICIPATING AS WE CAN TO MAKE IT THE BEST PLAN IT CAN BE. SOME OF THE FUTURE ITEMS. THERE'S A PLAN TO COME TO CITY COUNCIL TO GIVE A REPORT.
I BELIEVE THEY'RE HOPING TO DO THAT AT THE FIRST MEETING IN JUNE.
BUT THAT MAY SHIFT ONE WAY OR ANOTHER, DEPENDING ON ON HOW THINGS GO.
AND ONE OF THE ITEMS TO WORK ON OVER THE SUMMER IS THE FUTURE LAND USE MAP.
THAT'S GOING TO BE ONE OF THE NEXT THINGS TO BE WORKED AS PART OF THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN THERE ALSO. WE ALSO GOT SOME INFORMATION SPECIFIC TO THE DOWNTOWN PLAN, AND THAT'S ALSO BEING WORKED IN PARALLEL AND THAT'S GOING TO CONTINUE FORWARD AS WELL WITH A LOT OF THE SAME THINGS OF GATHERING MORE COMMUNITY INPUT AND CONTINUING TO WORK THAT PLAN AS WE MOVE FORWARD. SO I THINK THE OTHER THE OTHER REPORT IS THE LIBRARY ADVISORY BOARD MET LAST WEEK. THEY FINALLY HAVE A FULL BOARD, WHICH THEY WERE ALL VERY HAPPY TO SEE.
IT'S THE FIRST TIME THEY HAD SEVEN PEOPLE AT A BOARD MEETING IN A VERY LONG TIME AND THEY HAD SEVEN ACTIVE BOARD MEMBERS LOOKING TO LOOK INTO HELP AND GET INVOLVED WITH THE LIBRARY. SO THAT'S A GREAT THING TO SEE FOR THE COMMUNITY.
OUR LIBRARIAN WAS THERE DISCUSSING HOW THE LIBRARY IS SEEING AN UPTICK IN THE NUMBER OF PEOPLE COMING IN OVER THE PAST FEW MONTHS.
IT CONTINUES TO INCREASE MONTH BY MONTH.
ALL THE SERVICES THAT THEY HAVE SEEM TO BE TRENDING UPWARDS.
SO THEY'RE GETTING BUSIER AND BUSIER.
THEY HAVE ADDED HOURS OVER THE LAST COUPLE OF MONTHS.
AND THAT'S ALSO HELPING TO BUILD UP THE THE NUMBERS AS FAR AS HOW MANY PEOPLE ARE COMING INTO THE LIBRARY. THEY'RE WORKING ON THEIR PLANS TO BE ABLE TO INCORPORATE VOLUNTEERS IN THE FUTURE AND LOOKING AT WHAT THEY CAN DO TO MOVE THE LIBRARY FORWARD.
THEY ARE ALSO LOOKING AT UPDATING THINGS LIKE THE VISION STATEMENT OF THE LIBRARY OVER THE NEXT FEW MONTHS. AND THEN I BELIEVE THE NEXT MEETING THEY'LL PROBABLY END UP DISCUSSING THE LIBRARY BUDGET FOR THE NEXT YEAR WITH THE BOARD BEFORE THAT ENDS UP COMING BACK TO US IN THE BUDGET CYCLE.
SO A LOT OF THINGS GOING ON THERE AND IT'S GOOD TO SEE SEVEN PEOPLE WHO ARE ACTIVE AND INVOLVED. GREAT.
THANKS, SIR. OTHER LADIES ON REPORTS.
NEITHER MINE MET IN THE LAST TWO WEEKS.
NEITHER ONE OF NEITHER ONE OF MINE HAVE MET.
JUST TO AGAIN PUT IT OUT THERE.
THE ADA TASK FORCE IS DIFFERENT FROM SOME OF OUR OTHER COMMISSIONS AND BOARDS AND THAT IT DOESN'T HAVE AS STRICT REGULATIONS.
THEY DON'T NECESSARILY HAVE TO HAVE A CERTAIN NUMBER FOR A QUORUM.
IT WILL END. IT'S JUST A TASK FORCE TO KIND OF GIVE US KIND OF WHAT'S IMPORTANT TO THAT COMMUNITY AND WHERE WE CAN IN WAYS WE CAN IMPROVE.
THEY DON'T HAVE TO MEET IN PERSON.
THEY CAN MEET VIA ZOOM, ESPECIALLY FOR THOSE THAT DO HAVE ADA ISSUES OR MAYBE SOMEONE IN THEIR FAMILY DOES. THEY DON'T HAVE THE AVAILABILITY TO BE A PLACE IN PERSON, SO THAT BORN IN COMMISSION IS A LITTLE BIT DIFFERENT.
SO WE CURRENTLY HAVE TWO MEMBERS ON THAT.
I'D LOVE FOR THERE TO BE MAYBE TWO ADDITIONAL, BUT WE CAN HAVE THERE REALLY ISN'T NECESSARILY A CAP.
SO AGAIN, IF YOU'D LIKE TO BE ON THE ADA TASK FORCE, IT'S SOMETHING THAT WE'D REALLY LIKE TO GET OFF THE GROUND AND GET SOME GOOD IDEAS OUT OF AND MOVING IN WAYS THAT WE CAN HELP.
THAT SECTION OF THE COMMUNITY AND THE DNI DID NOT MEET THIS WEEK.
I BELIEVE THEY'RE MEETING NEXT WEEK AND WE HAVE TWO OPENINGS ON THAT BOARD.
PARK'S MET THE PAST TWO WEEKS.
LAST WEEK WAS, AS WE DISCUSSED, THE YMCA, SO I'M NOT GOING TO TALK ABOUT THAT SINCE WE'RE GOING TO HAVE AN AGENDA ITEM ON IT.
[00:30:02]
AND THEY MET THIS PAST WEEK AND WE'RE UPDATED ON COSTS FOR SOME OF THE IMPROVEMENTS ON MAINTENANCE THAT WAS AGREED UPON AND DIRECTION FROM COUNCIL FOR THEM.SO THEY'RE MOVING FORWARD WITH OUR SUPERINTENDENT.
WE'LL HEAR MORE FROM A LOT OF THEM THIS EVENING.
THANK YOU. ANY OTHER WAYS AND REPORTS.
SO I'VE GOT TO EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS.
WE CONTINUE TO MEET EVERY TWO WEEKS.
WE'VE HAD THREE THINGS WE'VE REALLY BEEN WORKING ON.
I'LL WAIT TO GIVE THE DETAILS FOR WHEN THE CHAIRMAN OF THAT TASK FORCE PRESENTS.
BUT THEY'VE BEEN WORKING ON IDENTIFYING THE HAM RADIO TO RECOMMEND FOR THE CITY TO USE FOR DISASTERS.
THE IDEA IS TO HAVE A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT WILL WORK, LIKE WHEN THE FREEZE HAPPENED, ALL THE SYSTEMS THAT FAILED.
THEY'VE BEEN WORKING ON A SYSTEM THAT WILL WORK IN A IN AN ENVIRONMENT LIKE THAT.
AND SO HAM RADIO, WE'VE HAD SOMEONE FROM WILLIAMSON COUNTY COME OUT.
THEY MAY BE RECOMMENDING DIFFERENT PEOPLE EARNING LICENSES, I THINK AS FCC.
I DON'T REMEMBER THE EXACT CODE LICENSE SO THAT THEY CAN USE THESE.
WE ALSO ARE LOOKING AT A SYSTEM CALLED MOTHER DUCK, WHICH WOULD BE A WAY TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE CITIZENRY WITHOUT WHEN YOU DON'T HAVE INTERNET AND YOU DON'T HAVE POWER, BUT YOU HAVE SOMETHING THAT'S BLUETOOTH OR WI FI SHOULD SAY.
THEN MOTHER DUCK IS SOMETHING THAT'S GOING TO BE RECOMMENDED.
AND THEN THE LAST ONE IS WE HAVE ALREADY GOT A GRANT.
SHOULD THE CITY COUNCIL AND THE CITY DECIDE TO GO? THEY'VE ALSO BEEN WORKING ON GRANT MONEY TO TRY TO MAKE SURE THAT THE IMPROVEMENTS MADE TO COMMUNICATION ARE AT NO COST TO TAXPAYERS.
THE BOARD IS MADE UP OF A LOT OF PEOPLE THAT I'LL JUST SAY THEY ARE NOT IN THE SPENDING TAXPAYER MONEY. THEY'RE INTO FIGURING WAYS THROUGH FEMA AND OTHER GOVERNMENT PROGRAMS TO PAY FOR IT. SO WE'LL HAVE SOME DETAILS ON THAT.
AND THEN THE EDC FOR THE FIRST WEEK IN A WHILE, WE DID NOT MEET LAST WEEK, BUT WE MET PREVIOUSLY. THERE'S A LOT OF PROJECTS THAT WILL START COMING TO THE CITY COUNCIL.
I WOULD SAY IN THE NEXT MEETING OR TWO THAT WE'RE GETTING TO THE FINAL STAGES.
WE ALSO HAVE WE HAD AN UPDATE ON OUR ICC GROUP THAT'S GOING TO LAS VEGAS FOR A CONVENTION. I THINK THAT'S VERY IMPORTANT FOR THE EDC TO GO TO THAT.
ONE OF THE THINGS THIS PAST NOVEMBER ACTUALLY HAD GONE AND MET WITH SOMEONE FROM NEW QUEST, WHICH IS A PROPERTY OWNER NEXT TO LOEWS.
AND SO MEETING WITH THESE PEOPLE, WE'RE ABLE TO GIVE KIND OF WHAT THE CITY IS LOOKING FOR. AND ONE OF THE THINGS THAT I HAD TOLD THEM WAS THE CITY WAS LOOKING FOR A GROCERY STORES, RETAIL, SPECIALTY, RETAIL AND SIT DOWN RESTAURANTS, AND THAT ANYTHING WE CAN DO TO KIND OF HELP OUT WITH THAT, THAT I THINK THE COUNCIL WOULD LOOK FAVORABLY ON THAT.
I REMIND THEM I'M JUST ONE PERSON.
THERE MAY BE A MAJORITY OF COUNCIL THAT WANT SOMETHING DIFFERENT, BUT THOSE ARE THE THINGS THAT WERE KIND OF THE EDC.
BOB, WHO MAYOR TONIGHT IS PUSHING TO HAVE A DEVELOPER AS RECOGNIZED AS A AS A NEED IN HOW TO. AND I ALSO OPEN UP THE LEAVE WITH THIS.
THE COUNCIL IS ALWAYS WELCOME TO COME.
I KNOW COUNCILMEMBER VILLARREAL SALVO.
SHE COMES REGULARLY AND IS ABLE TO SEE FIRSTHAND A LOT OF THE THINGS COMING.
I KNOW COUNCILMAN GORDON, HE'S BEEN THERE BEFORE, SO I ALWAYS INVITE THAT BEST TO COME HERE FROM THE BOARD THEMSELVES AND FROM BOB.
USUALLY IT'S BEHIND THE DOORS, SO IT CAN'T EVER BE PUBLIC.
ALL RIGHT. SO WITH THAT, UNLESS THERE'S NO OTHER LIAISON REPORTS.
IT WILL MOVE TO PUBLIC COMMENT.
[8. PUBLIC COMMENT]
FOR PUBLIC COMMENT. WE HAVE 3 MINUTES TO SPEAK.WHEN IT GETS DOWN TO 30 SECONDS, IT'LL GO TO YELLOW AND THEN IT READ.
AND THE FIRST PERSON WE HAVE IS MARCI WEGNER.
HANG ON. I JUST HAVE TO SAY PREFACES.
SERIOUSLY? LIKE MY CHEEKS HURT FROM SMILING.
SO BEFORE I SAY WHAT I NEED TO SAY.
I JUST WANT TO TELL YOU GUYS THAT IT FEELS REALLY GOOD TO BE HERE TONIGHT.
ALL RIGHT. I'VE HAD A NEWBORN FOSTER BABY FOR ABOUT THREE WEEKS.
SHE WAS FINALLY TAKEN TO A FAMILY MEMBER LAST NIGHT AT THE AGE OF SIX WEEKS OLD.
BUT I READ SOMETHING ON SOCIAL MEDIA TONIGHT AND I HAD TO COME.
I'M NOT SURE I'M SAYING IT RIGHT.
NEEDS TO STEP DOWN FROM THIS RACE.
FOR ANYONE WHO HASN'T READ THE PURE EVIL SHE SPEWED REGARDING SOMEONE'S PAIN AND GRIEF, I IMPLORE YOU TO SEEK IT OUT.
HUTTO DOESN'T LOOK GOOD, AND THAT'S NOT A SECRET.
[00:35:01]
WE'VE BEEN THE BUTT OF JOKES.THEN MOST CITIES THAT ARE THE SIZE OF DALLAS.
AND FOR THE SEVEN YEARS I'VE BEEN HERE, THAT'S PRETTY MUCH HOW IT HAS ALWAYS BEEN.
SO I CAME TONIGHT FOR A VERY SIMPLE REASON.
I LIVE IN WONKINESS EVERY DAY.
THE LESSON IS RIGHT FROM WRONG.
I WAS TAUGHT IF YOU SEE WRONG AND YOU CHOOSE TO IGNORE OR STAY QUIET, YOU'RE JUST AS GUILTY. THIS IS AND ISN'T ABOUT POLITICS.
IT'S GOT NOTHING TO DO WITH MY VOTE.
NOBODY KNOWS WHO I'M VOTING FOR.
MAYBE I LIKE ALL OF OUR CHOICES.
AND I'M SURE YOU CAN'T MAKE A CANDIDATE STEP DOWN.
I'M SPEAKING FOR HUNDREDS MAYBE, MAYBE IN THE THOUSANDS OF PEOPLE WHEN I STATE NICOLE SHOULD STEP DOWN.
SHE'S CAUSING IRREPARABLE DAMAGE TO OUR COMMUNITY.
AND AGAIN, SHOULD NOT EVER HAVE THE PRIVILEGE TO SIT UP.
SHE MAKES US LOOK BAD AND UGLY.
SO IMAGINING HER SITTING UP WITH YOU GUYS.
AND I REALLY THINK IT'S VERY, VERY IMPORTANT.
AND I DON'T, YOU KNOW, WOULDN'T LIKE I DON'T WANT TO TELL PEOPLE, OH, GO FIND THIS UGLINESS, BUT IT'S THAT BAD.
READ IT. WE CAN'T HAVE SOMEBODY THAT SPEWS LIKE EVIL LIKE THAT.
SITTING WITH ALL OF YOU WHO I ADMIRE AND RESPECT EVERY SINGLE ONE OF YOU.
ALL RIGHT. NEXT, WE HAVE TROY MCMILLAN.
THANK YOU, COUNCIL MEMBER, FOR LETTING US BE HERE TODAY.
TROY MCMILLAN I AM THE FORMER CHAIRMAN OF THE PASSPORT.
I AM NOT IN SUPPORT OF THE YMCA EXPANSION REQUEST.
YEARS AGO, WE WERE TOLD THE FACILITY WOULD NOT COST THE TAXPAYERS ANYTHING, BUT IT HAS COST US. THE FACILITY COST ABOUT 6.4 MILLION, WHICH WE PAY IN TAXES.
ALSO, WE HAVE GIVEN THE PARK THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS IN SOCIAL FUNDING FOR THEIR PROGRAMS. THE MOST CRITICAL COST HAS BEEN TO OUR OWN PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT.
FOR ITS CREEKSIDE AND HUTTO LAKE COSTS ABOUT $1.5 MILLION TO BUILD.
WE HAVE NOT ADDED ANY NEW AMENITIES OR MADE ANY MAJOR IMPROVEMENTS TO THEM.
BASICALLY. WE HAVE NOT ADDED ANY NEW AMENITIES OR MADE ANY MAJOR IMPROVEMENTS TO THEM.
BASICALLY, WHEN WE FUND THE Y, WE DEFUND OUR PARKS.
WE ARE A CITY OF ABOUT 40,000.
THE Y SERVES LESS THAN 30% OF OUR CITIZENS, BUT 100% OF THE CITIZENS CAN GO TO OUR PARKS.
THE PARKS WE HAVE A PARK SUPERINTENDENT AND FIVE GROUND EMPLOYEES.
THAT'S UNACCEPTABLE NOT TO HAVE A RECREATION DEPARTMENT.
HOW CAN WE FUND THE Y EXPANSION WHEN OUR PARKS ARE NEGLECTED, NEGLECTED AND NEED NEW AMENITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS THAT THE CITIZENS HAVE ASKED FOR? IN 2019, THE PARKS IMPROVEMENT COMMITTEE RECOMMENDED TO THE COUNCIL TO ADD AMENITIES TO EXISTING PARKS. THEY ALSO RECOMMEND THAT WE UPDATE THE MASTER PLAN, WHICH WAS ADOPTED BY THE COUNCIL IN 2020.
THE FIRST TWO ITEMS LISTED IN THE MASTER PLAN ARE MAKING IMPROVEMENTS TO OUR EXISTING PARKS. THE PROPOSED MONEY TO EXPAND THE Y WOULD GO A LONG WAY TO IMPROVE OUR PARKS.
I THINK TAXPAYERS HAVE GIVEN ENOUGH TO THE Y.
NOW IT'S TIME TO GIVE BACK TO OUR PARKS AND REC.
PLEASE CONSIDER DENYING THE Y THEIR EXPANSION REQUEST AND CONSIDER IMPROVING OUR PARKS.
THANK YOU FOR THAT INFORMATION AND FACTS.
HI, GUYS. THE MARKET STUDY MAKES AN ASSESSMENT OF WHERE THE CITY IS AT NOW.
[00:40:01]
IT MAKES NO ALLOWANCE FOR WHERE THE CITY IS GROWING TO AND IT IS GROWING VERY QUICKLY.IT ALSO DOES NOT REFLECT THE WORKLOAD THAT IS CARRIED BY THE CURRENT STAFF OF HUTTO AND MANY DEPARTMENTS SUCH AS CODE ENFORCEMENT, ANIMAL CONTROL, THE POLICE DEPARTMENT AND COURTS. YOU HAVE STAFF THAT ARE DOING THE WORK OF SIMILAR SIZED DEPARTMENTS FROM OTHER CITIES, BUT WITH ONLY A FEW PEOPLE HOW TO PROVIDE SERVICES THAT ARE NOT OFFERED BY MANY OTHER MUNICIPALITIES THAT THE COMPARISONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO.
THE STUDY ALSO OUTLINED STEPS TO REWARD AND RETAIN QUALIFIED EMPLOYEES, BUT THE PLAN COULD FREEZE THE WAGES OF LONG TERM EMPLOYEES NOW WITH NO COST OF LIVING ADJUSTMENT FOR WHAT COULD BE YEARS.
THOSE ARE THE VERY PEOPLE THAT YOU SHOULD BE TRYING TO RETAIN, NOT FREEZE THEIR WAGES ON.
AS FAR AS THE EXPANSION OF THE YMCA AND THE ADDITION OF THE SWIMMING POOL.
WE NEED TO DECIDE WHAT THE PRIORITIES HERE ARE.
THERE ARE BOND ISSUES APPROVED BY VOTERS THAT HAVE YET TO BE COMPLETED.
LIVE OAK STREET STILL NEEDS TO BE WIDENED.
RESIDENTS IN RIVERWALK HAVE BEEN ASKING FOR SIDEWALKS.
TRAFFIC PROBLEMS AT 79, 1660, NORTH AND SOUTH NEED TO BE CORRECTED.
DRAINAGE ISSUES NEED TO BE FIXED.
A POLICE COMMUNICATION FACILITY THAT WAS PASSED NEEDS TO BE BUILT.
IF YOU DECIDE TO MOVE FORWARD WITH THE YMCA POOL, ENTRY ENTRY FEES EXCUSE ME, SHOULD BE REDUCED FOR CITY RESIDENTS AND POSSIBLY FREE TO CITY EMPLOYEES.
WE ALL WOULD LOVE A COMMUNITY POOL, BUT PLEASE, LET'S COMPLETE THE PROJECTS THAT WERE ALREADY VOTED ON.
THE PROJECTS AT BOND MONEY WAS PAID ON.
THAT'S ALL I HAVE FOR PUBLIC COMMENT SO THAT I'LL BRING THIS TO.
[9. CONSENT AGENDA ITEMS]
THE CONSENT AGENDA ITEMS. 9192939495. IF NO ONE WANTS TO PULL ANYTHING.I'LL ENTERTAIN A MOTION TO APPROVE AS PRESENTED THAT MOVED.
SECOND MOTION BY COUNCIL MEMBER KINSEY SECONDED BY COUNCIL MEMBER VILLARREAL SALVO APPROVING THE CONSENT AGENDA AS PRESENTED.
DO YOU HAVE ANY DISCUSSION ON THE MOTION? ACTUALLY, THERE WAS ONE ITEM.
IS IT OKAY FOR YOU TO BE THERE IN A SECOND READING FOR NINE TO PETER BECAUSE YOU STEPPED YOU DID NOT PARTICIPATE IN THAT ON THE FIRST READING, SO.
OH, THAT'S CORRECT. SO SO LET'S PULL NINE TWO.
YEAH, LET'S DO THAT BECAUSE I NEED TO ABSTAIN FROM THAT ONE INJECTION TO PULL IT.
SO THE REVISED MOTION IS APPROVED, 91939495 IS PRESENTED.
PLEASE CALL THE VOTE. COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON I COUNCIL MEMBER SUTTON I COUNCIL MEMBER HOLLAND. I COUNCIL MEMBER KINSEY I COUNCIL MEMBER VILLARREAL SALVO I.
MAYOR SCHNEIDER, I MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON I.
AND SO THAT BRINGS YOU TO ITEM NINE TO CONSIDERATION POSSIBLE ACTION ON ORDINANCE NUMBER
[9.2. Consideration and possible action on Ordinance No. O-2022-011 for the proposed Hutto Landing Planned Unit Development (PUD), 31.9 acres, more or less, of land, located off of Exchange Boulevard (Second Reading) (Ashley Lumpkin)]
ZERO, DASH 2022, DASH 011 FOR THE PROPOSED SHUTTLE LANDING PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT HUD 31.9 ACRES, MORE OR LESS OF LAND LOCATED OFF OF EXCHANGE BOULEVARD.AND FOR THE RECORD, I'LL BE ABSTAINING BECAUSE I'M GOING TO BE ABSTAINING.
ANY DISCUSSION ON NINE TO OR THOSE WILL ENTERTAIN A MOTION FOR THIS ONE AND FOR THOSE THAT ARE CONFUSED, MAYBE THAT WEREN'T HERE LAST MEETING.
SO THE REASON I'M ABSTAINING IS BECAUSE I OWN PROPERTY THAT FALLS WITHIN 150 FEET OF THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT.
AND SO PER THE STATE LAW, I'M ADVISED TO ABSTAIN BECAUSE I LIVE SO CLOSE TO IT.
SO THAT'S WHY. MOTION TO PROVE 9.2 IS PRESENTED.
QUESTION BY CUSTOMER MCKINSEY.
THEY HAVE A SECOND SECOND SECONDED BY COUNCIL MEMBER SUTTON APPROVING NINE TO IS PRESENTED. ANY DISCUSSION ON THE MOTION? HARRY NUNN. PLEASE CALL THE VOTE.
MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON I COUNCIL MEMBER SUTTON.
COUNCIL MEMBER VILLARREAL SALVO I.
HI. THE MOTION PASSES SIX ZERO AND THERE'S NO OBJECTIONS FROM COUNCIL.
I'D LIKE TO SEE IF WE CAN MOVE ITEM 12 SIX NEXT FOLLOWED BY ITEM 12 FIVE.
I WAS GOING TO ASK IF WE COULD MOVE 12 ONE UP.
AND WE HAVE A PERSON HERE FOR THAT.
NO OBJECTIONS. ALL RIGHT, THEN WE'LL GO TO ITEM 12 ONE CONSIDERATION AND POSSIBLE ACTION
[12.1. Consideration and possible action regarding possible appointments, re-appointments and/or removals to City Boards, Commissions, Task Forces, Economic Development Corporations, Local Government Corporations and Tax Increment Reinvestment Zone Boards, City Council Liaisons, and Area Government appointments]
REGARDING POSSIBLE APPOINTMENTS, RE APPOINTMENTS AND OR REMOVALS TO CITY BOARDS,[00:45:03]
COMMISSIONS, TASK FORCES, ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CORPORATIONS, LOCAL GOVERNMENT CORPORATIONS AND TAX INCREMENT REINVESTMENT ZONE BOARDS.CITY COUNCIL LIAISONS AND AREA GOVERNMENT APPOINTMENTS.
SO THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE MET THIS PAST WEEK, ALONG WITH THE CHAIRMAN OF THE EDC BOARD.
WE INTERVIEWED ERIN CLANCY AND WE WOULD LIKE TO NOMINATE HER TO SERVE THE CURRENT VACANCY ON THE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION'S BOTH A AND B BOARDS.
YOUR MOTION TO AARON C TO ADC.
I'M SORRY. THAT WAS SO COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON SAID GOODBYE.
ANY DISCUSSION ON THE APPOINTMENT? CAN YOU ELABORATE ON THE MEETING OR QUALIFICATIONS OR.
SO WE ALL FELT SHE WAS REALLY QUALIFIED, VERY IMPRESSED WITH HER EXUBERANCE AND HER EXCITEMENT. SHE'S LIVED IN HUD A LITTLE OVER FIVE YEARS AND HAS A LOT OF, I THINK, GREAT IDEAS OF WHAT THE EDC COULD DO AND HOW THEY COULD KIND OF EXPAND THEIR VISION OF WHAT THEY WANT TO DO IN ADDITION TO JUST FOCUSING ON BUSINESSES, BUT ALSO KIND OF LOOKING AT WHAT OTHER OPPORTUNITIES THE EDC CAN DO TO BRING IN ECONOMIC GROWTH INTO THE CITY, LIKE WITH EXPANDING PARKS AND TRAILS.
AND YOU CAN DO THOSE KIND OF THINGS, WHICH WE REALLY HAVEN'T DONE IN THE PAST.
SO THAT'S KIND OF WAS MY TAKE IF DAN HAD ANYTHING.
AARON IS IN THE AUDIENCE TONIGHT IF YOU WANT TO RAISE YOUR HAND OR STAND UP OR SOMETHING.
I THINK ONE OF THE THINGS THAT.
WE REALLY FELT WAS BENEFICIAL.
BESIDES THE BUSINESS BACKGROUND THAT SHE HAS, SHE'S GOT SOME LIFE EXPERIENCES AND JUST WANTING TO BE A PART OF THE THE FUN IN THE COMMUNITY.
NOW, THAT MAY OR MAY NOT HAVE ANYTHING TO DO WITH ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, BUT I BELIEVE THAT HER ENERGY AND ENTHUSIASM WILL BE A GOOD FIT INTO THE EDC.
AND WE WERE JUST WE WERE EXCITED.
YOU KNOW, A 20 MINUTE INTERVIEW TURNED INTO ABOUT 45 MINUTES.
SO WE WE HAD LOTS TO TO TALK ABOUT.
WELL, I TALKED TO THE I TALKED TO THE CHAIRMAN PROBABLY TWO OR THREE TIMES A WEEK.
AND ONE OF THE THINGS THAT CAUGHT MY ATTENTION IS HE IS FUNNY.
I JUST HAD A CONVERSATION EARLIER IN THE WEEK WITH WITH THE CHAIRMAN OF THE PARKS BOARD, BUT HE MENTIONED SOMETHING ABOUT PARKS AND THINGS.
AND I BROUGHT UP TO HIM THE SWAMP SWAMP RABBIT TRAIL AND HOW THAT TURNED OUT TO BE A TRAIL ALONG A WATERWAY IN GREENVILLE, SOUTH CAROLINA, THAT ACTUALLY TURNED INTO A VERY BIG ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT TOOL.
AND SO WHEN I STARTED HEARING THAT AARON HAD INTEREST IN THAT, I THOUGHT THAT THAT'S A THAT'S A GOOD THING TO HAVE A DIFFERENT LOOK THAT SOMETIMES ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT IS NOT NECESSARILY INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS.
NO OFFENSE, RYAN, BUT SOMETIMES IT CAN ALSO BE PARKS AND IT CAN BE TRAILS AND IT CAN BE OTHER THINGS. IT'S ALL AN OUTSIDE LOOK, DIFFERENT VIEW.
SO THAT WAS KIND OF EXCITING TO HEAR.
RIGHT. ANY OTHER THINGS? ALL RIGHT, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE.
I COUNCIL MEMBER HOLLAND I MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON I COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON I MAYOR SNYDER I. COUNCIL MEMBER VILLARREAL SALVO I.
MOTION PASSES SEVEN 0 HOURS LICENSE.
ALL RIGHT. ANY OTHER ITEMS FOR THIS? GARY. NONE FOR OAK GLEN ITEM 12 SIX.
[12.6. Discussion and possible action on a YMCA proposal for building a swimming pool, senior community center and expansion of gym. (Mayor Mike Snyder, Council Member Robin Sutton)]
DISCUSSION AND POSSIBLE ACTION ON A YMCA PROPOSAL FOR BUILDING A SWIMMING POOL, SENIOR COMMUNITY CENTER AND EXPANSION OF GYM.STACEY, I KNOW THAT THEY HAD SENT US A SLIDESHOW.
DID IT GO OUT TO ALL OF COUNCIL? YEAH. NO, IT'S JUST IN HERE.
OKAY. JUST SO THE COUNCIL KNOWS, THEY HAD SENT IT, AND I DID ASK TO HAVE A GO TO YOU ALL.
NO, SIR. PRESENTATION? NO, SIR, I DON'T THINK SO.
I DON'T THINK IT'S IN HERE. GIVE IT TO THE CITY SECRETARY.
THANK YOU VERY MUCH FOR YOUR TIME TONIGHT, MAYOR, AND ALL THE COUNCIL MEMBERS.
I JUST WANT TO SPEND A LITTLE TIME AND TALK ABOUT KIND OF A LOOK FORWARD ON A PROJECT THAT WE'VE BEEN TALKING ABOUT FOR ABOUT THE LAST FIVE OR SIX YEARS.
[00:50:05]
THE FIRST THING I WANTED TO DO, MAKE SURE I HIT THE RIGHT IS THE BIG ONE.ARE ARROWS. OH YEAH, THAT ONE.
ESPECIALLY TO MAKE SURE ALL THE CITIZENS AND THE COUNCIL IS KIND OF AWARE OF WHAT'S KIND OF TRANSPIRED. AND I'LL GO THROUGH THIS VERY QUICKLY.
SO IN 2009, THERE WAS A BOND ELECTION IN $5.5 MILLION WAS APPROVED TO ACTUALLY BUILD A RECREATION CENTER.
IT TOOK ABOUT FIVE YEARS FROM THAT POINT IN TIME FOR IT TO BE BUILT.
DURING THAT TIME, THE CITY ACTUALLY WENT OUT FOR BID TO LOOK AT WHO COULD ACTUALLY MANAGE THAT FACILITY FOR THEM.
AT THAT TIME, THE YMCA DID COME BACK AND THEY WERE AWARDED THAT AND IT WAS BASED OFF OF A FEW THINGS WHEN THE CAPABILITIES TO THEY WERE ABLE TO DONATE FIVE ACRES OF LAND AS WELL AS FUNDRAISING OF ABOUT 500,000, AS WELL AS ABLE TO FURNISH THE FACILITY THAT WAS ANOTHER $500,000 AND ACTUALLY COST.
IT'S KIND OF JUST A BREAKDOWN THERE.
SO YOU HAD THAT. SO JUST TO KIND OF SHOW YOU WHAT THE RECREATION FACILITY IN IT LOOKS LIKE COMPARED TO SOME OF THE OTHER FACILITIES.
SO ROUND ROCK AND WE TALK ABOUT UNITS IT SAYS UP THERE AND BELOW IT SAYS PEOPLE IT'S ABOUT 80,000 SQUARE FEET, SERVES ABOUT 9300 PEOPLE.
I MEAN, 11,000 PEOPLE BURN IT.
AND HOW DO WE HAVE ABOUT 28, 29,000 SQUARE FEET? AND AS OF THIS MORNING, WE ACTUALLY SERVE ABOUT 8227.
EXACTLY. AND THEN ALSO WACO FALLS NOW UNDER THE WILLIAMSON COUNTY YMCA.
SO IN SOME OF THE DIFFERENT LOCATIONS, WE SERVE DIFFERENT THINGS.
WE ACTUALLY SERVE IN ROUND ROCK.
IT'S A CITY POOL THAT ACTUALLY IS IN THE YMCA THAT'S OPERATED BY THE YMCA IN CEDAR PARK.
IT'S ACTUALLY A COUNTY FUNDED SWIMMING POOL THAT'S MANAGED BY THE YMCA IN BURNET.
IT'S A CITY POOL MANAGED BY THE YMCA.
AND SO IT'S ACTUALLY, AGAIN, FOR EVERYONE IN THE ROOM THAT WAS NOT AWARE.
I'M SURE ALL THE COUNCIL IS THE THE LAND THAT ACTUALLY WAS BUILT ON AND THE BUILDING IS ACTUALLY OWNED BY THE CITY OF HUTTO.
THE YMCA IS JUST ACTUALLY THE LESS AWARE OF THAT SPECIFIC BUILDING.
AND THEN ALSO IN WACO, IT'S A YMCA OWN FACILITY AND POOL.
SO IF WE BACK UP A LITTLE BIT AND TALK ABOUT HOW DID WE KIND OF GET WHERE WE ARE AND WHY ARE WE HERE TALKING TO YOU TONIGHT? SO BACK IN 2017, 2018, BEFORE THE BOND ELECTION, THERE WERE CONVERSATIONS ABOUT A RECREATION CENTER BEING BUILT AND POSSIBLY LEAVING THE RECREATION CENTER THAT WE HAVE HERE TODAY. AND SO THEN THAT WAS ACTUALLY PUT INTO THE BOND THAT WAS PASSED INTO 2019.
I BELIEVE THAT THERE WOULD BE A RECREATION FACILITY IN THAT BOND.
YOU KNOW, CITY MANAGEMENT CHANGES.
A LOT OF THINGS HAPPENED, PROBABLY NOT FEASIBLE IN THE FINANCIAL STATE THAT WE'RE IN TODAY. SO DURING THAT PROCESS, WE WERE ASKED BY THE PREVIOUS CITY MANAGER, WHAT CAN WE ACTUALLY DO TO EXPAND THE FACILITY? WE HAVE TO BE ABLE TO PROVIDE MORE SERVICES TO OUR CITIZENS BECAUSE IT IS, AGAIN, A CITY FACILITY. AND SO OVER THE LAST YEARS, WE'VE KIND OF PUT TOGETHER A PLAN OF WHAT IT WOULD LOOK LIKE IF WE COULD ADD A COMMUNITY POOL AND A.
COMMUNITY CENTER, SENIOR CENTER ON ON THE SPACE THAT WE HAVE TODAY.
SO WE ACTUALLY HAD SOME ARCHITECTS GO AND MAKE SURE THAT WE COULD MEET ALL THE BOUNDS AND THOSE KIND OF THINGS AND WHAT WOULD THAT SPACE LOOK LIKE? AND THAT'S ACTUALLY WHAT I WAS HERE TONIGHT TO TALK TO YOU ABOUT, OF WHAT WE COULD ACTUALLY YOU COULD DO ON THE SPACE THAT YOU HAVE TODAY.
SO I THINK THERE'S A LOT OF CONFUSION WITH THE YMCA THAT IT ACTUALLY YOU'RE GIVING I THINK SOMEONE MENTIONED EARLY GIVING MONEY TO THE YMCA.
IT'S YOUR BUILDING, YOUR FACILITY TO DO WHAT YOU LIKE WITH THAT.
YOU ACTUALLY LEASE IT TO THE YMCA TODAY.
AND I THINK THAT'S BEEN A GREAT ASSET.
IF YOU LOOK AT SOME OF THE RECENT COMPS ON THAT, THAT LOCATION, THE FIVE ACRES OF THE BUILDING, I THINK THE INVESTMENT YOU MADE, I THINK SOMEONE SAID 6.4, BUT THE BOND WAS ACTUALLY FOR 5.5 MILLION.
AND YOU LOOK AT THE ASSET TODAY IS PROBABLY TWO OR THREE TIMES THAT VALUE THAT THERE IS TODAY. SO THIS IS KIND OF WHAT THE PLAN WOULD LOOK LIKE IF YOU ACTUALLY WERE TO LOOK AT PUTTING A SWIMMING POOL AND A COMMUNITY CENTER.
AND BASICALLY WHAT THAT WOULD BE AND KIND OF FLIP THROUGH THAT IN A SECOND, LOOKS LIKE IT MORE LIKE THIS WOULD BE THE DRAWINGS.
IT WOULD BE ADDING ABOUT 6500 SQUARE FEET INTO THE FACILITY TO BE WHAT IT WOULD DO AS OPEN UP THE FACILITY. IT WOULD ADD A LITTLE MORE ROOM FOR SOME OF THE THINGS THAT THE YMCA IS DOING THERE.
BUT WHAT IT WOULD REALLY DO FOR US IS BE ABLE TO ADD A COMMUNITY CENTER TYPE OF ROOM AND THAT IS ACTUALLY ON THE RIGHT SIDE OVER THERE, RIGHT BESIDE, LIKE THE BASKETBALL COURT
[00:55:06]
OVER THERE, WE'D HAVE TO ADD SOME RESTROOMS TO AND RECONFIGURE IT.A FEW THINGS, WHAT THEY PUT TOGETHER HERE, OF COURSE, THERE COULD BE OTHER THINGS DONE, BUT THEY PUT TOGETHER AND I'LL SHOW YOU A PICTURE OF KIND OF WHAT THAT MIDDLE POOL LOOKED LIKE AND THEN FOR LAP LANES AS WELL, KIND OF CONNECTED TO THE THE CURRENT POOL THAT WE HAVE TODAY. AND IF YOU JUST HAVE A COUPLE OF PICTURES HERE OF WHAT THAT WOULD KIND OF LOOK LIKE, SO THEY'RE LOOKING AT, I THINK, 100 PEOPLE THEY THOUGHT WOULD FIT COMFORTABLY IN THE SPACE, AS WELL AS HAVING A KITCHEN IN THERE AS WELL TO BE ABLE TO SERVE THE COMMUNITY. I MEAN, THE OTHER DAY WE HAD A MEETING OF 12 PEOPLE AND I TRIED TO FIND A PLACE IN HUTTO AT 745 IN THE MORNING, THE 12 PEOPLE CAN MEET.
IT'S HARD TO HAVE A CONVERSATION IN THERE WITH 12 PEOPLE.
AND, YOU KNOW, THERE WASN'T ONE PLACE THAT YOU COULD ACTUALLY GO MEET WITH PEOPLE, WITH WITH 12 PEOPLE AND HAVE A LITTLE BIT OF PRIVACY.
I EVEN CHECKED WITH THE DAIRY QUEEN.
THEY HAVE A PARTY ROOM OVER ON THE SIDE.
THEY DON'T OPEN AT NIGHT, 745 IN THE MORNING.
LO AND BEHOLD, RIO GRAND WAS KIND ENOUGH TO BE ABLE TO LET US THEM.
THEY USUALLY OPEN AT TEN, BUT THEY GET THERE AT NINE TO OPEN IT, EIGHT TO LET US MEET THERE. SO IT'S DEFINITELY A NEED.
A LOT OF OUR SENIORS AND THINGS HAVE CAME FORWARD AND SAID WE'D LIKE TO HAVE SOME KIND OF MEETING SPACE TO BE ABLE TO MEET.
SO THIS POOL HERE IS KIND OF I MEAN, THERE YOU GO.
HERE'S KIND OF THE NEXT SITE. SO THE BIGGER PART OF THE POOL, THIS IS KIND OF A MOCKUP DRAWING OF WHAT THAT WOULD LOOK LIKE.
AND THEN THERE WOULD BE OR A POOL OF THAT KIND OF SPACE THAT'S BEEN BUILT BEFORE.
AND THEN THE LAP LANES WOULD BE ON THE SIDE OVER THERE.
THE PACIFIC PICTURES WE ACTUALLY DON'T HAVE OF WHAT IT WAS ACTUALLY LOOKED LIKE.
JUST MORE OF THE DIAGRAMS IF YOU FLIP BACK A COUPLE OF PAGES OF WHAT THAT SPACE WOULD LOOK LIKE. SO TODAY, TALKING ABOUT SWIMMING POOLS IN THE AREA.
SO LO AND BEHOLD, I STARTED LOOKING THIS UP AND LO AND BEHOLD, HUTTO IS THE ONLY CITY WITH OVER 2000 PEOPLE IN 30 MILES THAT DOES NOT HAVE A COMMUNITY SWIMMING POOL.
THE ONLY ONES THAT THAT DON'T HAVE THEM THAT ARE IN WITHIN 30 MILES HAVE A COUPLE OF THOUSAND PEOPLE. ONE IS THRALL.
I'M SURPRISED THORNHILL EVEN HAS ONE.
GRANGER DOESN'T HAVE A COMMUNITY POOL, BUT.
AND THEN BERNT BERGSTROM DOWN THE STREET ACTUALLY HAS ONE AND BERNARD HAS ONE.
AND SO IT'S KIND OF BEEN A BIG NEED IN THE AREA AND KNOW WHAT PEOPLE SAY.
THE HOMES AND COMMUNITIES ACTUALLY HAVE POOLS, BUT THERE'S A VERY BIG DIFFERENCE WHEN YOU WANT TO TAKE A LARGE GROUP OF PEOPLE, YOUR FRIENDS WANT TO GO MEET THEIR FRIENDS AT POOLS AND THOSE KIND OF THINGS TO BE ABLE TO HAVE THAT COMMUNITY, THAT COMMUNITY INTERACTION, TO BE ABLE TO HAVE THE KIDS BE ABLE TO AS WELL AS SWIMMING LESSONS.
I MEAN, WHERE DO OUR KIDS LEARN SWIMMING LESSONS TODAY? SOME ALWAYS HAVE IT, BUT IT'S A LARGE INSURANCE LIABILITY TO BE ABLE TO DO THAT.
WE DO OFFER SWIMMING LESSONS AT THE YMCA AS WELL, BUT IT'S MORE DIFFICULT WHEN THE SPACE IS LOWER AND THEY HAVE TO BE MEMBERS TODAY.
AND THIS, OF COURSE, WOULD NOT BE A MEMBERSHIP TYPE OF THING.
SO THE PROPOSAL BASICALLY IS AND I'LL GET TO THIS AT THE END, THE KIND OF WHAT'S IN IT FOR THE CITY AND WHY IS THE WHY EVEN INTERESTED IN TALKING TO THIS.
BUT REALLY THE CONCEPT IS THAT THIS WOULD BE A CITY SWIMMING POOL FOR OUR RESIDENTS.
AND OF COURSE, MOST OF THE RESIDENTS POOLS AROUND LIKE TAYLOR, FOR EXAMPLE.
THEY THEY ACTUALLY CHARGE LESS FOR THE RESIDENTS OF IN THE CITY LIMITS VERSUS THEY DO FOR OUTSIDE FOLKS. SO I LOOKED UP TODAY BECAUSE WE ACTUALLY MANAGE THE TAYLOR POOL, THE YMCA DOES, AND THE ROCKDALE POOL, THE BERTRAM POOL, THE BURNET POOL, THE ROUND ROCK POOL, THE LEANDER POOL.
AND THE REASON WE ACTUALLY MANAGE A LOT OF THOSE POOLS IS BECAUSE OF INSURANCE AND LIABILITY AND STAFF.
SHE WAS RIGHT. IT'S IT'S SOME HUGE RISK.
AND YOU HAVE TO HAVE CERTAIN PROGRAMS IN PLACE MANAGEMENT, LOTS OF TRAINING FOR THEM.
BUT IN SPECIFICALLY IN TAYLOR, THERE'S ABOUT 70 I THINK 78 WOULD BE ABOUT 2600 KIDS.
EVERY SINGLE MONTH OR FAMILY INDIVIDUALS THAT ACTUALLY GO TO THAT POOL IN TYLER, TEXAS.
NOW, I DON'T KNOW HOW MANY OF THOSE ARE HUTTO PEOPLE THAT WOULD GO TO THE POOL IN TYLER, TEXAS. NO IDEA. BUT THAT'S PRETTY I WAS PRETTY IMPRESSED WITH HOW MANY PEOPLE THEY ONLY HAVE THAT POOL OPEN FOR NINE MONTHS.
AND I THINK IT'S KNOWN, BUT THEY ACTUALLY PAY THE YMCA ABOUT $100,000 TO MANAGE THAT POOL FOR THEM FOR THAT THREE MONTH PERIOD OF TIME.
SO WHAT WE'RE LOOKING AT HERE IS BEING ABLE TO HAVE IT ON THE SPACE, THE PROPERTY THAT'S ALREADY THERE. IT CUTS THE COST.
THE ARCHITECTS TELL US ABOUT 30% LOWER THAN IF YOU WERE TO BUILD THEM SEPARATELY.
ONE OF THE MAIN REASONS IS A LOT OF INFRASTRUCTURE THERE, PARKING THERE, A LOT OF THOSE KIND OF THINGS. IT WAS BROUGHT UP TODAY ABOUT WITH NEWCREST.
WE'VE TALKED WITH THEM ABOUT THE OTHER TENANTS.
I THINK THERE WERE SOME PRELIMINARY PLANS, BUT THERE IS GOING TO BE A LOT OF PARKING IN THAT AREA AS WELL THAT WILL HELP ACCOMMODATE THE ADDITIONAL FLOW.
BUT AGAIN, THE GOAL WOULD BE THIS WOULD BE A COMMUNITY POOL.
THE FEES AND THINGS WOULD BE SET UP BY THE CITY.
[01:00:01]
THERE'D BE A, YOU KNOW, A SPECIFIC HOURS.WE'D BE OPEN TO MANAGE THOSE TYPE OF THINGS AS WELL AS THE COMMUNITY CENTER.
SO THE POOL, THERE WOULD PROBABLY BE A SMALL FEE.
THE COMMUNITY CENTER ACTUALLY WOULD BE A FEE THAT ANYONE YOU GUYS COULD FIGURE OUT WHO COULD ACTUALLY USE THAT FACILITY, THE WHY WOULD KEEP IT CLEAN, THOSE KIND OF THINGS.
BUT ACTUALLY THAT FACILITY IN THIS FINANCIAL PLAN WOULD ACTUALLY WOULDN'T HAVE A COST TO RESIDENTS TO BE ABLE TO USE THAT COMMUNITY SPACE AND.
I'LL TALK ABOUT IT A LITTLE BIT AT THE END.
BUT WITH THIS, THE BENEFIT REALLY FOR THE YMCA WAS IT WOULD ONE HELP WITH THE COMMUNITY, IT WOULD HELP WITH MORE PEOPLE HAVING EXPOSURE TO THE YMCA, DOING THE FINANCIAL PLANS.
THEY WERE ABLE TO SAY IF THE CITY WAS ABLE TO BUILD THIS POOL, THAT THE YMCA WOULD ACTUALLY BE ABLE TO MANAGE IT FOR THEM, WOULD BE ABLE TO TAKE CARE OF THE POOL AND IT WOULD NOT HAVE MAINTENANCE COSTS FOR THE CITY.
THERE WOULD BE NO STAFFING COSTS, THERE WOULD BE ZERO LINE ON A BUDGET THAT WOULD BE PUT BACK ON THE CITY ON AN ANNUAL BASIS AND THE YMCA WOULD SIGN THE SLOTS TO BE ABLE TO STAND BEHIND THAT THEN.
WHAT ARE THE FINANCIAL PIECE OF IT LOOK LIKE? SO BASICALLY WE WENT OUT AND HAD A CASCO CONSTRUCTION THAT ACTUALLY HAD BUILT THE PREVIOUS WAS AWARDED BY THE CITY BECAUSE THE CITY DID BUILD THE BUILDING THAT WE HAVE TODAY. WE WENT OUT TO THEM AND ACTUALLY HAD THEM DO A BID FOR US BECAUSE WE DID THIS YEARS AGO. WHEN THE PRICE IS REALLY CHANGED, I THINK THEY'RE CHANGING EVERY DAY.
SO THEY CAME BACK TO US WITH WITH A SIX MONTH PERIOD THAT THEY WOULD COMMIT TO THESE PRICES BECAUSE THERE'S NO USE TO STAND IN FRONT OF YOU IF IT'S GOING TO CHANGE.
SO THEY CAME BACK AND THESE ARE KIND OF, YOU KNOW, A PRETTY BIG RANGE IN THERE.
THEY THOUGHT WE COULD BE CLOSER ON THE LOWER END, BUT THEY DID HAVE TO PUT THERE IN CASE THERE'S OTHER THINGS THAT CAME BACK.
BUT THIS IS BASICALLY WHAT IT WOULD LOOK LIKE, THE BREAKDOWN OF THE FACILITIES.
AND THEN THE NEXT SIDE IS REALLY KIND OF WHAT'S IN IT FOR THE COMMUNITY.
I THINK THAT'S BEEN ASKED A LOT.
YOU KNOW, WHY WOULD THE COMMUNITY WANT TO DO THIS? I THINK IT GIVES THEM A GREAT SPACE FOR FAMILIES TO GET TOGETHER TO HAVE BIRTHDAY PARTIES. TAYLOR I THINK ABOUT FIVE NIGHTS A WEEK IN THE SUMMERTIME.
THEY LEASE IT OUT. PEOPLE HAVE BIRTHDAY PARTIES THERE, YOU KNOW, AFTER HOURS BEFORE OURS, THOSE KIND OF THINGS. IT'S GREAT FOR OUR SENIORS, FOR COMMUNITY, OTHER COMMUNITY, NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS.
I JUST WONDERED WHEN I WAS TRYING TO HAVE THIS MEETING, LIKE, WHERE DO THESE PEOPLE MEET IF THEY NEED TO MEET AT 8:00 IN THE MORNING BEFORE? AND THEY MARIO'S, YOU KNOW, NOT LARGE ENOUGH FOR HIM AT THAT TIME.
AND THEN, YOU KNOW, AS WELL AS BUILDING IN COOPERATING TO BE ABLE TO HAVE A YMCA RATE REDUCTION FOR PEOPLE THAT LIVE IN THE CITY LIMITS OF OF HUTTO, NOT ONLY FOR THE POOL BUT ALSO FOR THE TRADITIONAL YMCA.
SO WHY ARE WHY WOULD THE YMCA BE WILLING TO TAKE ON THIS 150, 200,000 COST A YEAR TO MAINTAIN IT AND STAFF THE POOL? WELL, WE BUILDING STRONGER RELATIONSHIPS WITH THE CITY IT WILL HELP WITH A LITTLE BIT OF THAT EXPANSION IN THAT ROOM TO TO PUT ANOTHER RESTROOM IN THERE AND MAKE A LITTLE MORE SPACE. AND THE BIGGEST THING IT PROVIDES MORE AMENITIES FOR FOR THE COMMUNITY AS WELL AS ATTRACTS MORE PEOPLE THAT WOULD WANT TO WANT TO BE PART OF THE YMCA.
SO I KNOW I WENT THROUGH THAT VERY QUICKLY.
I THINK THEY TOLD ME I HAD LIKE 5 MINUTES, SO I'M SORRY I WENT OVER.
OKAY. IF YOU TALK TO THE COUNCIL BEFORE WE ASK QUESTIONS, I'M THINKING WE HAVE SEVERAL CITIZENS THAT WANT TO COMMENT.
WE'LL TAKE THEIR COMMENTS AND THEN WE CAN USE THEIR COMMENTS TO ALSO COME BACK TO YOUR QUESTIONS. THAT'S OKAY. SURE.
SO FIRST STEP WE HAVE AND I APOLOGIZE.
I APOLOGIZE IF I PRONOUNCE YOUR NAME WRONG.
HI. THIS IS MY FIRST TIME SPEAKING AT A CITY COUNCIL MEETING, SO.
HELLO, EVERYBODY. I'M NATALIE, AND THIS IS MY SON, MAXIME.
THIS IS THE FIRST TIME WE HAVE BECOME MEMBERS OF A YMCA BEFORE, AND WE'VE BEEN IN HUTTO FOR ABOUT TWO YEARS NOW.
AND WE THOUGHT THAT IT WAS UNUSUAL THAT THERE WASN'T A COMMUNITY POOL HERE, BEING THAT WE HAVE ONE IN OUR NEIGHBORHOOD WHICH WE USE.
BUT WE WOULD LOVE TO SUPPORT HAVING THIS COMMUNITY POOL AND THIS CENTER ENLARGE AND EXPAND. WE WOULD LOVE TO SEE THAT, YOU KNOW, SPORTS, MORE SWIMMING SPORTS, A HUTTO SWIM TEAM FOR ALL DIFFERENT LEVELS IN ELEMENTARY, HIGH SCHOOL AS WELL AS, YOU KNOW,
[01:05:01]
RECREATIONAL WATER POLO, DIVING THINGS FOR KIDS TO GROW INTO AND BECOME AND HANG OUT IN AND HAVE A PLACE TO GO TO AND AND TO LOOK FORWARD TO.AND I WOULD LIKE THAT TO BE A YEAR ROUND THING THAT'S POSSIBLE.
I AM NOT A VERY BIG SUPPORTER OF ANY TAXES BEING RAISED BECAUSE OF THAT, BUT THAT'S KIND OF WHAT WE JUST WANTED TO I WANTED TO SAY THAT WE ARE HERE TO SUPPORT THAT EXPANSION.
AND I THINK THAT IT WOULD BE GOOD FOR THE COMMUNITY.
IT WOULD ALLOW A LOT OF US TO COME TOGETHER AND HAVE MORE PLACE TO GO AND OUR KIDS TO GO AND DO THINGS OUTSIDE BECAUSE THERE ISN'T A LOT OF SAFE WALKING SPACES OR BIKING SPACES FOR THEM TO EVEN GET THERE.
I WOULD LOVE TO SOMEHOW FIGURE THAT OUT TOO, THAT WE COULD GET SOME MORE SIDEWALKS OR MORE EASY, SAFE PATHWAYS FOR OUR KIDS TO GET TO THE YMCA.
INSTEAD OF ME BEING AT WORK ALL DAY AND AND BEING STUCK AT HOME.
AND I DON'T WANT HIM TO GO THERE JUST BECAUSE HE HAS NO SAFE WAY TO GET THERE.
NERVOUSNESS AND NOT KNOWING EXACTLY HOW IT GOES.
BUT I DO APPRECIATE THE OPPORTUNITY FOR SPEAKING AND ALLOWING US TO EXPRESS HOW WE FEEL.
AND I DIDN'T EVEN GIVE YOU A CHANCE TO SPEAK SOONER.
SOME OF US ACTUALLY GET NERVOUS UP HERE WHEN WE TALK, AND SO IT NEVER GOES AWAY.
I DIDN'T THINK HE WOULD CALL ME FIRST.
I THOUGHT SOMEBODY WOULD WARM UP FOR ME.
SO I DID. I DIDN'T REALLY THINK YOU GET CALLED FIRST EITHER.
MAYBE IT'S BECAUSE IT STARTS WITH AN A.
AND SO WE APPRECIATE THE TIME.
THANK YOU. THANK YOU, NATALIE.
ALL RIGHT. NEXT, WE HAVE COLE COURT.
LET'S SAY THAT. RIGHT OR COURT? SEE. THANK YOU FOR HAVING ME.
I'VE BEEN LIVING HERE FOR ABOUT TWO YEARS WITH MY WIFE AND MY DAUGHTER.
AND SO WHEN I CAME TO HUTTO, I WAS LOOKING FOR SOMETHING OF THAT NATURE.
AND THE Y KIND OF FIT THAT NEED PRETTY MUCH.
EXACTLY. AND JUST MAKING FRIENDS WITH WITH NEIGHBORS AND OTHER FAMILIES AND OUR NEIGHBORHOOD KIND OF COME TO THE REALIZATION THAT EVERYBODY HAS THAT DESIRE FOR A PLACE LIKE THE Y AND A RECREATION CENTER IN OUR CITY AND OUR COMMUNITY.
AND I'D LIKE TO REINFORCE SOME OTHER COMMENTS EARLIER JUST REGARDING THE FACT THAT EVERY MAJOR CITY HAS A REC CENTER, AND THIS EXPANSION WITH THE OUTDOOR SWIMMING POOL AND THINGS LIKE THAT WOULD, I JUST THINK, REALLY HELP OUR OUR IMAGE AS A CITY PROVIDING OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES FOR KIDS TO DO DURING THE SUMMER AND AND THINGS OF THAT NATURE AND THE EXPANSION OF THINGS LIKE THE THE SENIOR CENTER AND A PLACE FOR THE RESIDENTS OF HUTTO TO MEET, I THINK IS A PLUS TOO, JUST BECAUSE WE CAN SERVE MORE OF THE POPULATION, MORE GYM SPACE. I KNOW THAT PLACE IS ALREADY OVERFLOWING AT THIS POINT.
SO MORE SQUARE FOOTAGE, I THINK IS A PLUS TO SERVE MORE PEOPLE IN THE COMMUNITY.
AND THEN, NOT TO MENTION HELPING OUT FAMILIES IN THE COMMUNITY THAT OTHERWISE MIGHT NOT BE ABLE TO AFFORD, PUTTING THEIR KIDS IN AND SWIM LESSONS OR SUMMER PROGRAMS, SPORTS PROGRAMS, THINGS LIKE THAT.
I THINK THE Y KIND OF SERVES THAT PURPOSE HERE AS WELL.
AND YEAH, I APPRECIATE YOUR TIME AND THANKS FOR HAVING ME.
THANK YOU, SIR. NEXT, WE HAVE DONNA PLOWMAN.
GOOD EVENING. THANK YOU FOR LETTING ME SPEAK.
AND Y'ALL ARE DOING AN EXCELLENT JOB.
THANK YOU VERY MUCH. I JUST MOVED A HUTTO A YEAR AGO NEXT MONTH.
I MEAN, I RETIRED AND I MOVED TO HUTTO.
AND THEN AUGUST, I STUMBLED ON THE ON THE YMCA.
I COULD HARDLY BREATHE AND COULDN'T HARDLY WALK.
BUT FOR THE LAST EIGHT MONTHS THAT I HAVE BEEN HERE, I HAVE GONE TO THE Y IV, DO FOUR SWIM CLASSES. I DO SOME SENIOR WORKOUT CLASSES.
[01:10:03]
THE Y ALSO BRINGS US NOT ONLY OUR COMMUNITY TOGETHER, BUT ALSO GIVES US GROWTH.AND EVEN IN YOUR OLD AGE, IT'S NEW GROWTH.
THE YMCA ALSO HAS THE SENIOR CLASSES THAT THEY ALSO EVERY MONTH WE HAVE A BREAKFAST FOR THE SENIORS. AND IT'S ALSO THAT LITTLE COMMUNITY ROOM THAT YOU ALL SAW.
WE DO IT AND WE'RE GROWING EVERY DAY.
SO PLEASE CONSIDER THE SIMPLE FACT THE SENIORS ARE MOVING HERE.
AND THERE'S MORE COMING RIGHT BEHIND ME.
HUTTO IS AN AWESOME COMMUNITY AND I'M GLAD TO BE HERE.
I HOPE YOU HEARD WHAT I SAID, AND I WISH YOU ALL VERY WELL.
MERRY COUNSEL. THANK YOU FOR ALLOWING ME TO SPEAK.
MY ROLE IS I'M A DEPUTY CHIEF FOR CONGRESSMAN CARTER.
AND THE REASON I BRING THAT UP AND ALSO SIT ON THE BOARD PRIVILEGE TO SIT ON THE BOARD.
AND THE REASON I BRING THAT UP IN MY TRAVELS THROUGHOUT THE DISTRICT.
I SEE THE COMMUNITIES, I SIT AND I MEET WITH CITY MANAGERS AND A LOT OF YOU DON'T REALIZE THE JEWEL THAT YOU HAVE IN YOUR COMMUNITY.
OTHER COMMUNITIES WOULD DIE TO HAVE WHAT YOU GUYS HAVE HERE.
AND AS A PREVIOUS BUSINESS OWNER, IT'S A NO BRAINER WHAT WE'RE OFFERING THE CITY.
WE ALL KNOW IT. I USED TO WORK FOR THE COMPTROLLER'S OFFICE.
I'M WELL AWARE OF THE TAX, WHAT THEY BRING IN, WHAT ALL COMMUNITIES DO.
IT'S NO SECRET WE'VE GOT TO WORK THE WHOLE COMMUNITY ON.
YOU SAID IT EARLIER, MAYOR EDC ATTRACTING GOOD COMPANIES, GOOD INDUSTRIES THAT ARE GOING TO BRING GOOD CITIZENS TO MAKE OUR COMMUNITY EVEN STRONGER, MORE DIVERSE, INCLUSIVE.
WHAT THE Y DOES IT IT GIVES THE POTENTIAL PROSPECTS AN OPPORTUNITY.
AND IF THE EDC IS NOT DOING THIS, THEY SHOULD TAKE THAT PROSPECT TO SEE WHAT THEY HAVE DOWN THE ROAD FOR THEIR EMPLOYEES, FOR THEIR CHILDREN.
SO THEY COULD GO BACK AND SAY, HEY, LOOK WHAT WE HAVE WHEN WE'RE GOING TO MOVE.
A LOT OF FOLKS RIGHT NOW ARE WORKING FROM HOME.
A LOT OF MOTHERS ARE GOING STIR CRAZY.
WHAT DO YOU DO WITH YOUR KIDS? WELL, TAKE THEM TO THE Y COUPLE OF THREE OR 4 HOURS.
THEY GET TIRED, COME HOME, TAKE A NAP.
THERE ARE SO MANY BENEFITS THAT I COULD KEEP GOING ON AND ON.
THE BIGGEST THING THAT YOU'RE GOING TO FACE HERE IS GROWTH.
AND YOU'VE GOT TO EMBRACE THAT GROWTH.
IT'S HAPPENING. IT'S NOT A MATTER OF DO YOU WANT IT OR NOT? IT'S HERE. SO EMBRACE THE GROWTH AND MAKE SURE THAT YOU TAKE CARE OF WHAT YOU HAVE INSIDE. YOU'RE GOING TO NEED THE FUNDS.
MR. TURNER IS GOING TO NEED THE MONEY TO MAKE SURE HE'S GOING TO HAVE THE RESOURCES TO GIVE THE CITY WHAT THEY NEED IN ALL THEIR DEPARTMENTS.
WE'RE OFFERING AND I HOPE YOU LOOK INTO IT AND SAY THIS IS A SMART MOVE.
YOUR COMMUNITY THIS COMMUNITY IS GOING TO GROW THAT FACILITY, EVEN WITH THE EXPANSION IS PROBABLY GOING TO BE AT CAPACITY ALREADY.
BUT IT ALLOWS THE CITY TO MAKE FUTURE PLANS.
AND AGAIN, THAT STEWARDS OF THE COMMUNITY'S FUNDS, IT'S UPON YOU TO SEE WHAT ARE WE GOING TO DO IN THE FUTURE WHEN YOU'RE NO LONGER THERE? WHO'S GOING TO BE UP THERE? AND WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO GIVE THE NEW COUNCILPERSON THE ABILITY TO DO? HOW ARE THEY GOING TO BE ABLE TO GROW, EXPAND AND GIVE THE CITIZENS WHAT THEY NEED? SO, AGAIN, I REALLY HOPE YOU YOU LOOK INTO THIS AND AND TAKE PRIDE IN EVEN MORE PRIDE IN WHAT YOU HAVE AND LET THE CENTRAL TEXAS COMMUNITY KNOW THAT YOU STAND BEHIND EVERY CITIZEN AND YOU'RE GOING TO DO WHAT YOU CAN SO THEY HAVE THEIR SERVICES WHEN THEY NEED THEM. THANK YOU VERY MUCH.
THANK YOU, SIR. RIGHT NEXT, WE HAVE ROCHELLE BRADLEY.
MY NAME IS ROCHELLE, AS HE SAID.
AND I'VE LIVED HERE SINCE SEPTEMBER 1ST, SO NOT LONG AT ALL.
I'VE NEVER BEEN TO THE YMCA PRIOR TO THAT.
THE PEOPLE ARE WONDERFUL, THE ONES THAT WORK THERE, THE ONES THAT GO THERE TO EXERCISE.
AND SO MANY OF THE SENIORS HAVE SAID HOW MUCH THEIR HEALTH HAS IMPROVED BECAUSE OF THE YMCA. WE HAVE MADE SOME FRIENDSHIPS THERE.
THERE'S A CAMARADERIE THAT GOES ON.
YOU WOULD NOT BELIEVE RIGHT NOW.
JUST THE OTHER DAY WE HAD A CLASS IN THE WATER.
AND AS EVERY WOMAN HERE KNOWS, BATHROOMS ARE NEVER BIG ENOUGH.
AND THIS ONE DEFINITELY ISN'T.
YOU HAVE 40 WOMEN GOING INTO THE LOCKER ROOM WITH THREE SHOWERS.
[01:15:02]
SO EXPANSION IS DEFINITELY NEEDED.THE SENIOR PROGRAMS ARE WONDERFUL.
I HAVE THREE GRANDCHILDREN THAT LIVE IN MY HOUSE.
THERE ARE ACTIVITIES FOR THEM.
THERE'S ACTIVITIES FOR MY YOUNG 20 YEAR OLD KIDS THAT LIVE IN THE HOUSE AND THEN FOR US SENIORS. SO WE ARE ALL.
I'M GLAD WE HAVE IT, BUT IT IS DEFINITELY NOT BIG ENOUGH.
AND AS THE GENTLEMAN SAID, WE NEED MORE MONEY IN PARKS AND RECREATION.
THAT MAY BE TRUE, BUT DON'T TAKE AWAY THE HEART THAT YOU ALREADY HAVE IN THE YMCA.
IT IS WONDERFUL THERE, AND IF WE DON'T EXPAND, IT WOULD BE AN AWFUL LOSS BECAUSE IF IT'S EXPANDED, A LOT MORE PEOPLE WOULD BE ABLE TO GET THE USE OUT OF IT.
WE HAD A GIRL TODAY THAT WE WENT TO LUNCH WITH THAT STARTED YESTERDAY AND SHE WAS OVER THE MOON HAPPY THAT SHE MET FRIENDS AND MOVED TO HUTTO AND FOUND THIS FRIEND.
THESE FRIENDSHIPS, THAT'S WHAT THE YMCA BRINGS.
IT'S REALLY A GOOD ORGANIZATION THAT HAS GIVEN A LOT OF GOOD TO HUTTO AND I HOPE YOU TAKE THAT INTO CONSIDERATION BECAUSE WE COULD REALLY USE THE EXPANSION.
MCMULLEN, I HAVE YOU DOWN TO SPEAK ON THIS.
I PUT THAT BLEDSOE? GOOD EVENING. MY NAME IS JEANETTE BLEDSOE.
WE HAVE BEEN RESIDENTS OF HUTTO FOR 19 YEARS.
WE BUILT A HOUSE IN RIVERS CROSSING ANYWAY.
SO WHEN THE WYE OPEN, WE WERE SOME OF THE FIRST PEOPLE TO JOIN THE Y.
AND OF COURSE, OVER THAT PERIOD OF TIME, WE'VE GOTTEN OLDER.
I WOULD JUST LIKE TO SAY THAT.
I'D LIKE TO CONFER WITH OUR OUR AGREE WITH WHAT HAS BEEN SAID BY OTHER PEOPLE WHO HAVE BEEN TO THE Y.
THAT IT IS A WONDERFUL FACILITY.
I LIKE IT FOR A NUMBER OF REASONS.
WHEN WE MOVED TO HUTTO, OF COURSE I DIDN'T KNOW ANYONE, BUT IT WAS AN EASY WAY TO GET TO KNOW PEOPLE. I THINK IT'S A GREAT PLACE, ESPECIALLY WHEN YOU'RE FOR EVERYBODY, REALLY.
BUT I'M GOING TO SPEAK FROM THE STANDPOINT OF BEING A SENIOR NOW BECAUSE I CAN REALLY, REALLY, REALLY, REALLY SAY THAT, THAT FOR HEALTH REASONS, I THINK IT'S GREAT TO HAVE THE WHY THERE. IT'S DEFINITELY IMPROVED MY QUALITY OF LIFE, BEING ABLE TO DO THINGS SOCIALLY WITH OTHER PEOPLE OR IN THE SAME AGE BRACKET WHO ARE EXPERIENCING SOME OF THE SAME THINGS AND BEING ABLE TO MEET WITH PEOPLE AND HAVE FUN AND ALSO GET INFORMATION ABOUT HEALTH KIND OF ISSUES.
IT'S A GREAT THING, BUT ALSO TO LOOK AT IT COLLECTIVELY FOR THE ENTIRE COMMUNITY, FOR YOUNG PEOPLE I KNOW AND MY GRANDKIDS COME.
THEY LOVE GOING TO THE Y AND I SEE ALL THE LITTLE KIDS THERE AND THE MOMS THAT ARE THERE ARE DANCE. THEY'RE BRINGING THEIR KIDS THERE.
IT'S IT'S JUST A IT'S A GREAT PLACE.
IT REALLY IS. AND I DO THINK THAT THAT HUTTO HAS SOMETHING THAT IS UNIQUE AND VERY SPECIAL HERE IN THE Y, THE THE PERSONNEL THAT ARE THERE, THEY'RE OUTSTANDING, VERY FRIENDLY, VERY JUST MAKE YOU FEEL AT HOME.
AND I DON'T KNOW, IT JUST BRINGS A SMILE ON MY FACE EVERY DAY THAT EVERY TIME I GO TO THE Y, I JUST LOVE IT THERE.
SO ANYWAY, BUT I DO HOPE THAT THE EXPANSION IS I SEE WHERE IT WOULD BE A BENEFIT TO THE COMMUNITY FOR ALL PEOPLE OF ALL AGES TO BE ABLE TO GO AND ENJOY THAT.
TO HAVE AN OUTDOOR POOL WOULD BE GREAT.
AND I ALSO THINK THAT FOR THE SENIORS, WE COULD REALLY BENEFIT FROM MORE, MORE SPACE BECAUSE WHEN THE SWIMMING LESSONS START.
OUR CLASSES GET MOVED TO ODD HOURS AND I'M WILLING TO MAKE SACRIFICES AND THINGS LIKE THAT. BUT IT WOULD BE NICE IF IF IT WERE EXPANDED AND MORE PEOPLE COULD USE THE FACILITY AND WITH HUDL GROWING THE RATE THAT IS GROWING.
THERE HAVE BEEN MORE PEOPLE WHO WANT TO GO TO THE Y.
SO I WANT TO COMMEND YOU FIRST OF ALL, FOR FOR HAVING THE Y HERE.
[01:20:03]
IT'S A GREAT FACILITY.OH, I GUESS MAYBE. PERRY, COULD YOU TELL US I KNOW THIS HAS BEEN THROUGH THE PARK'S BOARD A COUPLE OF TIMES. DO YOU MIND COMING UP AND KIND OF TELLING US.
SO JUST TO GIVE THE COMMUNITY INPUT, THE Y FIRST CAME TO THE PARKS BOARD, I DON'T KNOW, TWO MONTHS AGO AND DID A QUICK PRESENTATION IN PUBLIC COMMENT.
THEN, AS WE HEARD EARLIER, THERE WAS A SPECIAL MEETING WHERE THE Y PRESENTED AND THEN I BELIEVE LAST WEEK YOU ALL ALSO MET AND SPOKE ABOUT IT AS WELL.
FIRST, I WANT TO I WANT TO COMMEND JOE FOR GETTING ALL THESE PEOPLE TO COME UP.
WE HAD SOMEBODY THAT'S NEVER TALKED BEFORE, A CITY COUNCIL BEFORE.
I LOVE IT. WE GET PUBLIC INPUT.
I DON'T THINK THERE'S ANYBODY IN THE CITY OF HUTTO THAT THINKS THAT THE YMCA IS NOT AN ASSET. I THINK THAT MOST PEOPLE WOULD AGREE THAT IT IS.
THE REASON WHY THE PARKS BOARD VOTED TO NOT ENTER INTO AN AGREEMENT AT THIS TIME IS PRECISELY WHAT WHAT TROY TALKED ABOUT.
WE HAD A BOND ELECTION IN 2018 AND IT WAS FOR $50 MILLION AND IT WAS FOR THINGS THAT WE NEEDED. THERE WERE A LIST OF THINGS IN NO PARTICULAR ORDER.
I BELIEVE THAT THERE WAS A RECREATION CENTER OR A COMMUNITY CENTER MEETING CENTER AND A POSSIBILITY OF A POOL.
THERE WERE ALSO IMPROVEMENTS TO FRITZ PARK.
THERE WAS A SPLASH PAD, A RETENTION POND.
THE HOLD WATER FROM THE SPLASH PAD IS A GHOST STORY BECAUSE WE'RE NOT GOING TO HAVE IT RECYCLE WORK THAT NEEDED TO BE DONE AT LAKE PARK.
THERE'S A LOT OF THINGS THAT NEEDS TO BE DONE.
AND BECAUSE OF COVID AND THE LAYOFF OF 48 CITY EMPLOYEES, MOST OF THEM A LARGE PORTION OF PARKS DEPARTMENT WENT BYE BYE.
EVERYTHING FELL BY THE WAYSIDE.
AND NOW WE'RE HAVING TO PLAY CATCH UP.
I THINK THAT THE POOL AND THE COMMUNITY CENTER IS A GREAT IDEA.
I THINK THAT HAVING THE YMCA STAFF IT AND MANAGE IT IS A GREAT IDEA.
I JUST DON'T THINK THAT NOW IS THE TIME.
I MEAN, WE ARE GOING TO NEED IT.
ALL YOU PEOPLE THAT TALKED ABOUT GOING TO THE Y AND BEING ABLE TO BREATHE, YOU'RE STILL GOING TO BE ABLE TO GO TO THE Y AND BE ABLE TO BREATHE.
YOU'RE JUST NOT GOING TO BE ABLE TO SWIM IN A POOL OUTDOORS.
THAT CAN BE SOMETHING THAT WE CAN REVISIT AT A LATER TIME.
SO. THE OTHER THING THAT YOU HAVE TO TAKE A LOOK AT, AND I AS A HOMEOWNER IN HUTTO, I'D HAVE TO TAKE A LOOK AT THIS IS WE SEE FIGURES BEING BANDIED ABOUT IS HOW MUCH IT'S GOING TO COST. SO YOU CAN COME UP WITH A FIVE AND A HALF MILLION DOLLARS, SEVEN AND ONE HALF MILLION DOLLARS, $8 MILLION, TEN, WHATEVER THE COST IS, YOU'RE THROWING THAT OUT.
WHAT IS IT GOING TO COST THE HOMEOWNERS TO RETIRE THAT BOND? AND KEEP IN MIND THAT WHEN A BOND RETIRES, HOW MANY TIMES DOES THAT TAX GO DOWN? SO IF WE WERE TO WRITE $5 MILLION OR $7 MILLION WORTH OF TAX BONDS TO PAY FOR A POOL AND EXPANSION OF A COMMUNITY CENTER, AND WE PAY THAT SEVEN AND A HALF MILLION BACK AFTER WE SELL THE BONDS. DOES OUR TAXES GO DOWN? I DON'T THINK SO. BUT HOW MUCH IS IT GOING TO COST EACH HOMEOWNER IN TOWN? EACH HOMEOWNER THAT DOES NOT USE.
WE HAVE 35,000 PEOPLE IN TOWN.
WE HAVE 7000, 8200 THAT USE THE Y.
25,000 PLUS PEOPLE ARE PAYING FOR SOMETHING THAT THEY'RE NEVER GOING TO USE.
AND THEIR TAXES ARE GOING TO STAY THE SAME.
IS IT GOING TO COST ME AN EXTRA $500 A YEAR? IS IT GOING TO COST ME AN EXTRA $50 A YEAR? THAT'S THE PAIN POINT.
IF YOU CAN COME TO ME AND SAY, HEY, IT'S ONLY GOING TO COST YOU $50 A YEAR TO HAVE A COMMUNITY POOL AND A COMMUNITY CENTER.
I CAN LOOK AT IT AND SAY, YOU KNOW, FOR 50 BUCKS, I CAN, I CAN I CAN SEE THAT IF YOU'RE GOING TO COME TO ME, IT'S GOING TO COST BETWEEN 501,000 A YEAR.
ANY MORE, I'M GOING TO HAVE TO SELL MY HOUSE.
SO WE TOOK A LOOK AT ALL OF THOSE THINGS AND ALL OF THEM ARE GOOD TO HAVE.
AND I AGREE WITH EVERY ONE OF THEM.
AND I CAN SEE THE BENEFITS, I CAN SEE THE PROS, I CAN SEE THE CONS RIGHT NOW.
I DON'T THINK IT'S THE TIME WHEN WE HAVE OTHER THINGS THAT OUR CITIZENS CAN USE WITHOUT HAVING TO PAY.
QUESTIONS FOR. AND YOU'RE RIGHT.
ALSO THE WAY THE WAY IT ALL FELL OUT.
WE DID HAVE A MEETING WITH THE Y TO HAVE A KIND OF AN INFORMAL W WERE THERE.
JOEL WAS THERE. KOBE WAS THERE.
[01:25:02]
WE DID HAVE A SPECIAL CALLED MEETING FOR THE PARKS BOARD TO GO OVER A FULL PRESENTATION.WE DID NOT TAKE ANY ACTION AT THAT SPECIAL CALLED MEETING.
IT WAS FOR INFORMATION ONLY TO BE QUITE HONEST WITH YOU.
I WAS A LITTLE SURPRISED WHEN I FOUND OUT THAT IT WAS ON THE AGENDA TONIGHT BECAUSE NOBODY HAS MADE A FORMAL PRESENTATION FROM THE PARK'S BOARD TO SAY WHAT OUR WHAT OUR POSITION IS ON IT. SO TO TO HEAR THIS, I WAS A LITTLE BIT SURPRISED.
WE DID HAVE A MEETING LAST WEDNESDAY.
IT WAS ON THE AGENDA AND IT WAS A DISCUSSION AND POSSIBLE ACTION.
AND WE DID TAKE ACTION AND THE VOTE WAS FIVE ONE.
ALL RIGHT. ANY QUESTIONS FOR PERRY REGARDING PART BOARD DISCUSSIONS OR.
I JUST WOULD LIKE TO MAKE A STATEMENT.
AND THE REASON I REQUESTED THIS TO BE ON THE AGENDA, IT'S BEING PUT OUT ON SOCIAL MEDIA, SOMETHING THAT THE CITY IS ACTIVELY WORKING ON.
I CAN'T GO TO EVERY MEETING OR, YOU KNOW, BE THERE.
SO I WANTED TO KIND OF GET UP TO DATE WHEN I'M ASKED BY CONSTITUENTS OF MINE AS TO WHAT'S GOING ON AND WHY WE'RE HAVING THIS CONVERSATION.
RIGHT. AND I THINK WE'RE DOING IT THE RIGHT WAY WHEN YOU WHEN YOU'RE GOING OUT AND LOOKING AT SOMETHING TO I DON'T CARE WHAT IT IS.
IF YOU'RE LOOKING AT A HOUSE, YOU'RE GOING TO TAKE A LOOK AT 25 OR 30 HOUSES.
IF YOU'RE LOOKING AT A CAR, YOU'RE GOING TO TEST DRIVE IT.
YOU'RE GOING TO FIND OUT WHAT THE COST IS, WHAT'S WHAT'S THE MAINTENANCE AND ALL THAT OTHER GOOD STUFF. SO I THINK THAT WE'VE ACTUALLY DONE THIS RIGHT BY TALKING AND SEEING WHAT KIND OF WHAT KIND OF THOUGHTS THE Y HAD, WHAT KIND OF THOUGHTS THE CITY HAD, HOW CAN WE COMBINE THEM? HOW CAN WE WORK? HOW CAN WE HOW CAN WE PAY FOR IT BEFORE WE CAN EVEN THINK ABOUT SAYING YES, NO, MAYBE YOU HAVE TO DO THE FOOTWORK.
THERE WAS NOTHING CLOSED ABOUT THIS.
THIS WAS JUST AN EXPLORATION ON THE FIRST MEETING AND THEN IT WAS, OKAY, BRING US SOME CONCRETE IDEAS, BRING US AN ACTUAL PRESENTATION.
AND THEN AT ONE OF OUR MEETINGS, JOE CAME IN AND DID 3 MINUTES.
THEN THEY CAME IN AND DID AN ACTUAL PRESENTATION AT THE SPECIAL CALLED.
AND THEN HE WAS BACK AGAIN ANSWERING QUESTIONS LAST WEDNESDAY.
SO WE JUST HAVEN'T MADE THE FORMAL PRESENTATION TO CITY COUNCIL YET.
I DO APPRECIATE YOUR TIME AND I WOULD NEVER MAKE A DECISION WITHOUT THE PARK SPORTS FULL.
ALL RIGHT. THANKS, SIR. LET'S OPEN UP TO COUNCIL.
OKAY. SO I'M SITTING AND ATTENDING THE SPECIAL PARKS MEETING THAT HAPPENED ON MARCH 30TH.
WE HAD A GREAT GROUP FROM THE Y COME OUT FROM THEIR BOARD, FROM THE STAFF, AND ALL OF OUR PARKS BOARD WAS IN ATTENDANCE EXCEPT FOR ONE MEMBER.
AND WE ACTUALLY HAD A PAST CITY EMPLOYEE COME AND SPEAK TO IT, AS WELL AS ALSO PAST ADVISORY BOARD MEMBERS CAME AND LISTENED IN ON THE PRESENTATION AND SPOKE.
SO GOING THROUGH AFTER HEARING EVERYTHING THAT WAS SAID FROM THE Y SIDE, THERE WERE A LOT OF QUESTIONS THAT THE ADVISORY BOARD HAD AND THERE NEEDED TO BE A LOT OF.
RE COMMUNICATING BETWEEN THE TWO ENTITIES ON WHAT WERE THE ORIGINS OF.
THIS REQUEST FOR AN EXPANSION.
AND WHO WHO DID THEY COME FROM? WHAT WAS THE INTENT BEHIND IT? SO GOING FORWARD, WE HEARD THAT.
FORMER CITY COUNCIL MEMBER ROSE WAS THE ONE THAT APPROACHED THE YMCA TO MAKE THE REQUEST AND SEE, HEY, WHAT ARE Y'ALL ABLE TO DO WITH THE SPACE THAT YOU HAVE IN TERMS OF A YMCA EXPANSION AND THEN COVID HIT AND OUR STAFFING CHANGED.
AND THE PROJECT KIND OF TOOK TOOK A BREAK.
THE PROBLEM WITH THE PRESENTATION AND WHAT WAS TOLD TO THE PARKS BOARD IS EXACTLY WHAT PERRY IS SAYING IS IT'S A GREAT PROJECT.
IT'S DEFINITELY SOMETHING THAT'S NEEDED.
BUT IN LOOKING AT WHAT BOND DOLLARS WE HAVE AND WHAT THE VOTERS HAVE ASKED US AS A COUNCIL TO PRIORITIZE RIGHT NOW, KNOWING HOW FAR BEHIND WE ARE WITH MAJOR INFRASTRUCTURE ISSUES IN OUR PARKS.
AND THEN WHAT? THE COST OF EITHER 5.8 MILLION WILL GET US.
IT GIVES US AN ADDITIONAL 6000 SQUARE FEET.
[01:30:02]
SO THAT'S STILL IF YOU LOOK AT THE COMPARISON SQUARE FOOTAGE OF ALL OF OUR SURROUNDING YMCA, WE'RE STILL THE SMALLEST YMCA, AND THAT'S THE MAXIMUM THAT WE CAN GET OUT OF THAT SPACE, THAT LAND THAT WE HAVE.SO IN THAT SPECIAL CALLED MEETING, I HAD ASKED THE QUESTIONS OF ARE THERE OTHER AREAS THAT WE COULD LOOK FOR A Y EXPANSION ON A MUCH LARGER SCALE THAT'S REFLECTIVE OF OUR 8% GROWTH RATE? THAT MAYBE IS A CONVERSATION WE CAN HAVE WITH THE SCHOOL BOARD ON A SWIMMING NATATORIUM FOR OUR STUDENTS.
WORKING WITH THE COUNTY ALSO ON FINANCING LIKE THEY DO WITH THE CEDAR PARK YMCA.
SO I HAD ASKED THE WHY THEY'VE BEEN DOING THIS FOR OVER 170 YEARS, 175 YEARS NATIONWIDE.
WHAT ARE SOME OF THE UNIQUE FUNDING MECHANISMS THAT YOU ALL HAVE FOUND TO BE SUCCESSFUL? BECAUSE RIGHT NOW THIS IS BEING SHOWN TO US IN OUR PARKS ADVISORY BOARD.
IT WAS PUT OUT ON SOCIAL MEDIA AS IT'S ALREADY HAPPENING AND IT JUST SEEMS LIKE THE CART GOT PUT BEFORE THE HORSE IN TERMS OF THE FINANCING AND THE DETAILS THAT ARE, I THINK ARE EXTREMELY IMPORTANT FOR US TO TO UNDERSTAND AND HAVE A GRASP ON WITH HOW FAST WE'RE GROWING AND HOW MANY RESIDENTS WE HAVE.
WE'RE GOING TO BE AT CAPACITY WITHIN A FEW MONTHS OF THE 6000 SQUARE FOOT EXPANSION.
SO WE'RE REALLY NOT DOING MUCH.
AND THAT'S 5 TO 7 EXCUSE ME, 5.8 TO $7.6 MILLION THAT I THINK NEEDS TO BE STRATEGICALLY THOUGHT ABOUT. BEFORE WE, I DON'T KNOW, JUMP INTO SCHEMATICS.
AND I DO THINK IT'S A REALLY HIGH NEED FOR HUTTO.
BUT THAT'S WHY WE HAVE A REC PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT AND A PARKS ADVISORY BOARD TO ADVISE US WHO ARE NOT PARKS EXPERTS, BUT THEIR BOARD IS COMPRISED OF INCREDIBLY EDUCATED PARKS AND RECREATION PROFESSIONALS TO SIT DOWN AS A COUNCIL AND CREATE A VISION FOR OUR PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT, AND THEN LOOK AT THE IMMEDIATE THINGS WE CAN DO NOW AND THE COSTS ASSOCIATED AND THEN MILE MARKERS OF 1 TO 3 YEARS OUT.
AND THEN THE LONG TERM PLAN, WHICH COULD BE A MASSIVE, AMAZING 80,000 SQUARE FOOT YMCA LIKE THE CHASKA Y IN ROUND ROCK WITH THE NATATORIUM.
AND MAYBE WE GET A PARTNERSHIP WITH SOME COOL TECH COMPANY THAT WANTS TO COME TO HUTTO AND THEY HELP PAY FOR IT.
I JUST I AGREE WITH THE PARKS BOARD THAT IT IS A GREAT.
CONCEPT. I JUST DON'T FEEL LIKE IT'S FLESHED OUT, AND I DON'T THINK THAT THE TIME IS NOW.
I JUST FEEL LIKE WE'D BE DOING A DISSERVICE TO THE TAXPAYER DOLLAR AND THE BOND PROJECTS THAT WE'VE ALREADY PRIORITIZED.
SO THE COMMENTS FROM COUNCIL OR QUESTIONS? THIS ONE COME IN. I HAVE.
AND THIS WOULD BE FOR FOR JOEL OF THAT 26, 65 UNITS, HOW MANY OF THOSE PEOPLE ARE HUTTO RESIDENTS? SO IT'S RIGHT AROUND 70%.
70%. SO SO I THINK A COUPLE OF THINGS IF I COULD ADDRESS CALCIUM IS KIND OF IN THE COMMENTS THERE. SO JUST TO MAKE SURE WE'RE CLEAR, SO IN THE BOND THAT HAPPENED IN 2019, HOW THIS CONVERSATION WAS BEGIN IS BECAUSE THERE WAS A RECREATION CENTER IN THAT BOND.
SO THAT'S KIND OF WHERE IT WAS.
AND THEN FROM THAT POINT WHEN ALL THE FINANCIAL STUFF STARTED HAPPENING, IT KIND OF KIND OF STOPPED AT THAT POINT.
SO THAT'S WHEN THOSE BECAUSE THE CONVERSATIONS WERE REALLY ABOUT GETTING RID OF THE WHY THAT WE HAVE AND BUILDING A NEW BUILDING.
AND THAT'S KIND OF HOW THEY DID.
BUT SO WITH THE NEW ESTIMATES, TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTION, COUNCILMAN ALLEN, IS I THINK IT WOULD TAKE IT TO ABOUT 10,000 IS WHAT THEY'RE ESTIMATING THE NUMBER OF PEOPLE THAT WOULD BE THEY CAN PARTICIPATE.
AND SO OF THAT, ABOUT 7000 WOULD ACTUALLY WELL, THERE COULD BE MORE.
BUT IN THE CURRENT ESTIMATE, THERE'D BE ABOUT 7000 HEAD OF RESIDENTS THAT WERE ACTUALLY PARTICIPATE IN EITHER THE Y OR THE SWIMMING AREA.
SO IF YOU THINK ABOUT THAT AND I KNOW PARKS ARE IMPORTANT, I'VE BEEN ON ALL THOSE DIFFERENT COMMITTEES IN THE PAST.
BUT THINK ABOUT WHERE 7000 PEOPLE GO A MONTH.
RIGHT. AND WHAT YOUR CITIZENS REALLY WANT.
I MEAN, FOR THE AMOUNT OF MONEY, I MEAN, I WOULD ASK THEM THAT QUESTION.
I THINK THAT, YOU KNOW, IT'S BEEN ASKED MANY TIMES AND I THINK THEY WOULD LIKE TRAILS.
BUT I THINK IF THE FOLKS THAT SPOKE TODAY AND ACTUALLY I'M SORRY, I DON'T KNOW ACTUALLY
[01:35:03]
ANY OF THEM AND THANK YOU FOR COMING.BUT I THINK THAT IT'S I THINK IT'S TELLING THAT WHEN YOU HAVE 30% LOOK AT YOUR POPULATION IN ROUND ROCK, HAVING THE POPULATION AROUND AND THERE'S THEY'LL BE THE SAME NUMBER OF PEOPLE THAT PARTICIPATE IN RECREATION SPORTS IN ROUND ROCK AS THEY DO IN HEDO.
I MEAN, THAT'S HUGE. I MEAN, THIS IS 10,000 PEOPLE PARTICIPATE IN THIS EVERY SINGLE MONTH. I MEAN, THERE'S NO ORGANIZATION LIKE THAT.
AND TODAY FROM YOUTH SPORTS, WE DID A POINT TO THERE'S 504.
THERE'S 300 IN THE BASEBALL LEAGUE AND THERE'S 400 IN THERE.
AND ABOUT 25% OF OUR KIDS DON'T EVEN PAY THE REGULAR RATE.
YOU KNOW, WE MAKE SURE THERE'S LOTS OF SCHOLARSHIPS, THOSE KIND OF THINGS.
SO I DON'T WANT TO BLINDSIDE, BUT IT WAS JUST MORE OF THIS IS THE TIME.
IT'S KIND OF CAME HERE OVER THE LAST FIVE YEARS.
THE CHALLENGE IS IF YOU WAIT, WE'RE NEVER GOING TO BUILD IT.
RIGHT. I MEAN, IT'S WE START IN 2019, RIGHT? WE PUT THAT IN THERE. THE $40 MILLION WAS FOR THE REC CENTER WAS WHAT IT WAS FOR AN 80,000 SQUARE FOOT REC CENTER.
BUT WHAT'S GOING TO HAPPEN THAT 80,000 IN THREE YEARS IS GOING TO BE 120,000.
IT JUST KEEP GOING HIGHER AND HIGHER AND HIGHER.
IT'S JUST A NEVER ENDING, I GUESS.
JOEL, MY MY QUESTION IS, WE'RE ONLY LOOKING AT A 6000 SQUARE FOOT EXPANSION.
AND THAT WAS A BIG PART OF THE CONVERSATION DURING THE SPECIAL MEETING WE HAD WITH YOU ALL OF.
HOW FEASIBLE IS THAT FOR A LONG TERM? EVERYBODY USES IT.
I LIVE RIGHT THERE LIKE I GET IT.
WE HAVE 27% OF RESIDENTS USE OUR Y AND THE NATIONAL AVERAGE IS 8.1.
SO WE KNOW THAT HUTTO LOVES OUR Y.
67% OF THE USERS ARE HUTTO RESIDENTS.
AGAIN, WE KNOW THAT IT'S THE PLACE TO GO AND USE.
6000 SQUARE FOOT PUTS US AT 34,000 SQUARE FOOT SIZE FACILITY.
THE NEXT LARGEST ONE IS BURN IT WITH 50,000.
I'M JUST THINKING FROM WHAT WE CAN DO TODAY VERSUS AND YOU'RE RIGHT, IT'S GOING TO KEEP MONEY. INFLATION LIKE THESE THINGS ARE NOT GOING TO FREEZE WHERE THEY ARE.
AND I DO KNOW THAT YOU ALL TALK TO CHASKA, WHO DID THE ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION WORK THAT THEY'RE GOING TO FREEZE US IN WITHIN THAT PRICE POINT, WHICH IS GREAT.
I'M JUST LIKE, OKAY, SO WE BUILD IT, WHICH TAKES.
WHAT, 12, 15 MONTHS? YEAH. THEY ACTUALLY SAID WE COULD BE SWIMMING NEXT YEAR.
AND WE'RE AT AN 8% GROWTH RATE WITH THE CITY.
YEAH. KNOWING HOW MUCH HUTTO LOVES THE WHY.
DOES THIS SOLVE ANY PROBLEM? FOR US IN TERMS OF CREATING THE REC CENTER FOR OUR TEENAGERS AND OUR SENIORS AND HAVING A PLACE FOR COMMUNITY TO GATHER.
IF WE WERE TALKING, HEY, WE FOUND THAT THE ISD HAS THIS HUGE CHUNK OF LAND AND THEY WANT TO WORK WITH THE CITY AND WITH THE Y TO DO A 50,000 SQUARE FOOT FACILITY.
I'M TOTALLY ON BOARD WITH THAT.
I THINK THAT'S A GREAT USE OF FUTURE PROSPECTING AND PLANNING, AND I JUST FEEL LIKE WE'RE NOT. HUTTO HASN'T PLANNED WELL FOR THE GROWTH THAT IS HIT US.
SO ONE THING I WANT TO MAKE SURE IS THAT THIS WAS NOT ABOUT EXPANDING THE YMCA, RIGHT? I MEAN, YOU'RE EXACTLY CORRECT.
I MEAN, IT WILL MAKE A LITTLE MORE SPACE AND WE THINK ABOUT 100 MORE FAMILIES COULD DO IT. BUT A LOT OF THAT IS ACTUALLY IN THE SWIMMING AREA.
IT WAS MORE ABOUT THESE ARE SOME PRIORITIES THAT WE'VE SEEN FROM THE CITY.
HOW COULD THE Y ACTUALLY HELP WITH THOSE PRIORITIES? AND ONE OF THEM'S BEEN I'VE LIVED HERE 25 YEARS.
WE WERE TALKING ABOUT, YOU KNOW, SWIMMING POOL 25 YEARS AGO.
I MEAN, WE ARE I WAS ALMOST EMBARRASSED WHEN I LOOKED IN.
THE LAWNDALE HAS A SWIMMING POOL.
BURN IT. WE MANAGED TO WIN AND BURN IT.
BERTRAM, EVEN THOUGH THAT THERE WAS ENOUGH PEOPLE THERE FOR A POOL.
IT DOESN'T TAKE CARE OF THE ISSUE OF THE RECREATION CENTER AND OUR NEEDS FOR THE FUTURE.
WHAT IT TAKES CARE OF IS LIKE THE FOLKS HERE SPOKE TODAY ABOUT A PLACE FOR MORE PEOPLE TO CONGREGATE. WHERE DO PEOPLE GO TO HANG OUT? WHERE DO THE SENIORS GO TO MEET PEOPLE? WHERE THE KIDS GO TO HANG OUT WITH THEIR FRIENDS? I MEAN, THERE'S OTHER PLACES THEY COULD GO, BUT A COMMUNITY POOL, I MEAN, YOU GO TO TAYLOR SOMETIME, YOU DRIVE OVER THERE IN THE SUMMER AND LOOK AT JUST ALL THE CLASSMATES.
THEY HAVE ALL KINDS OF THINGS GOING ON, DIFFERENT EVENTS.
THEY HAVE A YOUTH LIKE SHE MENTIONED SWIM TEAM THAT THEY ACTUALLY DO THERE WITH THE CITY.
IT JUST GETS PEOPLE IN THE COMMUNITY TOGETHER BECAUSE, YOU KNOW, WE LIVE IN OUR LITTLE HOUSES. WE DON'T OPEN THE DOOR VERY MUCH AND THOSE KIND OF THINGS.
[01:40:04]
IT'S JUST TO ME, IT'S A LOT OF PEOPLE.WE HAVE A GREAT THING GOING ON AND I WAS JUST TRYING TO THINK OF HOW COULD WE CONTINUE TO KIND OF KEEP THAT SNOWBALL TO HAVE KIND OF SOME COMMUNITY THINGS WHICH WE DON'T HAVE A LOT OF COMMUNITY THINGS HAPPENING RIGHT NOW.
AND I THINK THAT THAT THAT HITS THE NAIL ON THE HEAD IN TERMS OF WE DON'T HAVE A LOT OF COMMUNITY THINGS.
WE HAVE NOT DONE GREAT IN THE PLANNING.
WE HAVE NOT PLANNED FOR THE POPULATION WE HAVE AND WE HAVE YOUNG PEOPLE.
THE DEMOGRAPHIC THAT IS MOVING INTO HUTTO FROM THE LAST CENSUS IS YOUNG 30 WOMEN IN THE EARLY THIRTIES. SO I MEAN, WE CLEARLY HAVE A NEED THAT'S NOT BEING MET.
I DON'T I WOULD HATE FOR US TO LOCK IN 5.8 TO $7.6 MILLION THAT.
ISN'T GOING TO HAVE A LONG TERM DOWN THE ROAD.
WELL, I'LL TELL YOU, IT'S GOING TO HAVE ABOUT 3200 PEOPLE A MONTH.
THAT AFFECTS 3200 ADDITIONAL PEOPLE THAT DON'T GO THERE TODAY.
THEY GO TO OUTSIDE SWIMMING AREAS.
10% OF YOUR COMMUNITY ARE GOING TO BE ABLE TO DO THAT.
I KNOW THE COUNCIL HAS MADE A BIG PUSH FOR NO NEW REVENUE RATES.
SO DEPENDING ON WHERE THE MONEY COMES FROM.
THIS IS WHAT I TOLD YOU VERBATIM THAT.
PEOPLE DON'T WANT THEIR RATES TO GO UP.
RIGHT. AND WE HAVE TO LOOK AS A COUNCIL AT WHAT WE HAVE ALREADY PRIORITIZED AND PROMISED.
AND WHERE DOES THIS FALL IN LINE ON THOSE PROJECTS? AND IF OUR CFO CAN SHOW US THAT THIS IS DOABLE WITHIN THE NO NEW REVENUE RATE WITH ALL THE OTHER THINGS GOING ON, AND IT'S GOING TO PULL FROM THIS SPECIFIC FUND AND WE ARE WE'RE GOOD TO GO WITH IT.
BUT IF IT DOES CAUSE FOR US TO HAVE TO INCREASE THE RATE AND THAT'S A BIGGER CONVERSATION WE AS A COUNCIL ARE GOING TO HAVE TO HAVE AND THEN ASKING THE RESIDENTS, YOU REALLY WANT THIS, WE KNOW YOU DID. YOU VOTED FOR A REC CENTER AND YOU USE THE POOL, BUT YOUR RATES ARE GOING TO GO UP A LITTLE BIT.
THANK YOU, JOEL. I KNOW WE'VE TALKED A LOT ABOUT.
ANYTHING ELSE FROM OTHER COUNCIL MEMBERS? YEAH, JUST A LITTLE BIT.
I AGREE WITH COUNCIL MEMBER VILLARREAL SALVO RELATED TO THE NUMBER OF SQUARE FOOT FOOTAGE AND AND HOW MUCH INCREASE THAT IS.
THIS OUTDOOR POOL IS NOT GOING TO BE A YEAR ROUND POOL.
RIGHT. SO THAT'S YOU KNOW, WE'RE ONLY TALKING SOME NUMBER OF NINE MONTHS MAYBE FOR FOR DOING THAT. AND I'M FEELING LIKE EVEN THOUGH I ATTENDED A MEETING, A KIND OF AN IMPROMPTU MEETING AT THE Y, WHERE SOME DISCUSSION WAS BEING HELD.
AND EVEN THOUGH IT'S BEEN DISCUSSED FOR A WHILE, THIS IS THE FIRST OPPORTUNITY THAT THE COUNCIL HAS HAD TO REALLY KIND OF WEIGH IN ON ALL OF THIS.
YOU KNOW, JUST A LOT OF THINGS THAT ARE GOING ON AND TRYING TO TRYING TO PIECE ALL OF THE PUZZLES BACK TOGETHER FROM THE LAST SOME YEARS.
IT'S NOT THAT I DON'T WANT TO OFFER THOSE THINGS FOR THE CITIZENS BECAUSE WE KNOW THAT THEY NEED THEM. BUT REALISTICALLY, WHEN THE Y OPENED IN 20, WHATEVER, THAT WAS 12 OR 14.
THEY HAD MORE MEMBERS THAN THEY WERE ANTICIPATING AT THE TIME.
SO IT WAS LIKE IT WAS IT WOULD ALREADY MAXED OUT AND OUR POPULATION WAS A LOT SMALLER.
SO, YOU KNOW, WE HAVE TO BE MINDFUL OF THE WAY WE'RE SPENDING OUR MONEY AND WE'VE NOT BEEN DOING MUCH WITH OUR PARKS.
I KNOW OF LATE THINGS ARE BEGINNING TO TO GET KIND OF PUT BACK TOGETHER AND THEY'RE LOOKING AT US PARKS PROGRAM FOR SUMMER CAMP.
BUT I'M FOR ME, I'M JUST NOT COMFORTABLE MOVING FORWARD WITH THIS RIGHT NOW.
THE ONE THING TO MAKE SURE I THINK I FLIPPED THROUGH SO MUCH EARLIER TO ONE THING IN THE FINANCIAL PIECE OF IT WAS AND PEOPLE CAN COME TODAY, BUT IT WOULD BE MORE OF A COMMUNITY.
WE'RE TALKING ABOUT THE INSIDE AND THE OUTSIDE.
SO PEOPLE WOULD BE ABLE TO PAY A DAILY FEE AND SWIM INSIDE OR OUTSIDE THE POOL.
SO IT'D BE KIND OF DEEMED THE INSIDE AND OUTSIDE POOL WOULD BE KIND OF DEEMED AS THE CITY POOL. IT'S I JUST WANT TO CLARIFY, THIS IS JUST INFORMATION BASED.
THE COUNCIL IS NOT GOING TO TAKE ANY ACTION TONIGHT UNTIL THE PARKS BOARD DOES THEIR PART AND APPROVES IT FOR US.
AM I THE AGENDA ITEM THERE? IS THEY THEY THEY'D APPROVED IT.
WORD ACTION. OH, POSSIBLE ACTION.
[01:45:01]
OKAY. SO THE PARKS BOARD.THEY HAD THE THREE MINUTE PRESENTATION, THEN THEY HAD A SPECIAL MEETING.
THEN THEY MET LAST MEETING AND THE RECOMMENDATION WAS TO NOT USE PARK BUND MONEY FOR THIS EXPANSION AND TO PRIORITIZE OTHER PARK RELATED.
ITEMS. I HAVE A COUPLE OF QUESTIONS, BUT JUST AS A COUNCIL REQUEST, CAN WE HAVE THOSE THINGS INCLUDED IN THE PACKET, LIKE WHAT YOU EXACTLY JUST SAID AND HOW IT KIND OF CAME UP AND THE BACKGROUND INFORMATION? BECAUSE I THINK THAT WAS SUPPOSED TO BE THE PURPOSE OF THE SUMMARY PAGE FOR JUST ALL INVOLVED AND CITIZENS INVOLVED.
I THINK THAT'S THE WHOLE PURPOSE OF THE SUMMARY PAGE.
AND I KNOW WE'VE ASKED FOR THAT SEVERAL TIMES IN THE PAST.
MY MY DAUGHTER LOVES MISS JESSICA.
SHE WAS HER SWIMMING COACH HERE AT THE Y.
MY MOTHER ATTENDS CLASSES AT THE Y VERY FREQUENTLY.
THE AQUATICS CLASSES. YOU GUYS PROBABLY HAVE SEEN HER.
BUT I DO HAVE A FEW QUESTIONS AND MOST OF THEM DO HAVE TO DEAL WITH WITH MONEY BECAUSE AT THE END OF THE DAY, I MEAN, NO ONE CAN DENY, YOU KNOW, WHAT A GREAT ORGANIZATION THE YMCA IS. AND I DON'T THINK ANYBODY ON COUNCIL IS GOING TO ARGUE WITH YOU ON THAT POINT AND THE BENEFITS THAT IT BRINGS TO THE CITY.
AS OF RIGHT NOW, I DON'T BELIEVE THAT YOU GUYS OFFER ANY REDUCED RATES FOR CITIZENS CITY MEMBERS, IS THAT CORRECT? THAT IS ACTUALLY IN THE PROPOSAL TODAY THAT IT WOULD ACTUALLY GO IT'S BETWEEN DEFINITELY THE EXACT MATH, BUT BETWEEN TEN AND 20% OFF THE YMCA RATE FOR CITIZENS.
AND REAL QUICK FOR BACKGROUND, BECAUSE THIS WASN'T INCLUDED CITY COUNCIL AT THE TIME IN 2014 VOTED THE THE YMCA DID ACTUALLY SET THE RATES WITH AN INNER CITY RESIDENT DISCOUNT.
BUT THE COUNCIL AT THE TIME VOTED TO NOT GIVE A DISCOUNT TO RESIDENTS.
SO BUT THAT'S SOMETHING THAT YOU GUYS ARE AMENABLE TO GIVING THAT TEN TO.
ACTUALLY, THAT WAS KIND OF IN THE FINANCIALS WE BUILT WERE TO HAVE THE INDOOR POOL BE AN OUTDOOR POOL, I MEAN A COMMUNITY POOL AS WELL AS BE ABLE TO MANAGE THAT RECREATION SPACE WITHOUT CHARGING FOR THAT AND HAVE THE CITY BE ABLE TO FACILITATE WHO COULD USE THAT AS WELL AS TO BE ABLE TO HAVE BETWEEN A TEN AND 20% OFF FOR THE COUNCILWOMAN.
YOU NEED TO SPEAK UP. SCHOLARSHIPS, WE PAY.
WE CAN'T AFFORD IT. YEAH, NO, MY HUSBAND'S A DISABLED VETERAN AND THINGS LIKE THAT, SO I KNOW THAT THERE ARE SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS AND IF YOU ARE LOW INCOME, I'M VERY MUCH AWARE OF A LOT OF THOSE SPECIAL ACTUALLY.
I USED TO LIVE IN KINGSPORT, TENNESSEE.
THEY HAVE A HUGE, AMAZING YMCA AQUATIC CENTER THAT'S COMPLETELY SEPARATE.
AND YOU THAT'S HOW THEY HAVE THE FEE STRUCTURE.
THE AQUATIC CENTER IS ONE AND THEN THE GYM MEMBERSHIP IS ANOTHER.
AND THEN YOU CAN BUY A HYBRID OF THE TWO.
AND THAT'S THAT'S HOW THEY HAVE IT ORGANIZED.
BUT I GUESS THAT'S KIND OF JUST I REALLY WANT TO GET DOWN TO.
IS THAT HOW BASED OFF OF WHAT YOU JUST SAID ABOUT IT BEING SEPARATE AND WE CAN PRETTY MUCH DECIDE HOW IT'S USED AS A COMMUNITY POOL.
SO AS FAR AS IF WE WANTED TO CHARGE RATES OR NOT, RIGHT, THAT WOULD BE UP TO US CORRECTLY. AND WE ACTUALLY HAVE BROUGHT TO.
I MEAN, THE PREVIOUS CITY MANAGER HAD TO SPRING AND SAY, HOW MUCH WOULD IT COST IF YOU DIDN'T CHARGE ANY RESIDENT? AND WE CAME BACK AND SAID, IT'S GOING TO COST LIKE 1,000,005 ON YOUR TAX BILL.
YOU KNOW, I MEAN, THERE'S BEEN ALL KINDS OF CONVERSATIONS.
BUT, YES, THAT'S KIND OF WHAT WHAT WE PUT TOGETHER TODAY, AS WELL AS MOST OF THE I MEAN, MOST OF THE CITIES ACTUALLY HAVE SOLAR THAT THEY HAVE WITH THE CITY.
LIKE IT HAS TO BE OPEN 10 HOURS A DAY.
WE HAVE TO THIS IS THE RATE THAT WE CHARGE.
WE WANT TO CHARGE LESS OR MORE FOR RESIDENTS OR NON RESIDENTS, THOSE KIND OF THINGS.
AND THEN SOMETIMES THEY DO DO LIKE A MONTHLY PASS OR A LITTLE THING.
YOU CAN CLICK YOUR, YOUR DEAL, YOU KNOW, TO, TO GO IN THERE.
SO JUST TO CLARIFY, SO WE BASICALLY PAY YOU GUYS TO MANAGE AND THEN WHERE YOU DON'T PAY US. SO WHAT WE'RE SAYING IS WE WILL BE ABLE TO GET ENOUGH REVENUE OFF THE ADDITIONAL RECONFIGURATION TO BE ABLE TO MANAGE THE POOL, PAY FOR ALL THE STAFF, PAY FOR ALL THE CHEMICALS, PAY FOR ALL THE UPKEEP OF THE POOL.
SO AFTER YOU PAY THIS BILL, THERE IS NO LINE ON A BUDGET.
GOTCHA. LIKE BERTRAM BERNHARDT, FOR EXAMPLE, PAYS THE WIFE STILL $1,000,000 A YEAR.
SO HOW DO YOU GUYS RECUPERATE THAT IF WE DECIDE THAT YOU CAN'T COLLECT FEES? WE RECUPERATE IT BY THE ADDITIONAL MEMBERSHIPS.
GOTCHA. SO WE'RE SAYING WE'RE GOING TO CREATE 870 OR 100, WHATEVER THE NUMBER WAS, OR GET MORE UNITS THAT WILL ACTUALLY BRING MORE REVENUE INTO THE YMCA, PARTIALLY BECAUSE THEY WOULD YOU KNOW, IT WOULD BE A LITTLE BIT LARGER SPACE AND USE THE PART OF THE DEAL AS IF THEY WOULD HAVE A YMCA MEMBERSHIP.
THEY WOULDN'T GET CHARGED BY THE CITY TO ACTUALLY USE THE POOL.
SO THAT WOULD BE A BENEFIT OF DRAW OF PEOPLE THAT WOULD BE ABLE TO COME.
GOTCHA. SO I GUESS I'M KIND OF HEARING THAT IT'S NOT GOING TO COST THE RESIDENTS ANYTHING, BUT THEN YOU HAVE TO BUY THE MEMBERSHIP.
[01:50:01]
AND. BUT THERE ARE SOME SCHOLARSHIPS THAT PEOPLE CAN.WELL, NO, I'M JUST TRYING TO FIGURE OUT HOW THIS ACTUALLY SHAKES OUT FOR THE EVERY DAY.
IT'S NOT GOING TO COST THE IT'S NOT GOING TO COST THE CITY ANYTHING.
RIGHT. SO LIKE EXAMPLE, WHAT IS IT IN TAYLOR LIKE $2.50 OR SOMETHING, BUT IT IS GOING TO COST THE CITY 5.8 MILLION TO 7.6.
RIGHT. SO IT IS GOING TO COST THAT MONEY.
THEN AFTER THAT, THERE WILL NOT BE ANY MAINTENANCE OR ANNUAL REPAIRS OR ANYTHING LIKE THAT. CITIZENS WOULD PAY WHATEVER THE CITY COMES UP WITH, A FEW DOLLARS, WHATEVER IT IS TO ACTUALLY GO AND AND SWIM IN THE POOL.
GOTCHA. SO FEES AND THEN THE TAX RATE AS WELL.
YEAH. WHICH AGAIN, I MEAN, I KNOW THE PRIORITIES WERE, BUT THE ONE THING THAT THE CITIZENS DID VOTE WAS FOR A REC CENTER.
SO I THINK THERE IS A LOT OF QUESTIONS FOR FOLKS OUT THERE.
OKAY, GREAT. WE WANT TO PART, BUT WE HAVE WANTED THIS TOO.
SO HOW ARE WE ACTUALLY ASKING THE PEOPLE AGAIN, WHAT DO YOU REALLY WANT? YOU KNOW, BECAUSE THE PARKS PEOPLE AND GRANTED, THEY HAVE BEEN FOCUSED ON THE PARKS, THEY REALLY DON'T LOOK AT THE RECREATION, THE SWIMMING SIDE, BECAUSE THAT'S NOT HASN'T BEEN PART OF THEIR DOMAIN. WHAT I THINK IS GREAT IS RIGHT NOW WE'RE DOING THE COMPREHENSIVE 2040 PLAN WITH FREESE, NICHOLS, AND SO THE CONVERSATIONS ARE ORGANICALLY HAPPENING THROUGH THAT PROCESS. AND POTENTIALLY ACTUALLY MAYBE WE COULD MAKE A TARGETED QUESTION IN THERE. OH, I'M SORRY.
I'M DONE. I DO HAVE ONE QUESTION AND I'VE GOT QUESTIONS, TOO.
I MEAN, I THINK WE NEED TO GO BACK IN ORDER.
I THINK WE'RE KIND OF GETTING OFF HERE.
MR. MAYOR, I'LL START, IF I COULD, TO OFFER A SUGGESTION FOR YOU AND REMIND YOU OF A COUPLE OF PROCESSES.
REMEMBER THAT YOU HAVE A CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT.
PROJECTS FOR FIVE YEARS THAT WILL BE PRESENTED WITHIN THE BUDGET.
SO IN TRYING TO MAKE THIS DECISION OUTSIDE OF THAT PROCESS, YOU'VE ALREADY ALLUDED TO A LOT OF QUESTIONS THAT YOU RIGHT NOW DON'T HAVE THE ANSWER TO.
WHAT'S THE IMPACT ON THE TAX RATE? WHAT'S THE IMPACT ON THE THE DEBT PORTION OF THE TAX RATE? WHAT YOU COULD DO IF YOU WANTED TO, WAS RECEIVE THE INFORMATION.
HAVE THIS BE PRESENTED AS PART OF YOUR BUDGET PACKAGE, WHICH WOULD INCLUDE THE BOARD RECOMMENDATIONS AND SOME A LITTLE BIT MORE DETAILED INFORMATION ON THE PROJECT ITSELF, BUT MORE CRITICALLY, THE OTHER PROJECTS THAT WERE PART OF THAT LISTING.
SO YOU COULD SEE KIND OF IN A WHOLE WHAT STAFF IS RECOMMENDING AND OTHER ENTITIES YOUR BOARDS ARE RECOMMENDING FOR PROJECTS FOR THE COUNCIL.
YOU GET A BETTER, MORE HOLISTIC PICTURE OF YOUR BUDGET AS WELL AS YOUR DEBT SERVICE.
YOU'LL ALSO HAVE THE PRESENTATIONS FROM YOUR FE AND THOSE SORTS OF THINGS.
I THINK IT WOULD BE DIFFICULT AND MIGHT HAVE SOME REPERCUSSIONS IF YOU WERE TO TRY TO MAKE A DECISION ON IT TONIGHT.
IT WOULD BE HELPFUL, OF COURSE, TO GET ALL OF YOUR QUESTIONS SO THAT WE CAN MAKE SURE WE TRY TO DO OUR BEST.
AND MR. WHITE MAKES SURE THAT WE TRY TO DO OUR BEST TO GET THOSE QUESTIONS ANSWERED.
AS THAT INFORMATION IS BROUGHT BACK TO YOU AS YOUR MANAGER, I WOULD SUGGEST THAT YOU NOT TRY TO MAKE THAT DECISION TONIGHT.
THAT'S TO BE SOMETHING THAT THE COMMUNITY IS INTERESTED IN, THAT YOU'RE INTERESTED IN THE WHYS. OBVIOUSLY INTERESTED IN PARTNERSHIP AND PARTNERSHIPS FOR RECREATION IS GOING TO BE A NECESSITY, I BELIEVE IT'S JUST HOW YOU DO IT WHEN YOU DO IT AND WHAT THE COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH THAT ARE GOING TO BE.
AND I THINK WE CAN BRING THAT BACK TO YOU AS PART OF YOUR BUDGET DIALOG AND DISCUSSIONS.
I THINK CITY MANAGER IS SAYING WE'RE GETTING IN THE WEEDS.
YOU DON'T GET IN THE WEEDS. YOU DON'T GET NOTHING DONE.
IT SOUNDS LIKE COUNCIL MEMBERS HAVE MET WITH YOU GUYS EXCLUSIVELY ABOUT THESE.
THERE HAVE BEEN PEOPLE THAT MET WITH YOU TO DISCUSS THIS PLAN.
HAVE YOU MET WITH CITY STAFF OR DEVELOPMENT SERVICES? WE'VE MET WITH YOUR PARKS AND REC.
SO, DIRECTOR BOARD, MY UNDERSTANDING HOW HAVE THEY ALL SEPARATELY? HAVE THERE BEEN MEETINGS WITH CITY STAFF REGARDING THIS EXPANSION AND THIS REQUEST? YES OR NO? I HAVE NOT PERSONALLY HAD ANY MEETINGS.
HAS ANYONE ELSE MET WITH YOU, SIR? YOU GUYS GIVE ME? YEAH. OH, THANK YOU.
WE, THE CITY MANAGER'S OFFICE, HAS NOT HAD A CHANCE TO VISIT ON THIS ISSUE TO ANY EXTENT AT ALL. AND WE WOULD LIKE THE OPPORTUNITY TO LOOK AT THAT, BUT WE WOULD HAVE TO ROLL IT INTO A PROCESS.
AND I DON'T MEAN TO BE PROCESS BORING, BUT YOU FROM MY PERSPECTIVE, MY RECOMMENDATION TO YOU CONSIDER THIS WITHIN ALL THE OTHER THINGS THAT YOU SAID YOU WANTED TO DO.
YEAH, I DIDN'T WANT TO BECAUSE I JUST DIDN'T WANT TO SPEAK OUT OF TURN.
THERE'S A LOT OF PEOPLE THAT INVOLVED ON OUR BOARD, AND I DIDN'T KNOW IF THEY SPOKE WITH
[01:55:03]
SOME OTHER PERSON OR SOMETHING.I DIDN'T WANT TO SPEAK AT IT. YEAH.
AND I'M SORRY. I DON'T MEAN TO SOUND HARSH, BUT, YOU KNOW, YOU KNOW, THERE'S A LOT OF STUFF WE'RE TALKING ABOUT THAT WE DON'T HAVE ANSWERS TO.
AND I THINK WE NEED A PROCESS WHERE BEFORE IT COMES TO US AND I WANTED AN UPDATE TO WHAT WAS GOING ON. I DIDN'T KNOW THIS WAS GOING TO BECOME A FULL ON.
WE'RE GOING TO TAKE ACTION, NOT ACTION, JUST SO THAT EVERYONE WAS ON THE SAME PAGE.
MAYBE WE SHOULD HAVE TO WORK SESSION ABOUT IT.
PROBABLY DIDN'T PUT IT ON THE AGENDA, BUT IN MY OPINION, IF SOMETHING HASN'T GONE THROUGH STAFF, IT SHOULDN'T BE BECOMING COMING TO US YET.
AND IF IT HASN'T BEEN APPROVED BY THE PARKS BOARD, IT SHOULDN'T BE COMING TO US.
AND THAT JUST SO THE PARKS BOARD HASN'T REALLY EVEN THE PREVIOUS YMCA BECAUSE IT'S INDOOR RECREATION KIND OF AN AQUATICS, THEY YOU KNOW, THERE HASN'T BEEN AS MUCH INTEREST TO TALK ABOUT THOSE THINGS BECAUSE IT'S NOT SOMETHING THEY'VE DEALT WITH BEFORE.
NOR DO THEY. I MEAN, WE USED TO HAVE ACTUALLY YEARS AGO, THE ACTUAL PARKS DIRECTOR SAT ON A BOARD OF THE Y SO THEY WOULD BE INVOLVED.
MARA I'D LIKE TO MAKE THE MOTION TO TABLE THIS ITEM TO.
WE CAN GET MORE QUESTIONS ANSWERED AND HAVE STAFF TO LOOK AT IT.
OH, I'M SORRY. THERE'S MULTIPLE PEOPLE WHO HAVE NOT HAD ANY.
I APOLOGIZE. I DO APOLOGIZE IF WE COULD STOP THAT.
YEAH, EVERYBODY HAS A CHANCE TO.
THANK YOU. DO YOU HAVE ANY MORE? OKAY, SO, MAYOR PRO TEM.
OKAY, WELL, I WILL GET IN THE WEEDS ON ONE ONE ISSUE IN YOUR PLAN, THE PARKING.
IT JUST REALLY STANDS OUT TO ME AS A PROBLEM.
AND YOU MENTIONED, OH, WELL, THERE'S GOING TO BE FUTURE DEVELOPMENT.
NOBODY KNOWS WHEN THAT'S GOING TO HAPPEN.
IT COULD HAPPEN IN SIX MONTHS.
IT COULD HAPPEN IN FIVE YEARS.
RIGHT. AND I DON'T UNDERSTAND HOW YOU'RE THINKING THAT YOU CAN BUILD A POOL AND ALL THIS WHEN YOUR PARKING IS CURRENTLY FULL.
AND WHERE ARE THOSE PEOPLE GOING TO PARK? SO WE ACTUALLY LOOKED A LITTLE BIT AT A STUDY ABOUT THAT.
AND WHEN THE ACTUAL POOL HOURS WOULD BE OPEN AND THE HOURS OF WHAT IT LOOKS LIKE, THE PARKING IN OUR SITUATION DURING THOSE HOURS.
SO IF YOU LOOK AT THE HOURS THAT MOST OF THE PEOPLE ATTEND, THE YMCA IS IN THE MORNING AND AT NIGHT IN THE AFTERNOON.
IT'S THERE'S A LOT LESS PEOPLE THAT ACTUALLY ATTEND.
SO WE'VE ACTUALLY LOOKED AT THE SPACE AND DO ACCOMMODATE THE FEW HUNDRED PEOPLE THEY WOULD BE ABLE TO BE ACCOMMODATED BECAUSE OF THE HOURS THAT PEOPLE COME.
AND WE HAVE SEVEN OTHER POOLS WE MANAGE.
SO WE KIND OF KNOW THE HOURS THAT THEY'RE OPEN AND THE PEAK HOURS THAT PEOPLE COME TO, THEY USUALLY COME TO SWIM AND THEY'RE NOT OPEN AT EIGHT OR TEN.
YOU KNOW, THEY OPEN ABOUT 1030 IN THE MORNING AND THEN THEY CLOSE USUALLY BEFORE DARK.
SO BEFORE PEOPLE KIND OF GET UP, THOSE ARE THE HOURS THAT PEOPLE ARE BRINGING OUT THEIR CHILDREN TO SWIM OR IN THE MIDDLE OF THE DAY WHEN WHEN THE YMCA IS MUCH LESS UTILIZED.
OKAY. AND THEN WE ARE WE ARE IN DISCUSSIONS, THOUGH, WITH NORQUIST ABOUT HOW WE COULD ACTUALLY DO THAT. AND THERE'S ALSO BEEN SOME IDEAS ABOUT IN THE ACTUAL THERE'S ABOUT A COUPLE OF ACRES IN THE BACK THAT IS USED FOR THE DRAINAGE OR WHATEVER YOU CALL IT, BUT ACTUALLY IDEAS ABOUT HOW YOU CAN ACTUALLY MAKE THAT INTO MORE OF A PARKING LOT ON TOP OF AS THEY PUT SOME PILLARS OR SOMETHING AND THEY PUT THE PARK ON TOP OF THAT.
I MEAN, THE PARKING LOT ON TOP OF THAT AS WELL.
OKAY. AND THEN BACKING OUT TO A BROADER LEVEL, AS HAS BEEN MENTIONED.
THERE'S A LOT OF DIFFERENT PRIORITIES IN THE COMMUNITY.
A COMMUNITY OUTDOOR POOL WOULD BE A GREAT AMENITY TO HAVE.
I THINK ONE OF THE DIFFERENCES WITH SOME CITIES IS WHEN THEY DEVELOPED AND SOME OF THE CITIES, SOME OF THE SMALLER CITIES THAT HAVE POOLS DEVELOPED AT A TIME WHEN THERE WEREN'T COMMUNITIES GOING IN WITH WHO WAS THAT HAD COMMUNITY POOLS FOR THEIR NEIGHBORHOODS.
HUTTO WE HAVE A LOT OF NEIGHBORHOODS.
I MEAN, 90 OVER 90% OF OUR DEVELOPMENT HAS BEEN IN THE LAST 20 YEARS, AND A MAJORITY OF THOSE NEW NEIGHBORHOODS HAVE COMMUNITY POOLS FOR THEIR NEIGHBORHOOD.
AND SO WE HAVE A LOT OF PEOPLE WHO DO HAVE A NEIGHBORHOOD POOL.
IT'S NOT THE SAME AS HAVING A CITY COMMUNITY POOL.
IT'S NOT AS NICE AN AMENITY, BUT THAT TURNS FOR THOSE PEOPLE A NEED INTO A WANT.
AND WE HAVE A LOT OF NEEDS IN THE COMMUNITY, WE HAVE A LOT OF WANTS IN THE COMMUNITY, AND WE'RE BEHIND ON THE NEEDS AND WE'RE TRYING TO FILL SOME OF THOSE.
SO THAT, TO ME, JUST JUST DOESN'T TAKE DOESN'T SAY NO POOL.
IT SAYS THE POOL IS A LITTLE BIT LOWER ON THE LIST.
AND THE MEETING SPACE, I THINK, IS A DEFINITE NEED IN THE COMMUNITY.
AND WE NEED TO FIGURE OUT WHAT TO DO ABOUT THAT, WHETHER WE DO THIS OR NOT.
WE NEED TO TRY TO BE CREATIVE AND FIND FIND WAYS TO HELP PEOPLE HAVE PUBLIC MEETING SPACES. THAT'S I TOTALLY AGREE WITH YOU AND I WISH IT WAS A MECHANISM.
AND WE ACTUALLY DID THIS IN ANOTHER CITY I WAS GOING TO BRING UP IS WE ACTUALLY WENT OUT AND HAD AN INDEPENDENT COMPANY ACTUALLY COME OUT AND PULL THE RESIDENTS TO SEE WHAT THEY WOULD LIKE TO ASK THE QUESTION TO THE RESIDENT, WOULD YOU LIKE A SWIMMING POOL OR DO YOU WANT A TRAIL? AND TO SEE HOW MANY PEOPLE WANT TO TRAIL, HOW MANY PEOPLE WANT A SWIMMING POOL? AND SO THEN TO GET THE FEEDBACK FROM THEM ON WHAT'S IMPORTANT TO THE MASS OF THE PEOPLE VERSUS A COUPLE OF PEOPLE, WHICH I THINK I KNOW, BUT I DON'T KNOW.
I MEAN, I THINK WE NEED TO HAVE THE CITIZENS TELL US WHAT THEY WOULD LIKE.
YEAH. AND THE BOND, THERE WAS EVERYTHING IN THERE.
[02:00:02]
SO THEY DIDN'T REALLY TELL US.RIGHT. THEY SAID THEY WANTED THEY WANTED A TRAIL AND THEY WANT A NEW REC CENTER AND A POOL. EVERYTHING.
ACTUALLY, THERE WAS MORE THAN THAT.
THERE'S A LOT OF THINGS IN THERE. YEAH, WELL, I'D LIKE TO SAY WHAT I WANT TO SAY.
THE BOND IN 2018, A LOT OF THE DRIVE WAS PROVIDED BY YOUTH SPORTS ORGANIZATIONS WHO WERE PROMISED YOUTH SPORTS FACILITIES IN THE CITY THAT WE ARE WAY BEHIND ON.
AND THEY WERE THERE WERE CONCEPT DRAWINGS OF FACILITIES THAT WOULD BE BUILT WITH THE BOND AND THE YOUTH SPORTS TURNED OUT THEIR PARENTS IN LARGE NUMBERS IN THAT IN THAT ELECTION.
I HAVE HEARD IN THE LAST TWO DAYS FROM LEADERS OF YOUTH SPORTS ORGANIZATIONS IN THE CITY WHO ARE GETTING BOMBARDED BY THEIR PARENTS, SAYING, WHY IS THE CITY TRYING TO SPEND THE PARK BOND ON A YMCA PROJECT WHEN THEY HAVEN'T GIVEN US ANY FIELDS YET AND THEY PROMISED US FIELDS IN 2018? AND SO THAT IS A WIDER DISCUSSION THAT WE NEED TO HAVE ABOUT WHICH ARE THE PRIORITIES IN THE COMMUNITY, WHICH ARE THE NEEDS, AND HOW DO WE ORDER APPROACHING MEETING THOSE NEEDS WITH THE FUNDS THAT WE HAVE AVAILABLE? I TOTALLY AGREE, SIR. I WAS ACTUALLY THE PRESIDENT OF THE BASEBALL LEAGUE FOR MANY YEARS AND, YOU KNOW, HAVE SEEN THE CHALLENGE.
I MEAN, THERE ARE 390 PEOPLE 12 YEARS AGO IN THE YOUTH BASEBALL.
TODAY, THERE'S 390 LESS PEOPLE IN 12 YEARS IN THE BASEBALL ORGANIZATION BECAUSE WE HAVEN'T ADDED ANY FIELDS IN THE CITY AND THEY GO TO BUT WE HAVE SPENT A COUPLE OF MILLION DOLLARS ON THE FIELD. WE JUST DIDN'T ADD ANY MORE.
WE JUST DIDN'T ADD MORE FIELDS.
YOU KNOW, WE REDID THE FIELDS THAT WE HAD, RIGHT? WHICH, WHICH IS A HELP. BUT IT'S NOT THE SAME AS ADDING ADDING.
I AGREE. I KNOW THAT THE NUMBER ONE COMPLAINT THAT THAT COMES FROM THE PARENTS AND THE COACHES IS THAT THEY DON'T HAVE ENOUGH FIELD TIME TO PRACTICE.
AND IT'S DIFFICULT TO SCHEDULE GAMES BECAUSE THERE'S LIMITED FIELD CAPACITY.
AND THAT'S THE NUMBER ONE THING THAT DRIVES PEOPLE OUT OF THE COMMUNITY TO GO TAKE THEIR KIDS TO PLAY IN ROUND ROCK IN GEORGETOWN AND EVERYWHERE ELSE, EVEN TAYLOR, BECAUSE THEY HAVE A MUCH LARGER SPORTS FACILITY OUT THERE.
AND SO THAT TO ME IS A NEED THAT A LOT OF PEOPLE ARE PASSIONATE ABOUT.
IF I TOLD THE LEADERS OF THE SPORTS LEAGUES THAT, NO, WE WERE NOT MAKING A DECISION TO SPEND MONEY TONIGHT, THAT THIS WAS A PRELIMINARY DISCUSSION.
I THINK IF WE HAD TOLD THEM WE WERE MAKING A DECISION WHETHER OR NOT TO SPEND THE MONEY, THEY PROBABLY WOULD HAVE ENDED UP TURNING OUT SOME PEOPLE TONIGHT AS WELL TO SPEAK ABOUT THIS. I JUST THINK IT'S IMPORTANT TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT ALL THE WHY MEMBERS WHO YOU GUYS ROUNDED UP TO GET HERE TONIGHT.
I KNOW YOU PUBLICIZE AND ENCOURAGE PEOPLE TO COME OUT AND THAT'S A GREAT THING.
WE WANT TO HEAR FROM THEM, BUT WE ALSO NEED TO HEAR FROM THE OTHER PEOPLE IN THE COMMUNITY WHO HAVE A DIFFERENT SET OF PRIORITIES.
TAKE THAT LIST AND AND SET OUR PRIORITY OVERALL OF HOW WE WANT TO ATTACK THAT.
I AGREE. AND IF THE COMMUNITY COMES BACK AND SAYS, YOU KNOW, WE NEED THAT.
BUT I THINK THE CHALLENGE WAS LISTEN TO DIFFERENT GROUPS.
THAT'S WHOEVER SPEAKS THE LOUDEST IN THE GENERAL POPULATION DOESN'T GET HURT.
SO HOW DO YOU ACTUALLY GET THE THE 35,000 PEOPLE IN HUTTO TO TELL YOU WHAT THEIR PRIORITIES ARE? I MEAN, THAT WOULD BE GREAT TO DO.
GOOD. SO BEFORE WE GO BACK, BECAUSE WE KEEP GOING BACK AND FORTH AND THIS IS GOING TO GO ON. CAN WE GO TO ME OR COUNCILMAN GORDON, OR DO YOU HAVE ANOTHER THING YOU WANT TO.
YOU WANT TO GO? YOU WANT ME TO GO? I WILL BE QUICK.
OF THE COMMUNITY POOLS THAT YOU MANAGE, HOW MANY OF THEM CHARGE A FEE FOR USING THOSE? EVERYONE. AND WHAT'S THE AVERAGE? DO YOU HAVE A RANGE OF WHAT THE CHARGE, LET'S SAY 250 TO $4 TO 50 TO $4 PER PERSON.
PER YEAR. OH NO. TO COME TO TO ENTER.
YEAH. BUT I THINK THERE IS LIKE A FAMILY, LIKE IF YOU BRING A FEW PEOPLE TOGETHER, YOU DON'T GET CHARGED BY THE PERSON KIND OF THING.
BUT THAT'S REALLY CAN BE SET UP AND BROUGHT BACK AND SAID, HEY, HERE'S TEN DIFFERENT EXAMPLES OF WAYS THAT THEY DO IT.
HERE'S KIND OF THE MONEY THAT'S EARNED OFF OF THAT.
AND THE CITY REALLY SETS IT UP THEMSELVES.
AND THAT'S WHAT I WAS LOOKING FOR. I WAS LOOKING FOR A RANGE KIND OF WHAT YOUR AVERAGE OF WHAT THEY CHARGE. SO IT'S 250 TO $4 PER PERSON, PER ENTRY, PER USE, WHATEVER THEY USE, BECAUSE I'M ALL ABOUT AS MUCH AS WE CAN MAKING THINGS PAY FOR THEMSELVES.
RIGHT. AND SO IF WE CAN HAVE THE ENTRY FEES HELP PAY FOR A SIGNIFICANT PORTION, IF NOT ALL OF OF THE MONEY THAT IT'S GOING TO COST TO EXPAND THIS, THEN WE DON'T HAVE TO RAISE THE TAX RATES. YEAH, I DON'T KNOW IF IT WILL, BUT THAT'S WHAT I'M SAYING.
I DON'T KNOW THE ANSWERS BECAUSE I HAD SEVERAL PEOPLE REACH OUT TO ME TODAY SAYING, WHERE DO YOU STAND ON THIS THING? AND I'M LIKE, I DON'T STAND ANYWHERE BECAUSE I'VE NOT HEARD A THING OTHER THAN ON SOCIAL MEDIA.
I DON'T KNOW WHAT'S GOING TO BE PRESENTED TONIGHT.
AND SO I REALLY DON'T KNOW WHERE I STAND.
BUT WE COULD GET YOU THAT MATH BACK.
THAT'S ALWAYS GOING TO ASK IF WE CAN GET THAT INFORMATION AND FIND OUT, YOU KNOW, HOW MUCH DO THE FEES COVER? WOULD IT COVER 10% OF THE TOTAL COST? WOULD IT COVER 50%? WOULD IT COVER WHATEVER? THAT'S WHERE I'M AT, BECAUSE I WASN'T PREPARED TO MAKE A DECISION TONIGHT BECAUSE I WAS I'M HERE TO LOOK FOR INFORMATION AND HAVE IT BROUGHT BACK TO US. SO BUT COUNCILMAN GORDON, I MEAN, THAT WAS A QUESTION THAT PEOPLE ASKED.
[02:05:02]
LIKE IF WE BUY IT, THEN WHY DO WE HAVE TO PAY FOR IT? AND IT'S HARD FOR PEOPLE TO KIND OF GET PAST THAT.BUT JUST LIKE, YOU KNOW, COUNCILMAN THORNTON TALKED ABOUT THE BASEBALL ORGANIZATION.
YOU KNOW, THE CITY BUYS THE FIELDS, BUT YOU STILL HAVE TO PAY TO PLAY BASEBALL.
SOMETIMES PEOPLE GET THAT GETS A CHALLENGE.
BUT YOU COULD COME BACK AND SAY, YOU KNOW WHAT, WE'RE NOT GOING TO CHARGE AT ALL AND THERE IS NO MONEY. AND THAT WAS AND I THINK THAT'S WHERE THE CONFUSION COMES IN, TOO, BECAUSE WHEN I HEARD YOU SAY THAT, YOU'RE NOT GOING TO HAVE TO RAISE THE RATES TO THE CITY TO TO BE ABLE TO MANAGE IT, BECAUSE YOU'VE GOT ANOTHER WAY TO COME THAT END.
SO THEN, YEAH, THEN THE CITIZENS ARE GOING TO COME BACK AND SAY, WELL, THIS IS WHY IT'S NOT CHARGING THE CITY ANYMORE.
WHY ARE YOU CHARGING ME? AND SO WE'VE GOT TO FIGURE THAT OUT.
IF I CAN EXPLAIN TO THEM THAT YOU'RE HELPING PAY FOR THIS BECAUSE YOU'RE USING IT, RIGHT? RIGHT. IF I'M TELLING ALL THE CITIZENS IN THE IN THE TOWN THAT WE'RE GOING TO KEEP YOUR RATES HIGH OR RAISE THE TAX RATE TO PAY FOR THIS, THEN, YEAH, THAT'S DOUBLE TAX IF I'M CHARGING YOU TO GET INTO.
AND SO I JUST NEED TO KIND OF UNDERSTAND WHAT THOSE FINANCIALS ARE AND FIGURE THAT OUT.
BUT JOE, I DON'T REALLY HAVE ANY QUESTIONS FOR YOU, BUT JUST DO I JUST HAVE SOME GENERAL THINGS? SO I PERSONALLY LIKE THE PRESIDENT THE WAY WE'VE DONE THIS BECAUSE THE WAY WE'VE DONE THIS, WE STAFF HASN'T SPENT ANY TIME BECAUSE I DON'T STAFF'S BANDWIDTH TO ME IS ALREADY HIGH.
AND SO THE IDEA IS STAFF VETS, EVERY IDEA THAT COMES TO THEM AND THEN BRINGS IT TO THE COUNCIL AND WE SAY, NO, WE DON'T WANT TO DO IT.
WELL, THEN STAFF SPENT HOURS AND HOURS AND HOURS DOING ALL THIS INFORMATION LEGWORK.
WHEN REALLY DOES COUNCIL EVEN WANT TO PURSUE AN ITEM? AND SO TO ME, THIS WAY WE CAN LEAVE HERE.
EVERY ITEM SHOULD HAVE AN ACTION ITEM.
FREQUENTLY WE'VE HAD THINGS WHERE WE DIDN'T HAVE AN ACTION.
I DON'T THINK ANYBODY'S ASKING FOR LET'S GO SELL BONDS NEXT WEEK.
BUT THE ACTION COULD VERY EASILY BE WE WOULD LIKE STAFF TO ADD THIS TO THE CIP PROGRAM WITH BLAH BLAH BLAH INFORMATION.
AND SO THEN YOU HAVE A FORMAL ACTION TO WHERE THE ISSUE CAN COME BACK LATER AND GO.
IT SHOULD BE ON THIS IP PROGRAM.
BUT THAT'S A PROCESS, A STANDPOINT.
I PERSONALLY LIKE THIS. I LIKE ALSO THAT WE WENT TO THE BOARD, THE PARKS BOARD FIRST BECAUSE PREVIOUSLY HOW THIS ALL HAPPENED IS I DON'T REMEMBER WHEN TANNER WAS ASKED OR IF HE ASKED. I REMEMBER ALL THAT AND WHY THAT'S EVEN A RELEVANT THING.
BUT. PROBABLY A YEAR OR SO AGO, I THINK I WAS MEETING WITH THE BOARD.
I MEET WITH SEVERAL ORGANIZATIONS FREQUENTLY, Y BEING ONE OF THEM, AND IT WAS BROUGHT UP ABOUT THIS IDEA OF TEARING DOWN THE CURRENT Y AND MOVING IT.
AND I SAID TO ME, THAT DIDN'T MAKE ANY SENSE BECAUSE YOU HAVE A FACILITY YOU ALREADY HAVE DEBT SERVICE ON. HOW WOULD YOU DO THAT? AND I THINK FROM THERE, WE KIND OF SAID, WELL, IF IT WERE TO EVER BE EXPANDED, WHAT ARE SOME THINGS WE LEARNED BEFORE? AND ONE OF THE THINGS THE WHITE BOARD SAID IS THEY DON'T FEEL LIKE IT WENT THROUGH THE PROPER PROCESSES BEFORE IT WENT STRAIGHT TO THE CITY.
THEN IT WENT TO THE CITY COUNCIL, WAS VOTED ON AND CUT THE WHOLE PARKS BOARD OUT.
AND SO I THINK BY GOING TO THE PARKS BOARD FIRST, YOU GET INVALUABLE INPUT I THINK IS IMPORTANT BECAUSE THEN WE CAN TAKE THAT IN.
I DO DISAGREE THAT IF THE PARKS BOARD SAYS DO IT, WE DO IT, AND IF THEY SAY DON'T DO IT, WE DON'T DO IT. BECAUSE IF THAT'S THE WAY WE'RE GOING TO RUN, WE DON'T HAVE TO BE UP HERE AS COUNCIL WOULD, JUST LET ALL THE BOARDS RUN AND THEN WE CAN GO HOME.
SO I THINK WE NEED TO TAKE THEIR VALUABLE INSIGHT AND PUT IT IN WITH OTHER INFORMATION WE KNOW AND IT COMBINED MAKE A BETTER DECISION.
BUT SO THERE'S THAT I THINK A LOT OF TIMES PEOPLE LOOK AT THE Y OR THERE'S ANOTHER ORGANIZATION THAT WE HAD IN SOUTH CAROLINA, I CAN'T REMEMBER IT IS.
BUT THEY LOOK AT IT AS A COMPETITION TO CITY.
AND I'VE ALWAYS LOOKED AT THE Y.
I MEAN, I LEARNED HOW TO SWIM AT THE Y AND MY KIDS LEARN HOW TO SWIM.
MY KIDS LEARN CHEER, FLAG, FOOTBALL, SOCCER, BASKETBALL AT THE Y WHEN THEY FIGURED OUT A SPORT THEY WERE INTERESTED IN, THEN THEY WENT TO A MORE COMPETITIVE LEAGUE.
I'VE NEVER SEEN A COMPETITIVE Y LEAGUE THAT'S NOT NOT GOING AWAY.
SO I DON'T THINK OF AS A COMPETITION TO BE ISSEI OR ANY OF THOSE.
IT'S INTERESTING TO HEAR THESE PEOPLE COME UP AND TALK THAT I DIDN'T HEAR FROM VERY MANY PEOPLE. I'VE BEEN HERE TEN YEARS.
A LOT OF PEOPLE I'M HEARING IS A LOT OF NEW PEOPLE ARE MOVING HERE, WHICH I THINK IS ALSO IMPORTANT THAT WE'RE DOING THE 2040 BECAUSE A LOT OF TIMES I KEEP HEARING, WELL, BACK IN 2017, WE SAID THIS OR BACK IN 2014, BUT WE JUST ADDED LIKE WHAT, 8000 OR 7000 RESIDENTS LAST YEAR ALONE. AND SO WE KEEP MAKING DECISIONS BASED ON INFORMATION AND DATA BECAUSE SOME OF US LIKE DATA, WE'RE MAKING INFORMATION ON DATA FROM FIVE, SIX, SEVEN YEARS AGO WHEN THE CITY POPULATION WAS A THIRD OR FOURTH OF IT IS.
SO I THINK WE HAVE TO KEEP IN MIND WHAT EVERYBODY IS DOING.
I THINK IT'S IMPORTANT FOR LOCAL BUSINESS.
ONE OF THE PROBLEMS WE HAVE IS DAY POPULATION ISSUES.
AND SO WHEN YOU'RE GOING TO OPEN UP A RESTAURANT, RESTAURANTS CAN'T MAKE MONEY IN THE EVENING. MANY OF THEM HAVE TO HAVE A BREAKFAST.
MANY OF THEM HAVE TO HAVE SOME SORT OF LUNCH.
AND YOU HAVE THE Y THERE IN FRONT OF IT'S RETAIL.
THERE IS THE OPPORTUNITY FOR I COULD SEE CROSS PARKING VERY EASILY WITH NEW QUEST THAT BY HAVING ACTIVITIES AND THINGS GOING ON A DAY ESPECIALLY IN THE SUMMER.
WELL THERE WERE THE PARENTS LEAVE AFTER SWIM LESSONS WENT GREAT LET'S GO GRAB AN ICE CREAM AT WHATEVER PLACE IS THERE SOME OTHER FACILITIES?
[02:10:03]
SO THERE'S THINGS LIKE THAT HAVE BEEN A LOT OF DISCUSSION ON THE FEES.THE WAY I UNDERSTAND IT IS AS PROPOSED.
WHILE THE CITY IS SOMEONE'S PAIN, LET'S PUT AWAY SOMEONE'S PAIN TO BUILD A POOL.
I DON'T KNOW IF IT'S A BUSINESS COMES IN.
IF THE CITY BUILDS THEIR OWN POOL, THE CITY HAS TO.
WITHOUT THE Y OR WHOEVER MAKES POOR COMPANY, SOMEONE HAS TO TRAIN LIFEGUARDS.
SOMEONE HAS TO TREAT THE CHEMICALS.
WE JUST HAD A I FORGOT THE CITY IN FORT WORTH.
THE CITY WASN'T KEEPING UP ON THE CHEMICALS AND A KID DIED IN A SPLASH PAD.
SO TO ME, IT DOES LOOK AT A WAY TO SHOULDER THAT BURDEN ONTO ANOTHER ENTITY THAT'S KIND OF MORE THEIR THING. SO THE WAY I UNDERSTOOD IT, IT'S BUILT.
THE CITY HAS ZERO COSTS FOR MAINTENANCE, ZERO COST FOR STAFFING.
THE WHY IN THEIR MIND THEY CAN MAKE THE NUMBERS WORK BECAUSE THIS EXPANSION WILL INCLUDE ADDITIONAL MEMBERSHIPS MEMBERSHIPS USE OF POOL FREE THE CITY COUNCIL.
I THINK THERE'S NOTHING WE NEED TO UNDERSTAND WHY I'M SEE ONLY HAS A 30 DAY OUT WE CAN KICK WE CAN VOTE RIGHT NOW, KICK THE Y OUT AND TAKE THE BUILDING OVER IN 30 DAYS.
NOW WE'RE GOING HAVE TO HIRE SOME EMPLOYEES.
WE'RE GOING TO FIGURE OUT HOW WE'RE GOING TO STAFF IT AND KEEP IT UP.
SO THE IDEA THAT I KEEP IT'S A Y BUILDING AND A Y THING TO ME, I LOOK AT IT LIKE THIS IS A CITY ASSET THAT THE Y IS ABLE TO USE CHEAPER LABOR BECAUSE THEY DON'T HAVE TO PAY RETIREMENT BENEFITS TO S, THEY DON'T HAVE TO PAY HEALTH CARE.
THEY'RE USING I SEE RETIREES THERE.
MY GUESS IS THEY'RE NOT MAKING 20 OR $30 AN HOUR.
AND SO I SEE THIS AS A POOL THAT'S BUILT.
FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMMUNITY.
AND WHETHER YOU BUILD IT HERE OR YOU BUILD IT SOMEWHERE ELSE, SOMEONE'S GOT TO STAFF IT.
AND SO IF THE CITY STAFFS IT, THAT'S TWO OR THREE POSITIONS.
IF THE Y STEPS IT THROUGH AN AGREEMENT THAT'S ON YOU GUYS.
WE DO EMPLOY ABOUT 80, 80 PEOPLE IN THE SUMMERTIME IN HUDDLE.
YOU'D HAVE TO DOUBLE YOUR STAFF.
YEAH, I'M NOT READY TO DO THAT.
SO I THOUGHT ABOUT HOW WE GOT HERE.
WE MET. I THINK WHAT WE'RE MISSING HERE IS I KEEP HEARING, WELL, IT'S 5.8 TO 7.6 MILLION.
AND WHAT'S THE IMPACT? I'M A BIG PROPONENT OF NO NEW REVENUE.
I DON'T ANTICIPATE ME PERSONALLY EVER VOTING TO RAISE A TAX ON ANYBODY.
THAT'S JUST ME. RIGHT? IT'S A PRINCIPLE, BUT I THINK WE CAN BE CREATIVE.
YOU MENTIONED BEFORE THAT THE ORIGINAL Y BUILT WITH CITY PARK, BOND MONEY.
PARK BOND MONEY WAS BUILT ON LAND DONATED TO THE Y THAT SAVE THE CITY MONEY.
THEN YOU ALL PITCHED IN A HALF MILLION DOLLARS TO A CAPITAL CAMPAIGN FOR THAT BUILDING, WHICH IS THE CITY'S BUILDING.
SOMEONE HAD TO STAFF IT WITH EQUIPMENT.
IT TURNED OUT YOU ALL DID THAT.
SO I LOOK AT THIS AS PROBABLY IF WE IF WE CAN AGREE ON SOME SORT OF PARTNERSHIP BEING INVOLVED IN A Y. THROUGHOUT MY LIFE, I'VE NEVER BEEN ON A BOARD, BUT IT SEEMS LIKE WE PAID A LOT OF MONEY TO THEM.
THERE'S ALWAYS A CAPITAL CAMPAIGN.
I CAN IMAGINE SOME SORT OF CAPITAL CAMPAIGN.
WE TALKED ABOUT THIS AT IF THE Y DOES A CAPITAL CAMPAIGN AND THEY KICK IN A MILLION AND THEN A CITY DOES A CAPITAL CAMPAIGN, WE KICK IN BASED ON THAT.
AND THEN TO COUNCILMAN GORDON'S POINT, FINANCE CAN FIGURE OUT THROUGH THEIR NUMBERS APPROXIMATELY HOW MANY PEOPLE USE THIS IN A 3 TO 4 MONTHS THAT'S OPEN AND COME OUT WITH THE COST. I DO KNOW THROUGH SOME ONLINE WORK, A $7 MILLION BOND WITH ZERO MONEY PUT IN ON AN AVERAGE $350,000 HOUSE WITH THE WAY OUR FINANCES ARE RIGHT NOW, GIVE OR TAKE MY MATH, IT'S ABOUT A $55 INCREASE TO EVERY HOMEOWNER FOR 30 YEARS.
HARRY'S IN THEN, HUH? POSSIBLY. SO I THINK WHAT THIS IS, IS I THINK WHAT WE REALLY NEED TO DO IS BE ABLE TO DIRECT STAFF. NO, WE DON'T WANT TO DO THIS.
AND I DON'T THINK IT SHOULD BE USED TO PURCHASE BOND MONEY PERSONALLY.
I THINK THAT IF YOU'RE BEEN VERY UPFRONT WITH THESE GUYS, IN MY MIND, ANY BIG THING, IF WE'RE GOING TO GO SPEND 4 MILLION IN PARKS, SPEND MONEY AT ONE PARK, I THINK IT NEEDS TO GO TO THE VOTERS IN TERMS OF, ARE YOU OKAY WITH THIS BECAUSE $4 MILLION OR SEVEN IS GOING TO HIT PEOPLE'S POCKETBOOKS.
THIS IS DONE THAT WE END UP DIRECTING STAFF TO PUT IT ON THE CIP PLAN AND THEN GET SOME NUMBERS TO WHERE WE CAN.
THEN FROM THAT POINT, AT SOME POINT, IF WE DECIDE TO GO FROM THERE, WE BRING IT TO THE VOTERS IN A NOVEMBER ELECTION INSTEAD OF THIS GROUP SAYS THIS AND THAT GROUP SAID THIS, THE ONLY WAY I KNOW HOW TO GET THE GENERAL POPULATION INVOLVED IS YOU BRING IT TO A NOVEMBER BALLOT.
YOU HAVE EVERYBODY VOTE, YOU DON'T DO.
I HATE THE WAY THE BALLOT MEASURES ARE DONE.
I DON'T WANT I WOULD NOT WANT TO SEE $0.10 HERE OR NO TAX RATE INCREASE AND ALL THE GIMMICKS I'D RATHER SEE IN BOLD LETTERS.
AND BASED ON WHATEVER AVERAGE VALUE HOUSE WE ANTICIPATE THIS, IT COSTS YOU X AMOUNT OF
[02:15:03]
MONEY AND THAT WAY PEOPLE CAN LOOK AT IT AND GO, WHEN I HIT, YES, I'M VOTING FOR A TAX INCREASE AND THEN IF IT PASSES, THEN I THINK THE COUNCIL NEEDS TO THEN KICK IT OFF AND STAFF NEED TO GO BID IT OUT AND START BUILDING THE THING.BECAUSE AT THAT POINT IN TIME, THE VOTERS THAT'S ONE OF OUR PROBLEM.
VOTERS VOTE ON VERY GENERIC, BROAD, BROAD BOND PACKAGES AND THEN WE FIGHT AROUND ON WHAT WE WANT TO PRIORITIZE BECAUSE THEY GET CONFUSED, RIGHT? SO THEN THEY'RE LIKE, OH, WE ALREADY VOTED FOR A BOND.
I MEAN, WE OVERPROMISE, YOU KNOW, AND THEN THE NEXT TIME THEY SAY, WELL, WE ALREADY PAYING FOR THAT, RIGHT? WELL, THAT'S BECAUSE WE HAVE A PROMISE.
IT'S LIKE OUR BOND PROJECT, LIVE OAK COMES UP.
LIVE OAK WASN'T PART OF THE BOND PROJECT PRIORITIES.
IT WAS THREE ROAD INTERSECTIONS THEN ANY ANY REMAINING MONEY.
INSTEAD, ALL WE HEAR ABOUT ONE.
SO I GOT A COUPLE MORE THINGS.
I KEEP HEARING THAT THIS ADDITION DOESN'T ADDRESS OUR OVERALL NEEDS.
SO WHAT I'M GATHERING IS IF WE CAN'T BUILD A 50,000 OR 50,000 SQUARE FOOT FACILITY, DON'T BUILD ONE AT ALL. DON'T DO ANY ADDITIONS.
IN MY MIND. I NEVER SEE THIS ONE GOING AWAY.
I SEE INSTEAD OF ONE GIANT FACILITY, I SEE ONE IN THE NORTH END OF TOWN.
AT SOME POINT YOU COME BACK AND DO ONE ON THE SOUTH END OF TOWN.
SOMETHING IS BETTER THAN NOTHING.
WAITING UNTIL WE CAN AFFORD A 50,000 SQUARE FOOT ONE.
YOU'RE RIGHT. THAT'S NEVER GOING TO HAPPEN.
SO FOR ME. I THINK WHAT WE REALLY NEED TO DO IS JUST DIRECT THE STAFF TO GIVE US MORE INFORMATION IN TERMS IN MY MIND, IN TERMS OF FINANCING, IN TERMS OF GETTING SOME NUMBERS FROM THE Y, IN TERMS OF HOW MANY PEOPLE THEY ANTICIPATE TO USE THE POOL SO THAT THE STAFF CAN COME BACK AND SAY, WHEN THE CIP PROGRAM YOU SELL THE BONDS, IT'S THIS MUCH RATE.
IF THIS GROUP RAISES THIS MUCH IN, THIS GROUP RATES THIS MUCH.
BUT GO ON. I'D LIKE TO TALK MORE ABOUT THE PARKS, BUT THAT'S NOT ON THE AGENDA ITEM.
SO. FOR ME, I PROBABLY NEVER USE IT, BUT THAT'S JUST BECAUSE I'M TOO FAT TO SWIM.
RIGHT? BUT I DO KNOW THERE'S A LOT OF OTHER PEOPLE THAT WILL ENJOY IT.
IT IS A COMMUNITY GATHERING SPOT.
I KNOW WHAT MY KIDS AND FAMILY WHEN I WAS WHEN WE WERE YOUNGER SPENT THERE.
SO I THINK THE BEST THING WE CAN DO IS DIRECT STAFF TO GET THE INFORMATION, HAVE IT READY FOR THE SHIP. AND THEN I THINK AT SOME POINT WE NEED TO HAVE A DISCUSSION BEFORE WE SET OUR BUDGETS TO HAVE THIS COME UP TO A BOND ITEM AND HAVE THE PUBLIC VOTE AND THEN FOLLOW THE WISHES OF ONE ITEM.
THAT'S WHAT I HAD ON THAT. KAREN.
FIRST OFF, IN 2009, WHEN YOU WERE ON THE COUNCIL IN 2009, WE'RE NOT.
WHEN THE BOND FIRST CAME UP FOR THE YMCA, IT WAS NOT PART OF A PARKS BOND.
IT WAS A SEPARATE BOND FOR THE BUILDING.
THAT'S NUMBER ONE. SO LET'S TAKE THAT RIGHT OFF.
NUMBER TWO, THE BOND THAT WE HAD THIS LAST TIME DOES SAY RECREATION CENTER IN IT NOWHERE AND IT DOESN'T SAY YMCA RECREATION CENTER.
IT WOULD HAVE TO BE UNDER THE PURVIEW OF THE PARKS DEPARTMENT.
NUMBER THREE, I DON'T THINK LEGALLY YOU CAN USE PARKS, BOND MONEY.
EVEN THOUGH THE CITY OWNS THE BUILDING, THE BUILDING IS NOT UNDER THE CONTROL OF THE PARKS DEPARTMENT.
SO BASICALLY, IT WOULD BE LIKE YOU TAKING PART OF MY MONEY FROM THE PARKS DEPARTMENT BOND AND GIVING IT TO THE EDC OR GIVING IT TO THE LIBRARY.
THAT WASN'T THE INTENT OF THE BOND.
SO THE YMCA IS NOT IS A CITY OWNED PIECE OF PROPERTY, BUT IT IS NOT RUN BY THE PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT.
AND I DON'T THINK I THINK YOU'D HAVE TO GET AN ATTORNEY GENERAL'S RULING ON THIS, BUT I DON'T THINK THAT YOU CAN USE PARKS BOND MONEY TO FUND AN EXPANSION OF THE YMCA, UNLESS, OF COURSE, THE YMCA IS BEING IS REPORTING DIRECTLY TO THE PARKS DEPARTMENT AND THEY'RE NOT. ALL RIGHT. SO THAT'S YEAH, I THINK A LOT OF THESE QUESTIONS AND ISSUES THAT HAVE BEEN ADDRESSED, IF WE WOULD HAVE FOLLOWED IF YOU WANT TO DO IF YOU WANT TO IF YOU DO A SURVEY AND THE NUMBERS COME OUT TO WHERE THE PEOPLE SAY, YES, WE DO WANT A POOL AND YES, WE DO WANT A COMMUNITY CENTER, AND YES, WE DO WANT IT AT THE YMCA BECAUSE THAT'S NICE AND CONVENIENT. THAT'S GREAT.
AND THAT'S ABSOLUTELY THE WAY IT SHOULD BE.
IF THE CITIZENS WANT IT, IF THEY WANT TO RAISE THEIR TAXES, THEN THEN WE SHOULD DO THAT.
AND THEN YOU DO A BOND SPECIFICALLY FOR THAT.
THAT HAS NOTHING TO DO WITH PARKS.
IT HAS EVERYTHING TO DO WITH AN EXPANSION ON CITY RUN PROPERTY.
RIGHT. AND THAT'S WHERE I DISAGREE WITH THE MAYOR.
THAT'S WHY WE HAVE THE PROCESS.
AND I THINK THAT'S WHY THE CITY MANAGER WAS KIND OF GETTING TO THAT AND THE PROCESS LET STAFF. WE WOULD HAVE HAD A LOT OF THESE FINANCIAL QUESTIONS, LEGAL QUESTIONS, EVERYTHING ANSWERED. SO WE WOULDN'T HAVE ESSENTIALLY NOT NECESSARILY WASTED 2 HOURS OF YOUR TIME BECAUSE IT WAS GREAT. IT'S GREAT FOR THE COMMUNITY.
NO. WHAT ARE WE LOOKING AT? WHAT ARE WE KIND OF JUGGLING? AND YO, EWING AND I 100% TAKE WHAT OUR ADVISORY BOARD SAYS TO HEART.
AND IF OUR ADVISORY BOARD HAD HAD A CLOSE VOTE ON THIS ITEM, THEN I COULD SEE IT MAYBE
[02:20:01]
COMING TO COUNCIL AFTER IT WENT THROUGH STAFF.BUT THE FACT THAT THE PARKS ADVISORY BOARD WAS AT 6 TO 1, 5 TO 1, IT WAS WAS IT 6 TO 1? PERRY THE VOTE NO, WE ONLY HAVE SIX.
SO IT'S 5 TO 1. SO I, I RESPECTFULLY DISAGREE, MAYOR.
THAT'S WHAT ADVISORY BOARD DOES.
THAT'S WHAT THEY'RE THERE FOR. AND WITH THE VOTE LIKE THAT, I DON'T KNOW IF THIS WAS A CONDUCIVE AMOUNT OR HOW OUR TIME COULD HAVE BEEN USED, AND THAT'S WHY OUR PROCESSES ARE THE WAY THAT THEY ARE. SO WE COULD HAVE BEEN MUCH MORE EXPEDIENT AND STREAMLINED AND HAD ALL OF THOSE FINANCIAL ANSWERS AND LEGAL QUESTIONS ANSWERED BEFORE IT CAME TO THE FLOOR.
BUT I REALLY DO APPRECIATE YOUR TIME, MR. JEWEL. AND WITH THAT, I WOULD LIKE TO TABLE THIS ITEM SECOND.
SO I'D LIKE TO AMEND TO ADD IT AT LEAST TO THE CIP PROGRAM SO THAT THESE QUESTIONS YOU WANT ANSWERED BECAUSE IF YOU TABLE IT, JUST HAVE SOMETHING TO COME BACK WITH IT ON THE.
YEAH, THAT'S A FRIENDLY AMENDMENT RIGHT.
AND IF I COULD. SO WITH THAT, I'D LIKE TO ASK A QUESTION.
HOW DO YOU SEE THE PROCESS WORKING? HOW DO WE GET THE QUESTIONS FROM THE PUBLIC AND EVERYBODY TO STAFF FOR THEM TO KNOW WHAT TO GO GET ANSWERS TO? IF WE DON'T FIRST TALK ABOUT IT IN PUBLIC TO GET THE QUESTIONS TOGETHER, HOW DO WE.
OH, I'M SURE THE CITY MANAGER WOULD LOVE TO SEE HIM KIND OF PUTTING HIS HAND UP THERE.
SO I JUST I'M JUST ASKING YOU.
I MEAN. OH, SURE. NO, I AM MORE THAN HAPPY.
SO THE WAY THAT I ENVISION IT IS WHENEVER THE YMCA FEELS LIKE THEY'RE READY, WHATEVER KIND OF CONVERSATIONS THAT THE CITY IS HAVING, ESPECIALLY IF WE'RE PUTTING ON SOCIAL MEDIA THAT WE'RE ACTIVELY ENGAGING WITH THE YMCA, THAT DEFINITELY MAKES IT SOUND LIKE THE CITY HAS A LOT OF KNOWLEDGE OF WHAT'S GOING ON.
WHENEVER IT COMES TO THE PARKS BOARD, THOSE AGENDAS ARE POSTED.
THAT'S WHEN CITIZENS ALSO CAN GET INVOLVED.
IF WE'RE GOING TO PUT IT ON THE CIP PROJECT COMP PLAN, THERE ARE MULTIPLE ENTRY POINTS FOR CITIZEN COMMENTARY, AND I LOVE ALL OF THE PEOPLE THAT THAT CAME HERE TO TALK.
I LOVE HEARING ALL OF THOSE WONDERFUL THINGS.
AGAIN, IS NOTHING AGAINST THE Y WHATSOEVER.
THIS IS JUST A COMMENT OF PROCESS THAT SEEMS TO BE KIND OF A REOCCURRING ISSUE OF GOING AROUND THE PROCESS THAT WE HAVE OF GOING THROUGH CITY STAFF AND THEN ALSO TAKING WHAT OUR ADVISORY BOARDS ARE TELLING US SERIOUSLY.
SO IT'S NOT NECESSARILY ANYTHING DIRECTED TOWARDS YOU OR THIS PARTICULAR AGENDA ITEM.
IT'S JUST SOMETHING THAT PERSONALLY I'VE SEEN BECOME A RECURRING ISSUE.
SO JUST TO UNDERSTAND HOW WE CAN I HEAR CITY MANAGER TURNER'S COMMENTS ON THAT.
NOT YET. I'M STILL TRYING TO STAND SO WE CAN WORK ON THAT PROCESS.
HOW ARE WE SUPPOSED TO GET THE QUESTIONS AND REMAIN TO THE AGENDA? YEAH, WE'RE PROBABLY OFF THE AGENDA ITEM AT THIS POINT, BUT WELL, WE'RE GETTING READY TO TABLE IT BECAUSE OF A PROCESS.
CAN I CALL TO VOTE? THAT'S A FRIENDLY AMENDMENT TO PUT ON THE CIP PLAN.
I WOULD LIKE TO CALL IT A VOTE TO PASS IT TO THE TO TABLE AND WITH YOUR FRIENDLY AMENDMENT. I DON'T KNOW THAT YOU CAN TABLE AND SEND IT TO THE SHIP EITHER GOT TO SEND IT TO THE SHIP OR YOU GOT TO TABLE IT.
OKAY. SO THE AMENDMENT IS RIGHT NOW THERE'S AN AMENDMENT TO SEND THE ITEM, HAVE STAFF IT TO THE SHIP LIST.
AND YOU'RE OKAY AS A SECOND FOR THAT.
THAT'S GOOD. IT'S A FRIENDLY MA'AM.
YES, SIR. AND SHE ASKED US TO CALL THE VOTE.
THANK YOU. SO PLEASE CALL THE VOTE.
MAYOR SNYDER COUNCIL MEMBER VILLARREAL SALVO.
I. SO THE AMENDMENT TO THE MOTION PASSES 6 TO 1.
WHICH MEANS THE MAIN MOTION IS TO SEND THE ITEM TO STAFF.
DOES THAT SOUND RIGHT? YES, SIR.
I THOUGHT WE THOUGHT IT WAS A FRIENDLY AMENDMENT, SO WE JUST HAVE TO BE ON THE TYPE.
SO MY MOTION THEN CHANGED TO WHAT HE SAID.
AT LEAST THAT WAS MY UNDERSTANDING OF IT.
IF YOU'RE OKAY WITH THAT, THEN DOES THAT WORK? STATE ATTORNEY. YEAH.
NEXT, WE'LL GO TO ITEM 12 FIVE.
CAN WE PLEASE. I JUST WANT TO MAKE.
YOU'RE CLEAR AS THE COUNCIL AND THE PUBLIC.
CLAIRE AS PART OF THE BUDGET PROCESS, THE STAFF WILL BE REFERRING A FIVE YEAR CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM TO WILL COVER STREETS THAT WILL COVER PARTS AND WILL COVER UTILITIES AND A NUMBER OF OTHER AREAS.
SO THAT WILL COME BACK TO THE COUNCIL AS PART OF THE BUDGET PROCESS.
THE PRESENTATION OF BOTH PROJECTS WILL BE MADE.
THERE WILL BE PUBLIC PRESENTATIONS.
THE BOARDS THAT ARE RELATED TO THE SPECIFIC PROJECTS WILL BE NOTIFIED, SO YOU'LL GET THAT OPPORTUNITY TO HAVE AN INPUT.
WE SHOULD HAVE A LOT OF INFORMATION ON THE ON THE SPECIFICS OF THE PROJECTS.
IF THE COUNCIL HAS QUESTIONS AND WE'VE LISTED THE ONES THAT I'VE GOT, THE ONES THAT YOU
[02:25:03]
HAVE TONIGHT BETWEEN THE CITY SECRETARY AND THE ASSISTANT TO THE CITY MANAGER WILL HAVE A LIST OF THOSE. BUT IF YOU HAVE SOME OTHER QUESTIONS, PLEASE SEND THOSE TO THE CITY SECRETARY AND EMAIL OR TO THE.THE FINANCE DIRECTOR IN AN EMAIL AND WE'LL MAKE SURE THAT THOSE GET INCLUDED BOTH THE QUESTIONS AS WELL AS THE RESPONSES AS PART OF THE PACKAGE THAT YOU'LL BE GIVEN ON THE CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT. OKAY.
I REQUEST TO TAKE A BREAK, PLEASE.
NEXT ITEM WE HAVE IS ITEM 12 FIVE DISCUSSION AND POSSIBLE ACTION ON WAIVING THE PARK
[12.5. Discussion and possible action on waiving the park rental fee for Hutto Community in Action. (Mayor Mike Snyder, Council Member Villarreal Salvo)]
RENTAL FEE FOR THE HUDDLE COMMUNITY IN ACTION.WHAT HAPPENED TO 12 THREE? THIS WAS MOVED UP. THAT'S ALL.
COUNCIL MEMBER. VILLARREAL SALVO.
IS ANYBODY HERE TO TALK ON IT? WELL, IS THAT WHAT WE WANT? A PRESENTATION OR.
RIGHT? DONNA OR AMY? WHICH ONE OF YOU ALL LIKE TO.
YEAH. I THINK THAT'S WHAT WE DONE IN THE LAST ONE, RIGHT? YEAH. YEAH, THAT ONE WAS A PROPOSAL.
SO THERE'S A PRESENTATION, THE COMMITTEE, AN ACTION GROUP THAT'S MADE UP OF LOCAL NONPROFITS AND HUTTO.
THERE AMY IS WITH THE LIONS CLUB AD AND JIM WEAVER ARE HERE.
THEY ALSO THEY REPRESENT THE AMERICAN LEGION.
WELL, THEY'RE NOT HERE REPRESENTING THE AMERICAN LEGION, BUT THEY'RE PART OF THIS COMMUNITY, AN ACTION GROUP.
AND THE PURPOSE OF THE EVENT IS TO GIVE BACK TO OUR COMMUNITY, TO SHOW APPRECIATION FOR ALL THE THINGS THAT THEY'VE DONE FOR EACH OF OUR NONPROFITS, ESPECIALLY DURING THE PANDEMIC, AND ALSO TO GIVE A WAY TO SUPPORT OUR BUSINESS, OUR BUSINESS PARTNERS, SO THEY CAN COME OUT AND ALSO, YOU KNOW, SHOWCASE THEIR BUSINESS.
IT HAS REALLY TURNED INTO SOMETHING A LOT BIGGER THAN I THINK WE ALL ANTICIPATED.
WITH EVERYTHING THAT WE HAVE GOING ON, WE HAVE SECURED THE FOOD DONATIONS.
I'M SORRY, WE HAVE SECURED THE FOOD.
AND I MEAN, EVERYTHING IS REALLY COMING TOGETHER.
THE ONLY THING THAT'S KIND OF WEIGHING ON US IS THE PARK FEE.
AND MY UNDERSTANDING IT'S $500 FOR THIS, THE USE OF THE FACILITY THAT WE'RE GOING TO, THE SIDE OF THE PARK THAT WE'RE GOING TO USE.
NOW, AS YOU CAN IMAGINE, FOR A NONPROFIT, EVEN, YOU KNOW, SOME OF THE NONPROFITS THAT ARE INVOLVED IN THIS ARE NOT NECESSARILY THEY THEY'RE SMALL.
THEY DON'T HAVE A REAL THEY'RE NOT THE SIZE OF MAYBE THE RESOURCE CENTER.
I GUESS I'LL JUST LEAVE IT LEAVE IT AT THAT.
BUT THEY STILL WANT TO BE PART OF IT BECAUSE THEY STILL SERVE THE COMMUNITY AND.
1500 DOLLARS IS QUITE A BIT TO EVEN SPLIT BETWEEN ALL THE OTHER.
EVEN TO SPLIT BETWEEN THE NONPROFITS.
BECAUSE EACH NONPROFIT HAS THEIR OWN THEIR OWN BUDGET RESTRICTIONS.
NOW, I WOULD LIKE TO SAY THAT WE ARE NOT ASKING FOR THE PARK TO BE SHUT DOWN IN ANY WAY.
THIS IS FOR THE COMMUNITY. WE WANT EVERYBODY TO COME.
WE HAVE RESERVED THE PAVILION.
AND THEN AFTER TALKING ABOUT ALL THE FESTIVITIES WE WERE GOING TO HAVE OUT THERE.
I'M LIKE, YOU KNOW WHAT? I PROBABLY NEED TO MAKE SURE THAT IT'S OKAY FOR US TO DO THAT.
SO THAT'S WHEN I GOT IN TOUCH WITH KRISTY AT THE CITY AND SHE SAYS, WELL, THERE'S A PERMIT YOU HAVE TO FILL OUT AND EVERYTHING LIKE THAT.
SO WHAT I'M ASKING TONIGHT ON BEHALF OF THE COMMUNITY AND ACTION NONPROFIT GROUP IS TO WAIVE THE FEE BECAUSE THIS IS BENEFITING THE ENTIRE COMMUNITY AND THIS IS BEING HOSTED BY THE NONPROFITS.
I'LL BE HAPPY TO ANSWER ANY QUESTIONS ABOUT IT.
YOU KNOW, WHEN I RENTED THE PAVILION, YOU KNOW, IT'S KIND OF ONE OF THOSE THINGS IS WHEN YOU RENT A PAVILION TO SECURE IT FOR YOUR EVENT, YOU KNOW, HOW MUCH OF THE PARK DO YOU ACTUALLY GET TO USE? HOW MUCH CAN YOU USE THE WHOLE PARK? BECAUSE, YOU KNOW, YOU'VE RENTED THE PAVILION.
SO, YOU KNOW, THERE'S I'M JUST NOT SURE HOW WHAT THE DEFINITION OR PROCEDURES ARE FOR THINGS LIKE THAT. SO THAT'S WHAT I'D REALLY LIKE TO BOARD.
[02:30:03]
THE DIAS TO CONSIDER TONIGHT IS WAIVING THAT FEE.I'M HAPPY TO ANSWER MORE QUESTIONS ABOUT THE EVENT.
IT'S GOING TO BE A GREAT EVENT.
WE HAVE ABOUT 15 NONPROFITS OR OTHER ORGANIZATIONS THAT SERVE THE COMMUNITY COMING.
I MEAN, THE AMERICAN LEGION IS GOING TO DO WATER SAFETY ON KAYAK, SO WE'RE GOING TO ACTUALLY ALLOW THE CHILDREN TO GET IN THE KAYAKS IN THE WATER, AND THEY'RE GOING TO LEARN WATER, SAFETY, FIRE, HUTTO FIRE AND RESCUE, I BELIEVE, IS GOING TO BE OUT THERE AND WILCO.
CONSTABLE YAO IS ALSO GOING TO BE OUT THERE.
I MEAN, IT'S JUST REALLY GOING TO BE A FUN EVENT.
WE'RE GOING TO HAVE A BOUNCE HOUSE.
WE'RE GOING TO HAVE JENGA, JENGA BOARD CONNECT FOR HOT DOGS, FREE HOT DOGS, FREE SNOW CONES. I MEAN, IT'S JUST GOING TO BE A REALLY FUN COMMUNITY AT KITES, PARKS AND REC IS DONATED. LIKE DEBBIE SAID, THEY'RE DONATING, DONATING 250 KITES.
IT WAS REALLY GREAT BECAUSE WHEN I ANNOUNCED THAT WE WERE HAVING THIS, JEFFREY REACHED OUT AND SAY, HEY, WE WERE GOING TO HAVE A SOLO FLIGHT COMING DAY.
CAN WE JUST JOIN WITH YOU GUYS? AND I'M LIKE, YEAH, THAT'S GREAT.
THAT'S TO ME, WHEN I THINK OF PICNICS, THAT'S WHAT I THINK OF.
SO ANYWAY, I WOULD BE HAPPY TO ANSWER ANY QUESTIONS.
WE DO HAVE SUSAN COMMENT ON THAT.
AND THEN IS THERE ANYBODY ON THE DAIS UP HERE THAT IS INVOLVED ON A BOARD THAT IS GOING TO BE PARTICIPATING IN THIS? BECAUSE I DON'T KNOW IF THEY CAN PARTICIPATE.
IF WE'RE TALKING ABOUT WAVE AND SAY, WHAT NOW? I'M SORRY, IS THERE ANYBODY UP HERE THAT SITS ON THE BOARD OF AN ORGANIZATION THAT WILL BE PARTICIPATING IN THIS? BECAUSE IF THEY DO, I DON'T KNOW, CAN THEY VOTE ON WAVE AND FEES ON WITH THE ENTITY THAT THEY'RE INVOLVED WITH? WELL, I MEAN.
IT'S LIKE IF I SIT ON THE BOARD OF A NONPROFIT AND THAT NONPROFIT IS PART OF THIS AND THE GROUP OF NONPROFITS IS ASKING FOR A FEE WAIVER, DO I NEED TO RECUSE MYSELF FROM MY OC FROM A CONFLICT? I DON'T THINK IT'S A CHAPTER 171 CONFLICT, BUT I'D HAVE TO CHECK YOUR ETHICS CODE.
BUT, YOU KNOW, YOU CAN ALWAYS RECUSE YOURSELF OUT OF AN ABUNDANCE OF CAUTION.
BUT I JUST I KNOW WE'VE GOT A LOT OF ORGANIZATIONS INVOLVED AND, I DON'T KNOW, SITTING ON WHAT ANYMORE. AND JUST JUST TO PILE ON THAT, IF THERE IS A VOTE, THE WAIVE THE FEE, WE ARE GOING TO NEED AN ORDINANCE FOR THE FEE WAIVER.
YOUR FEES ARE PASSED BY ORDINANCE, SO YOU NEED AN ORDINANCE TO WEIGH THE FEES.
AND SO ULTIMATELY, I WOULD RECOMMEND WHATEVER THE DIRECTION IS, IF THE DIRECTION IS TO WAIVE THE FEES WHEN I HAVE TO BRING IT BACK AND WE'LL HAVE THE QUESTION ABOUT WHO CAN VOTE ON IT SORT OF BY THEN.
SO JUST GO TO YOUR OFFICE FIRST TO GET QUESTIONS AND STUFF BROUGHT TO YOU, OR IS THIS A FIRST WORD FIRST YOU'RE KIND OF GOING THROUGH THIS IS UP HERE.
WELL, NOBODY ASKED ME ANYTHING ABOUT THIS SPECIFIC.
I JUST THIS EARLIER WE'RE TALKING ABOUT PROCESSES IS LET'S DO THIS AND IF YOU'LL NOTICE THAT NOTHING ON THE AGENDA ITEM REPORT IS ALSO FILLED OUT ON THIS ONE.
SO NOBODY ON COUNCIL KNEW WHAT IT WAS ABOUT TO ASK.
REALLY A LOT OF QUESTIONS AS WELL.
SO THAT PROCESS WOULD HAVE BEEN FOLLOWED.
WE MAYBE WOULD HAVE ALLEVIATED SOME OF YOUR OTHER ISSUES.
OKAY. IF WE CAN HAVE THIS VISION COMMENT, WE HAVE AMY ENGLISH.
I AM REPRESENTING TONIGHT TWO LOCAL NONPROFITS.
I BELONG TO THE LIONS CLUB AND THE HUTTO WOMEN'S ALLIANCE.
FOR THOSE OF YOU WHO DO NOT KNOW, THE COMMUNITY IN ACTION IS A NONPROFIT COALITION THAT WAS RECENTLY ESTABLISHED TO BRING TOGETHER MANY OF OUR LOCAL NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS FOR THE PURPOSE OF COLLABORATION, FOR THE BETTERMENT OF THE COMMUNITY.
WITH THE THOUGHT THAT WE HAVE, WE WOULD HAVE A BIGGER OUTREACH IF WE COMBINED EFFORTS.
THE COMMUNITY ACTION IS HOSTING THE FIRST ANNUAL COMMUNITY WIDE APPRECIATION PICNIC ON SATURDAY, APRIL 30TH, FROM 11 TO 2.
THIS EVENT WILL HAVE FOOD AND ACTIVITIES FOR CHILDREN AND WILL BE OPEN TO ANYONE WHO WOULD LIKE TO COME. AND THE BEST PART? IT'S 100% FREE.
BEING THE FIRST YEAR WE ARE PUTTING THIS ON, WE HAVE HAD SOME HICCUPS WITH THE PLANNING.
ONE OF THOSE BEING THAT WE DID NOT REALIZE THE COST INVOLVED FOR RUNNING THE ENTIRE PARK.
THE RENTAL FEE IS NOT SOMETHING THAT THIS TIME THAT WE REALLY HAVE IN THE BUDGET AND TO BE HONEST WITH YOU.
SO I'M ASKING FOR THE HUMBLY ASKING FOR THE BOARD TO CONSIDER WAIVING THIS RENTAL FEE.
I DO KNOW THAT THIS IS SOMETHING THAT POTENTIALLY COULD, BY ALL DOING THIS, SET YOU UP FOR FUTURE ISSUES.
SO I UNDERSTAND IF YOU IF YOU CAN'T OR YOU CAN, BUT JUST SOME SUGGESTIONS I HAVE AND I'M NOT TRYING TO TELL ANYBODY WHAT TO DO.
I HAVE BEEN TOLD A COUPLE OF TIMES I'M A LITTLE BOSSY.
I KNOW. BUT I WOULD JUST SUGGEST THAT I THINK YOUR ATTORNEY ACTUALLY HAD A GREAT IDEA.
[02:35:01]
I THINK MAYBE SOME FUTURE DISCUSSIONS MAY HAPPEN.LIKE, DO WE WANT TO GIVE A DISCOUNT TO NON-PROFITS TO USE THE PARK OR JUST SOME? AGAIN, JUST SUGGEST SUGGESTION, NOT TRY TO TELL YOU ALL TO DO.
BUT I APPRECIATE YOUR TIME AND CONSIDERATION ON THIS MATTER.
I HAVE A QUESTION FOR CHRISTIAN SINCE THE EVENT IS ON THE 30TH AND WE'LL HAVE TO PASS AN ORDINANCE TO BE ABLE TO WAIVE THE FEE.
IS THIS JUST A MOOT POINT? WE CAN'T. WELL, IT'S LIKE WE CALL A SPECIAL MEETING, NOT NECESSARILY.
SOME CITIES HAVE WHEN THEY PASS THE ORDINANCE, IT'S A WAIVER OF REIMBURSEMENT.
AND SO IF THE EVENT ALREADY TOOK PLACE, THE CITY CAN REIMBURSE FOR THE FEES IF THEY FIND THAT IT FITS A PUBLIC PURPOSE.
AND SO IT DOESN'T ALLEVIATE THE IF THERE'S NO MONEY FUNDS FOR IT NOW, THEN THAT DOESN'T FIX THAT PROBLEM. BUT IF IT'S JUST A MATTER OF MAKING THE ENTITY WHOLE, THEN THAT'S THAT'S AN APPROACH THAT'S TAKEN COMMONLY.
I'D LIKE TO ASK JEFF A QUESTION.
I THINK, JEFF, YOU'D PROBABLY BE MORE READY FOR THIS.
AND WHEN DON AND I TALKED ABOUT THIS.
I SAID ONLY MY MY UNDERSTANDING OF THIS THE FIRST TIME WE'VE EVER HAD THIS COME UP.
WHEN YOU RENT THE PARK, A PERSON COULD GO IN AND RENT THE PARK FOR $500.
WE'RE GOING TO CLOSE THE PARK DOWN.
THEY GET TO USE THE PARK. IS THAT RIGHT? NO. BUT WHEN YOU RENT THE PARK, WHAT DO YOU ACTUALLY GET YOU? THE AREA THAT THEY'RE RENTING IS THE FESTIVE SITE AND THAT IS ON THE FEE SCHEDULE.
AND SO BECAUSE THAT'S ON A FEE SCHEDULE LIKE CHRISTIAN LOOS DO, WE DON'T HAVE THE RIGHT NECESSARY TO TO WAIVE THAT FEE.
SO THE PAVILION, WHEN YOU RENT THE PAVILION, YOU GET ACCESS TO THE PAVILION AND THAT'S WHAT YOU GET ACCESS TO.
THE PARK IS OPEN FOR EXCLUSIVE ACCESS TO THE PAVILION.
AND SO WHEN THE FEST WHEN THEY WERE AT THE FESTIVE SITE KIND OF SAYING, THEN THEY GET EXCLUSIVE ACCESS TO THAT.
AND WE HAD ALREADY ACTUALLY I HAD ALREADY RENTED IT THE PAVILION BEFORE.
RIGHT. THE SO I'M NOT I'M NOT TRYING TO BE FUNNY.
SO IF I RENT THE PAVILION, I JUST RENTED ONE.
DOES THAT MEAN IF WE ALSO WANT TO PLAY FLAG FOOTBALL? I CAN'T DO THAT BECAUSE SOMEONE ELSE COULD COME IN AND GO, HEY, HEY, YOU CAN'T PLAY ON THIS GRASS. WE ACTUALLY RENTED THE AREA AROUND THE PAVILION.
YOU JUST GET TO STAY ON THE CONCRETE PAD FOR THE PAVILION.
I MEAN, WHAT? IT'S A LOT OF GRAY AREA IN THAT QUESTION.
YOU KNOW WHAT I'M SAYING? BECAUSE, YEAH, THEY RENT THE PAVILION AND WHAT I'M HEARING, YOU DON'T GET ANY GRASS WITH IT.
YOU JUST GET TO PAVILION. WELL, THEN I STARTED WANDERING WITH DONNA TODAY.
I'M LIKE, SO WHAT IF I RENT THE PARKING LOT? DOES THAT MEAN I GET EXCLUSIVE USE TO THE PARKING LOT? AND IF I GET EXCLUSIVE USE OF PARKING LOT AND SHE RAN INTO PAVILION DO I SAID, WELL, YOU NEED TO GO PARK SOMEWHERE ELSE BECAUSE I PAID FOR THE PARKING LOT AND WE'RE GOING TO USE IT. AND SO I WAS TRYING TO FIGURE OUT WHERE I WAS GOING WITH THIS.
I'M TRYING TO ALMOST MAKE A CIRCUS OF IT BECAUSE IN A WAY, I'M LIKE, SHE RENTED A PAVILION. CAN'T THEY JUST USE THE PARK? THERE'S EVEN HAVE TO BE A WAIVER BECAUSE SURELY THERE'S SOME GRASS THAT COMES TO THE PAVILION, RIGHT? THERE'S AT THAT PARTICULAR PAVILION, THAT ENCLOSED AREA, THEY GET THAT ONE BY THE CREEK. SO THAT KIND OF THERE'S A LITTLE BIT OF A LEEWAY ON THAT.
YEAH. WHAT THEY'RE ASKING FOR IS THAT AREA TO THE EAST OF THAT, THAT BIG OPEN AIR, THAT COKE FEST USE THAT IS ON THE FEE SCHEDULE.
AND SO IF IT'S NOT RENTED, IT'S FIRST COME, FIRST SERVE.
SO WE ALWAYS TELL PEOPLE, ENCOURAGE THEM IF YOU WANT TO SECURE YOUR SPOT TO RESERVE IT.
IF YOU DON'T, YOU TAKE THE RISK OF SOMEBODY ELSE BEING OUT THERE AND USING IT, TAKING UP THAT AREA. SO IF SOMEBODY COMES AND SETS UP SOCCER PRACTICE OUT THERE AT 8:00 AND THEY GET OUT THERE AT 9:00, THEY CAN'T WITHOUT WITHOUT THE RESERVATION, THEY CAN'T REALLY SAY YOU NEED TO LEAVE. THAT MAKES SENSE.
OR DID I DANCE AROUND IT? NO. NO, YOU DID. LIKE YOU SAID, I THINK YOU DID IT IN THE BEGINNING.
IT'S KIND OF GRAY. SO I WAS MORE LIKE TRYING TO FIGURE OUT WE HAD IT'S THE FIRST TIME WE'VE ACTUALLY HAD SOMETHING COME UP TO US THAT WE RENTED, SOMETHING THAT.
SO GOING BACK TO A QUESTION YOU ASKED EARLIER, WE WON'T DO DOUBLE BOOKINGS LIKE THAT.
SO SOMEBODY WANTS TO RESERVE THE PARKING LOT, THEN WE'LL BLOCK OFF THE PAVILION SO WE WON'T HAVE THAT CONFLICT.
AND IF THEY BLOCK OFF THE PARKING LOT, THEN WE REQUIRE THEM TO EITHER CONE OFF, PUT, DELINEATE OR SOMETHING THERE WHERE PEOPLE CAN'T PARK THERE AND THEY CAN USE THE PARK PARKING AREA BY THE AMPHITHEATER AND THE CREEK TO USE THE REST OF THE PARK.
IS THERE NOT ENOUGH GRASS AROUND THE PAVILION TO BE ABLE TO? NO, NOT FOR EVERYTHING THAT WE'RE GOING TO HAVE GOING ON.
YOU GUYS ARE BRINGING IT ALL OUT.
WELL, I MEAN, WE'RE GOING TO HAVE.
I MEAN, WE'RE GOING TO HAVE A BOUNCE HOUSE.
WE'RE GOING TO HAVE A TUG OF WAR.
WE'RE GOING TO HAVE THE KITE FLYING.
WE'RE GOING TO HAVE SOME BIG FLOORBOARDS, SOME BIG.
Y'ALL ARE GOING TO HAVE THE WATER SAFETY COURSE IN THE CREEK THAT YOU NEED ACCESS TO AND
[02:40:04]
WHAT'S GOING TO BE TAKING UP GRASSY AREA AROUND THE PAVILION AND THEN THERE THE GRILL FOR THE COOKING THAT'S HAPPENING.SEE, THERE'S FOUR GRILLS RIGHT THERE BY THAT PAVILION.
WE RENT A PAVILION AND ANOTHER PERSON RENTS THE PAVILION ON THE OTHER SIDE.
AND I DON'T KNOW IF THERE'S GIRLS AROUND THERE, BUT THEY WANT TO USE THE GRILL.
SO IT'S JUST KIND OF LIKE, YOU KNOW, DO WE JUST DO THIS EVENT AND JUST HOPE THAT IT'S NO, NOT A CONFLICT FOR ANYBODY LIKE NOBODY ELSE IS GOING TO COME OUT.
DO WE RENT BOTH PAVILIONS TO ENSURE THAT NO ONE TRIES TO RENT THAT OTHER PAVILION? SO I THINK I MEAN, I THINK WHAT Y'ALL ARE ASKING IS, IS POSED A REALLY GREAT QUESTION FOR THE CITY IN REGARDS OF, YOU KNOW, OUR NON-PROFITS.
THEIR FUNDRAISING LIMITED DOLLARS.
RIGHT. AND OUR FEE SCHEDULE DOESN'T TAKE THAT INTO ACCOUNT RIGHT NOW FOR NON PROFIT RATES. I THINK THIS EVENT IS VERY UNIQUE.
IT'S EXCLUSIVELY HUTTO NONPROFITS AND.
FROM A CITY PERSPECTIVE WHEN WE DO CITY EVENTS IN CITY PARKS.
DO YOU ALL PAY A PARK FEE TO USE FRITZ FOR AN EVENT? LIKE FOR HOLIDAYS AND OR SUNSET? NO, NO. YOU PAY FOR THE EVENT STUFF, RIGHT? LIKE WE DON'T CHARGE OURSELVES A FEE.
YEAH. AND SO I'M LIKE, MAYBE THERE IS A WAY FOR THIS SIMILARLY TO GET STRUCTURED WITHIN THE FEE SCHEDULE FOR.
I KNOW WHEN WE'VE TALKED ABOUT THE EVENT, IT WOULD BE A NICE ANNUAL APPRECIATION EVENT.
IF THE CITY IS PARTICIPATIVE WITH THAT, THEN MAYBE WE DON'T HAVE TO ADJUST THE THE WHOLE FEE SCHEDULE FOR THIS ONE EVENT, BUT WE DO DOWN THE LINE FOR NON-PROFITS DISCOUNTS.
BUT THIS COULD BECOME LIKE A YEAH.
HOSTED WITH THE CITY OF HUTTO.
YEAH. TO HONOR OUR ALL OUR NON-PROFITS.
I DON'T KNOW. I'M JUST THINKING OF.
SINCE THE EVENTS IN LIKE TWO WEEKENDS.
YEAH. WHICH IS REALLY EXCITING.
I THINK IT'S AMAZING ALL THE NONPROFITS COMING TOGETHER AND DOING AN APPRECIATION AND JUST THE TURNOUT OF THE.
YEAH. THE FREE FOOD AND SNOW CONES AND ALL OF IT'S WONDERFUL.
I MEAN, IT'S REALLY GOING TO BE.
GO AHEAD, ROBIN. NO, I WAS I WAS THINKING I KNOW THAT I'VE ACCESSED THE CREEK TO GO SIT OUT THERE. FAMILIES USED TO CREATE.
AND I'M THINKING ON A SATURDAY AFTERNOON, Y'ALL ARE GOING TO BE UTILIZING THE CREEK FOR THE KAYAK SAFETY AND TO TAKE AN ACCOUNT ALL THE OTHER CITIZENS THAT MAY BE DOWN THERE WITH THEIR LAWN CHAIRS OR MUSIC, THEY'RE DRINKING AND ALL OF THAT STUFF.
HAVE YOU ALL TAKEN THAT IN ACCOUNT? I WOULDN'T EVEN KNOW THAT THEY WEREN'T HERE FOR THE EVENT IF I SAW SOMEBODY DOWN THERE.
ARE YOU TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THAT THEY MIGHT NOT WANT TO COME BECAUSE OUR EVENT.
NO, NO, NO. I'M JUST I'M JUST SAYING, YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE PEOPLE OUT THERE DOING KAYAK SAFETY. THERE'S GOING TO BE A LOT OF OTHER PEOPLE PROBABLY UTILIZING THE CREEK AT THAT TIME. YEAH.
I MEAN, IT WAS JUST SOMETHING I WAS THINKING ABOUT.
YEAH. SO IF, IF THEY RENT THE FESTIVAL SITE, THAT INCLUDES THAT AREA ALL THE WAY DOWN.
SO THAT MAKES THAT ALL THE WAY GO DOWN TO IT.
IS THAT CORRECT? YES, THAT MAKES THAT AREA OFF LIMITS DURING THAT TIME.
SO THEY WOULD HAVE TO EITHER THOUGHT THAT WOULD STILL USE A CREEK.
ALTERNATE TIMES OR ALTERNATE DAYS.
AND THAT IS NOT SOMETHING THAT WE WANT TO THAT'S WE DON'T WANT TO DO THAT AT ALL.
I MEAN, THE MORE THAT COMES OUT, THE BETTER.
YOU KNOW, WE WANT IT TO BE A FUN I MEAN, WE JUST REALLY WANT IT TO BE A FUN COMMUNITY EVENT. ANYBODY IS WELCOME TO COME IF THEY'RE NOT COMING, IF THEY HAPPEN TO JUST WALK, YOU KNOW, DRIVE INTO THE PARK AND SAY, HEY, THERE'S SOMETHING GOING ON, YOU KNOW? SO IT'S NOT THERE'S NOT GOING TO BE ANY CLOSURE OR ANYTHING LIKE THAT.
CHRISSIE WHEN I WAS LOOKING THIS UP, I PRINTED ONE PAGE.
I DIDN'T GET THE ACTUAL WHAT THE ORDINANCE WAS, BUT SECTION 18.0 2.09 SAYS A CITY MANAGER OR HIS OR HER DESIGNEE MAY WAIVE ALL OR A PORTION OF A FEE WHEN APPROPRIATE.
IT COULD BE. WE TALKED, THERE'S ANOTHER WORD, ONE IN HERE THAT IF THEY HAVE SOMEONE POTENTIALLY SELLING MERCHANDISE, THEY'RE SUPPOSED TO KICK BACK.
AND I'D NEVER HEARD THAT BEFORE, BUT THAT'S ACTUALLY IN HERE.
AND I THOUGHT, WELL, SO WHAT CAN THE CITY MANAGER WAVE AND NOT WAVE? AND. AND I DIDN'T EVEN KNOW IF THIS IS AN ISSUE FOR US.
IF WE JUST NEED TO DIRECT THE CITY MANAGER TO WAIVE IT, NOT WAIVE IT.
SO OH, WELL, SO WHAT, WHAT WE AS STAFF AND I CHIME IN FIRST.
[02:45:01]
YES. SO THAT ISN'T THE CODE, BUT THAT'S THE THERE'S PROBLEMS WITH THAT PROVISION AS BEING POTENTIALLY AN IMPROPER DELEGATION OF LEGISLATIVE AUTHORITY.YOU SET THE THE FEES BY ORDINANCE.
AND SO YOU YOU NEED IF YOU'RE GOING TO DELEGATE TO SOMEBODY, YOU NEED TO ESTABLISH CRITERIA. AND SO IF YOU WANTED TO GIVE THE CITY MANAGER PROPER AUTHORITY TO DELEGATE FEES, YOU'VE GOT TO SET A POLICY, A WAIVER POLICY, WHERE YOU SAY THIS IS THE CRITERIA UNDER WHICH IF THEY SATISFY THE A, B, C AND D, THEN THE CITY MANAGER CAN WAIVE THE FEES, A BLANKET, YOU KNOW, WHEN IT'S PRACTICABLE OR WHEN THE WHEN DEEMED APPROPRIATE IS PROBABLY NOT.
SO MY RECOMMENDATION IS EITHER TO ADDRESS THIS ONE TIME EVENT, IT CAN BE A ONE TIME ORDINANCE FOR THIS EVENT IF THAT'S THE DIRECTION THAT THE COUNCIL WANTS TO TAKE.
AND THEY CAN ALSO REVISIT THE OPTION OF HAVING A FEE WAIVER POLICY IN THE FUTURE SO THAT NOT EVERY EVENT THAT WANTS A FEE WAIVER HAS TO COME TO COUNCIL.
AND CHRISTIAN, HOW WOULD WE ADDRESS THAT WITH THE.
THE EVENT BEING ON THE 30TH AND THIS IS THE 21ST AND WE DON'T HAVE ANOTHER MEETING.
AND SO THAT COULD HAPPEN RETROACTIVELY.
I MEAN, IT COULD BE A REIMBURSEMENT, IT'S A WAIVER SLASH REIMBURSEMENT.
AND SO THEY WOULD GET THEIR FUNDS BACK FOR THE FEES IF THE COUNCIL PASSES THE ORDINANCE.
DONNA, CAN YOU GUYS DO THAT? DON'T CASH THE CHECK.
THAT'S I WAS GOING TO ASK I MEAN, LIKE FOR OUR HOA.
WE WILL REQUIRE THEM TO PAY AND WRITE A CHECK.
AND WE DON'T CASH IT UNTIL EITHER THE EVENTS DONE OR, YOU KNOW, WE COME AND FIND OUT THAT THEY'VE LEFT A MESS AND THEN WE CASH THE CHECK BECAUSE WE NEED TO CLEAN UP AFTER THEM.
RIGHT. AND SO WHAT'S THE TYPICAL THING THAT THE CITY DOES? DO WE THEY PAY THE FEE AND WE.
CAN I ASK A QUESTION REAL QUICK? AND I DON'T WANT TO PUT YOU I DON'T WANT TO TRY TO THROW YOU UNDER THE BUS BECAUSE I'M JUST ASKING. SO WHEN THIS.
WHEN I FILLED OUT THE PERMIT TO RESERVE THE PARK, I KNOW THAT I WAS ON A MEETING WITH JEFF. I WAS ON A MEETING WITH TAYLOR AND SOME LAW ENFORCEMENT.
AND SO WE WERE TALKING ABOUT THIS EVENT.
AND I WANT TO SAY AFTER THAT, JEFF, DO YOU PREFER JEFF OR JEFFREY? HE REACHED OUT AND SAID, HEY, WE WERE PLANNING ON PARKS AND REC, WERE PLANNING ON HAVING A SOLO KITE FLYING DAY IN APRIL.
CAN WE JUST JOIN WITH YOU GUYS? AND I'M LIKE, GREAT. AND THEN I HEARD ABOUT THE FEE COME UP.
I'M LIKE, WELL, SINCE WE'RE KIND OF GOING TO PARTNER WITH PARKS AND REC, THEN CAN THAT JUST I MEAN, WILL THAT KIND OF BE RESOLVED? THE WHOLE ISSUE OF THE 1500 DOLLARS THAT'S JUST KIND OF HINTING AT.
YEAH. I MEAN, SO IF IF THAT HAD BEEN PROPOSED AND WE HEARD THAT HE WAS HAVING HIS FLIGHT KIND DAY AND WE THOUGHT, OH, THAT WORKS WELL WITH THE PICNIC AND WE JOINED IN WITH HIM ON THAT. WOULD WE BE HAVING A CONVERSATION ABOUT THIS? I MEAN, I DON'T I DON'T KNOW.
WE'VE HAD A LOT OF GOOD CONVERSATIONS ON PARKS TONIGHT.
THAT'S WHAT I LOVE ABOUT THIS CITY.
SO LET ME GO TO A TIMELINE AND I MAY BE OFF IN A FEW DAYS, SO I APOLOGIZE.
ON MARCH 17TH, WE THAT'S WHERE WE REACHED OUT TO DON AND SAID, HEY, WE HAVE THESE EXTRA KITES. CAN WE DO SOMETHING TOGETHER? WE SAW THAT YOU HAD THIS EVENT AND INSTEAD OF TRYING TO COMPETE OR DO AN ALTERNATE, LET'S JUST PIGGYBACK BECAUSE IT MAKES SENSE, RIGHT? LIKE SHE SAID, KITES AND PICNICS GO TOGETHER.
AND SHE ASKED AT THAT POINT, SINCE IF WE WANT TO BECOME INVOLVED, IS THAT MEANING THE FEE GETS WAIVED? AND JUST OUR RESPONSE WAS IT'S STILL NOT A CITY SPONSORED EVENT.
IT IS. WE'RE JUST PARTICIPATING IN IT.
SO IT'S JUST LIKE IF THE LIONS CLUB WAS HAVING AN EVENT OUT THERE AND WE WERE GOING OUT THERE TO HAVE A BOOTH, IT'S THAT TYPE OF APPROACH.
WE RECEIVED THE PERMIT ON THE FIFTH AND WE DID HAVE A PERMIT MEETING ON THE SIXTH TO KIND OF REVIEW EVERYTHING.
AND THEN TODAY WE HAD A MEETING AT THE RIO GRANDE TO KIND OF OUTLINE A FEW THINGS, AND THAT'S THE FIRST TIME I'VE HEARD ABOUT THEY WANTED TO SELL ITEMS IN THERE IN THE PARK.
AND THERE IS AN ORDINANCE THAT REQUIRES THAT WE GET 10% BACK.
AND SO THERE'S IT'S NOT A HUGE, HUGE PROCESS.
THEY JUST HAVE TO LET ME KNOW WHEN WHAT THEY'RE GOING TO SELL, WHEN THEY'RE GOING TO BE THERE TO DO TO SELL SPECIFIC ITEMS. AND THEN WE GET 10% AND THEY HAVE TO PAY US WITHIN TEN DAYS.
AND SO IT'S NOT IT'S NOT WRITTEN JUST FOR THIS EVENT.
IT'S FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS, IT'S FOR FOOD TRUCKS.
IT'S FOR ANYBODY THAT USES THE PARK AS THEIR BUSINESS SITE.
SO THAT WAY WE'RE NOT IT GETS A GOOD WAY TO RECOUP ANY LOSSES THAT WE HAVE ON THAT OR ANY
[02:50:03]
POTENTIAL DAMAGE THAT WE HAVE.CAN I SPEAK ON THAT ONE MOMENT? SO AS FAR AS PEOPLE COMING OUT AND SELLING THINGS, NONE OF THE NONPROFITS ARE GOING TO BE SELLING ANYTHING.
THE PURPOSE OF THE EVENT WAS TO NOT ALLOW FOR PROFIT BUSINESSES TO COME OUT UNLESS THEY WERE A COMMUNITY SUPPORTER OR A SPONSOR OF ONE OF THE NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS.
BECAUSE IT'S A WAY TO GET THEM OUT, THANK THEM FOR THEIR SUPPORT, HAVE THE COMMUNITY COME TO SEE THAT THERE'S OTHER SUPPORTERS.
WE DID HAVE ONE PERSON THAT WANTS TO COME OUT AND SELL SOME T SHIRTS AND SHE'S GOING TO DONATE A PORTION BACK TO COVER SOME OF THE COSTS OF THE EVENT AS FAR.
AND THERE WAS SOMEONE ELSE THAT WAS GOING TO COME OUT THAT IS A COMMUNITY PARTNER OF ANOTHER ORGANIZATION THAT WAS GOING TO COME OUT.
AND SO IT'S NOT GOING TO BE A YOU KNOW, IT'S NOT GOING TO BE A.
IT'S GOING TO BE, YOU KNOW, MOST OF IT'S GOING TO BE FOR LIKE 15 ARE GOING TO BE THE NONPROFITS OR ANOTHER ORGANIZATION THAT'S NOT NECESSARILY NONPROFIT BUT PROVIDES A SERVICE TO THE SO.
SO THE CITY'S PIGGYBACKING ON YOUR EVENT.
BUT THEY'RE NOT THEY'RE NOT PAYING ANY.
NO, NO, NO, NO, NO. THAT'S NOT WHAT I'M SAYING.
NO, I'M SAYING BECAUSE THEY'RE HAVING A KITE FEST THAT THE CITY'S PUTTING ON.
BUT THEY'RE NOT HELPING PAY THE MONEY.
I MEAN, I GUESS I'M TRYING. DOES THE CITY ALWAYS GET FREE USE OF THE PARKS AND THEN WE CHARGE IT BY US BECAUSE THE CITIZENS ARE THE ONES PAYING FOR THE PARKS.
RIGHT. AND THEN WE CHARGE THEM TO USE IT AS THE CITY BUDGET MONEY AND SAY, HEY, WE'RE GOING TO MOVE SOME MONEY FROM TOURISM OVER HERE OVER TO THE PARKS BUDGET TO PAY FOR THIS OR DO WE JUST SAY WE JUST DON'T CHARGE? ARE YOU TALKING ABOUT LIKE CITY SPONSORED EVENTS? THERE IS NO THERE'S WE DON'T CHARGE EACH OTHER.
WE DO FILL OUT PERMITS IF WE'RE GONNA BE IN A PARK.
SO WE DO COMPLETE THE PERMIT PROCESS.
BUT IF THEY'RE DOING COMMUNICATIONS IS DOING A JULY 4TH, THERE'S NOT A FEE TO RENT THE AMPHITHEATER. IT'S PART OF JUST AN AGREEMENT THAT WE HAVE WITH INTERNALLY.
I THINK THE RATIONALE BEHIND THAT IS BECAUSE YOU'D BE USING THE SAME MONEY TO PAY FOR THE EVENT AND ONLY ADDING IN PROCESSING AND PAPERWORK, IF YOU WILL, BECAUSE IT'S GOING TO COME OUT OF TAX DOLLARS WHEN IT GOES TO PERMITS, BECAUSE WE FEEL YOU'RE NOT CONFIRMING THE REASON WE FILL OUT PERMITS IS AND I CERTAINLY AGREE WITH THAT, WE ABSOLUTELY NEED TO DO THE SAME THINGS THAT WE REQUIRE OTHER PEOPLE TO DO.
AND I TYPICALLY LOOKING AT BUILDING PERMITS AND THOSE SORTS OF THINGS.
BUT EVEN IF IT'S A PARK EVENT, IT HELPS US TO COORDINATE, PLAN THAT OUT AND MAKE SURE WE'RE FOLLOWING THE SAME PROCEDURES OTHER FOLKS ARE FOLLOWING.
UH, WE GO THROUGH THE SPECIAL EVENT PERMIT PROCESS JUST LIKE ANYBODY ELSE DOES.
SO FIRE SAFETY PLANS, INSURANCE, ALL OF THOSE THINGS.
WE FOLLOW EVERYTHING THAT WE REQUIRE ANYBODY ELSE TO DO.
BLURRED. I REALLY LIKE THE SYNERGY THAT'S HAPPENING FROM THE OPPORTUNITY THAT'S BEEN PRESENTED THERE.
I KNOW, DONNA, COMMUNITY IN ACTION IS SEEING THIS HOPEFULLY BECOME THE LEGACY EVENT THAT HAPPENS ANNUALLY.
AND NOW THAT WE HAVE JEFF HERE REVITALIZING OUR RECREATION EVENTS.
THERE'S POTENTIAL FOR A KITE FEST TO TO BE A THING THAT HAPPENS ANNUALLY AND PERHAPS.
THIS COULD BE A JOINT THING THAT GETS CREATED.
THAT HAPPENS EVERY YEAR THAT BENEFITS EVERYBODY BECAUSE I'M IN FAVOR OF WAIVING THE FEE, BUT I DON'T WANT TO HAVE I WANT TO DO THAT IN A WAY THAT'S EFFICIENT AND EFFECTIVE.
AND THEN WE CAN BRING BACK ON A FUTURE AGENDA ITEM LIKE LET'S LOOK AT THE FEE SCHEDULE OVERALL FOR NONPROFITS, BUT FOR THIS SPECIFIC UNIQUE SITUATION.
I'M NOT AN OPPOSITION OF IT BEING A CITY EVENT AND HOW WE FIGURE OUT HOW TO.
WOULDN'T IT BE EASIER TO JUST APPROVE THE WAIVER OF THE FEE AND THEN DO A RETRO? ORDINANCE. SO THIS IS A ONE TIME THING.
AND AND LET US IF WE WANT TO GET INTO SOME COMPLICATED TYPES OF.
YOU KNOW COLLABORATIONS THAT THAT WE CAN DO THAT NOT SITTING UP HERE TRYING TO JUST MAKE A DECISION ABOUT A FEE FOR OUR NONPROFITS IN THE IN THE COMMUNITY.
I DO HAVE A QUICK QUESTION, AND I DON'T KNOW IF DONNA OR AMY OR JEFF, IF YOU GUYS KNOW THIS, ARE ALL OF THE PEOPLE PARTICIPATING IN THE COMMUNITY IN ACTION? ARE THEY ALL 583 STATUS?
[02:55:03]
NO. SENIORS WITH AVAILABLE TIME IS I THINK THE ONLY ONE THAT'S NOT A.YEAH. I DON'T EVEN THINK THEY'RE GOING TO BE OUT THERE.
YEAH. THEY DIDN'T, THEY WEREN'T ON THE FINAL LIST.
THERE'S JUST TO GIVE A RUNDOWN JUST SO I CAN PICK UP THE TOP OF MY HEAD.
I HAD A RESOURCE CENTER, HAD A WOMEN'S ALLIANCE, LIONS CLUB, ROTARY SANDBOX.
FAMILY ENGAGEMENT FROM OIC IS GOING TO BE THERE.
UM, I MEAN, THERE'S GOING TO BE QUITE A BIT, I.
THERE'S THE ONLY ONE THAT IS NOT A501C3 IS WOULD BE SENIORS WITH AVAILABLE TIME.
BUT THEY'RE SHE'S JUST ON THE BOARD JUST TO, YOU KNOW, BECAUSE SHE'S INVOLVED IN THE COMMUNITY AND STUFF. SO YEAH, BUT EVERYBODY ELSE IS A PROFIT.
SHE'S NOT GOING TO HAVE A BOOTH OR ANYTHING SET UP.
YEAH, YEAH. BUT YEAH, BUT EVERYBODY ELSE IS.
THEY'RE EITHER A NONPROFIT OR THEY PROVIDE A SERVICE TO THE COMMUNITY LIKE HUTTO CITIZENS POLICE ACADEMY, ALUMNI ASSOCIATION AND HUTTO POLICE OFFICER ASSOCIATION, WHICH I BELIEVE THEY ARE. BOTH NONPROFITS HAVE NONPROFIT STATUS.
THEN I WANT TO MAKE SURE IT STAYS 501C3 STATUS THAT THIS GETS WAIVED FOR THAT INCLUDE 501C FORCE I AM NOT FAMILIAR WITH ONCE BEFORE SO I WOULD BE EXCLUDED.
THAT'S FOR POLITICAL ACTION COMMITTEES, YOU KNOW, OR POLITICAL GAIN OR THINGS.
501C4 AND I DON'T KNOW ABOUT THE ROTARY, BUT I MEAN, DO YOU BECAUSE YOU'RE WITH THE LIONS CLUB, CORRECT? OH, WHAT? I DON'T DO THE MONEY. OKAY.
OKAY. GOTCHA. 501C4I THINK ALLOWS YOU TO DO SOME POLITICAL THINGS, BUT IT DOESN'T MEAN YOU'RE EXPLICITLY A POLITICAL ORGANIZATION.
GOTCHA. WELL, WHENEVER WE REVISIT THIS ON ANOTHER AGENDA, I MIGHT WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT IT DOESN'T TURN INTO THE POLITICAL SIDE OF IT THAT WE'RE WAITING THINGS FOR.
THAT'S REALLY WHAT I'M GETTING AT WITH THAT.
BUT WHAT I'M IN FAVOR OF THIS AND I'M SORRY, PEOPLE NEVER KNOW.
RIGHT? WELL, THERE WAS A VERY LENGTHY DISCUSSION REGARDING THAT, REGARDING REGARDING THE FACT THAT IT IS A PUBLIC EVENT AT A PUBLIC PARK.
WE. WOULD PREFER NO POLITICKING.
BUT I'M NOT GOING TO GO UP AND TELL A CANDIDATE NOT TO DO IT BECAUSE, YOU KNOW, I'M JUST.
THAT'S NOT A FIGHT THAT I WANT TO HAVE.
IF, YOU KNOW, IF THEY WANT TO COME OUT WITH A T SHIRT AND A BUTTON, THAT'S FINE.
BUT, YOU KNOW, WE KIND OF WERE ALL IN AGREEMENT THAT, YOU KNOW, DON'T BE DRAGGING YOUR SONS ALONG WITH YOU, YOU KNOW, BECAUSE WE WE WANT THIS TO BE A FUN LET'S BREAK AWAY FROM THE EVERYDAY WORLD.
AND, YOU KNOW, SO BUT WE ARE NOT ENCOURAGING IT.
BUT AGAIN, IT'S A PUBLIC PARK AT A PUBLIC EVENT AND, YOU KNOW, NOT ABOUT YOU EVENT.
IT'S ABOUT THE IT'S ABOUT THE COMMUNITY.
YES. THIS WAS ALL ABOUT THE COMMUNITY.
AND I WANT TO KIND OF TRY AND MAKE SURE IF WE'RE WAVING IT, IT'S NOT GOING TO BE.
I THINK, THOUGH, IF YOU'RE RENTING THIS SPACE, YOU DO HAVE SOME SAY IN SETTING RULES ABOUT WHAT PEOPLE CAN AND CAN'T DO WHILE THEY'RE AT YOUR EVENT BECAUSE YOU RENTED IT.
AND SO, YOU KNOW, I DON'T KNOW.
JEFF, IS THAT POSSIBLE? I MEAN, DOES THAT IS DOES THAT STILL STAND TRUE IF THE FEE IS WAIVED? YEAH, THAT'S KIND OF. WELL, I MEAN, IF THE FEE IS WAIVED, BUT YOU'RE STILL RENTING IT.
YOU'RE JUST NOT PAYING A FEE. THAT'S OKAY.
MAYBE. CAN YOU CAN YOU CLARIFY YOUR QUESTION? I WANT TO MAKE SURE. CAN THEY SET A RULE THAT SAYS, HEY, YOU KNOW, NOBODY CAN CAMPAIGN HERE. NOBODY CAN WEAR RED SHIRTS AT OUR EVENT, WHATEVER WHATEVER THEY WANT TO SET, YOU KNOW, BECAUSE THEY'RE RENTING IT.
CAN THEY SET A SPECIFIC RULE LIKE THAT? LOOKING AT CHRISTIAN FOR GOD, I, I DON'T SAY THE WRONG THING.
THAT'S A GREAT QUESTION, AND I DON'T FEEL 100% COMFORTABLE ANSWERING THAT, SO I DON'T KNOW THAT. SO, DONNA, WHENEVER Y'ALL HAD THAT CONVERSATION, I KNOW THAT THE VOTING CAME BACK AND IT WAS LIKE LITERALLY 5050 AND.
FORGIVE ME IF I GET IT WRONG BECAUSE I WASN'T PART OF THE CONVERSATION.
I WALKED OUT. BUT THE SUMMARY WAS, Y'ALL DIDN'T THINK THAT THERE WERE ANY CANDIDATES THAT ARE RUNNING THAT ARE GOING TO TRY TO HIJACK THE EVENT OR BE RUDE OR DO ANYTHING THAT'S INAPPROPRIATE. AND SO THE THE MESSAGE WAS THAT IF A CANDIDATE DID ASK, HEY, CAN I COME OUT? WAS LIKE, SURE, BUT WE'RE NOT REALLY WANTING YOU TO LIKE ACTIVELY CAMPAIGN.
THEY CAN LIKE YOU SAID, THEY COULD WEAR THEIR SHIRT OR HAVE A BUTTON ON, BUT IT'S REALLY LIKE. YEAH.
Y'ALL AREN'T PUBLICIZING CANDIDATES COME CAMPAIGN, RIGHT?
[03:00:04]
SO WHEN THIS WIN, THE PROCESS OF THE OR THE PLANNING STAGES OF THIS EVENT HAPPENED.THAT WAS ONE OF THE THINGS THAT.
THAT WAS BROUGHT UP AS YOU KNOW.
WHAT ABOUT IF PEOPLE IF CANDIDATES WANT TO COME OUT AND CAMPAIGN? SO WHAT I DID IS I SENT A GOOGLE SURVEY I'M SORRY, A GOOGLE FORM OUT TO EVERYBODY THAT WAS INVOLVED IN THESE THESE COMMUNITY IN ACTION MEETINGS.
AND I PROPOSED THE QUESTION, SHOULD WE ALLOW CAMPAIGNING? SIMPLE YES OR NO.
AND DO YOU DO YOU WANT TO PROVIDE SOME FEEDBACK ON WHY YOU'VE RESPONDED THE WAY THAT YOU DID? AND I ACTUALLY SENT IT OUT TO, I WANT TO SAY, 18 PEOPLE, AND I GOT 17 REPLIES.
I THINK THERE WAS ONE PERSON THAT SAID THAT THEY DIDN'T CARE ONE WAY OR ANOTHER.
AND SO THAT MADE IT A 50 SAID IT WAS OC 49 SAID THAT.
NO ONE SAID THEY DIDN'T CARE ONE WAY OR ANOTHER.
AND THEN WE DISCUSSED IT AGAIN, AND THE GROUP AGREED THAT WE WOULD ALLOW IT AS LONG AS IT WAS CONTROLLED. AND THEN WE ENDED UP GETTING THE OTHER RESPONSE THAT SAID THAT, YES, IT WAS FINE IF CANDIDATES WANTED TO DO THAT, AS LONG AS IT WAS NOT A WALK AROUND WITH YOUR SON'S HOUSE AND AMOUNT TO PEOPLE IF YOU WANT TO WEAR YOUR CHURCH OR BUTTONS OR WHATNOT.
I MEAN, THAT'S YOU DO YOU ON THAT.
BUT WE JUST DON'T WANT THIS TO BE A POLITICAL THING.
WE WANT IT TO BE FUN, YOU KNOW, AND.
OKAY. SO I THINK WHAT WE WOULD DO IN THAT SITUATION, WE WOULD DEFER TO THEM TO SEE WHAT THEIR COMFORT LEVEL WOULD BE AS FAR AS IF THEY FELT, IF THEY ASKED US FOR INTERFERENCE OR GUIDANCE OR A DECISION ON SOMETHING THAT HAPPENS IN THEIR AREA WHERE THEY RESERVE IT, WE WOULD PROBABLY DEFER TO WHAT THEIR COMFORT LEVEL WOULD BE AND.
UNLESS IT WAS LEGAL OR SOMETHING LIKE THAT.
I DO HAVE ANOTHER QUESTION, PETER, BUT YOU WERE GOING TO GO.
DO YOU WANT TO GO AHEAD? NO, GO AHEAD.
SORRY. SO I DID HAVE ONE QUESTION.
I KNOW THAT INITIALLY YOU DID NOT EXPECT TO BE PAYING A FEE, AND THAT WAS A LITTLE BIT OF A SURPRISE. BUT IT DID HAPPEN A COUPLE OF WEEKS AGO, IT SOUNDS LIKE, WHEN YOU FOUND OUT.
HAS THERE BEEN ANY CONSIDERATION OR EFFORT INTO LOOKING FOR CORPORATE SPONSORSHIP OF THE FEE TO JUST ONE OF THE PURPOSES OF THIS EVENT IS TO GIVE BACK TO OUR COMMUNITY AND OUR COMMUNITY SPONSORS.
SO WE'RE TRYING TO RUN THIS EVENT WITHOUT ASKING FOR ANY SUPPORT FROM THE COMMUNITY OR ANY OF OUR COMMUNITY PARTNERS.
AND WE ALSO EACH ORGANIZATION, EACH NONPROFIT ALSO HAS TO CONSIDER THE THINGS THAT WE DO THROUGHOUT THE YEAR. THAT IS NOT A COMMUNITY AND ACTION EVENT.
LIKE, YOU KNOW, LIKE THE HUTTO RESOURCE CENTER HAS OUR GOLF TOURNAMENT, THE HEAD OF WOMEN'S ALLIANCE HAS THEIR THEIR THE HIPPO STAMPEDE.
YOU KNOW, THEY HAVE THEIR OWN SPONSORS THAT THEY REACH OUT TO.
SO TO REACH OUT AGAIN AND SAY, OKAY, WE NEED HELP AGAIN, THAT'S SOMETHING THAT WE ALL AGREED THAT WE DIDN'T WANT TO DO.
OKAY. TRUST ME, GORDON, I'M TRAINING MY WEED WHACKER OUT HERE.
SO, CHRISTIAN, I HAVE A QUESTION FOR YOU.
IF I WANT TO MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE THIS SPECIFIC PROJECT AND THEN ASK STAFF TO BRING BACK A PROPOSED ORDINANCE AT A LATER DATE FOR US TO CONSIDER POSSIBLY WAIVING FOR ALL NONPROFITS, OR HAVE A DISCUSSION AND POSSIBLE ACTION ON WHAT WE WANT TO DO TO FIX THE ISSUE PERMANENTLY. HOW DO I DO THAT? SO WE WANT TO WAIVE IT FOR THIS PROJECT AND ALSO DIRECT STAFF TO COME BACK WITH A PROPOSAL FOR A MORE COMPREHENSIVE APPROACH.
I THINK YOU WOULD JUST ARTICULATE EMOTION JUST LIKE THAT.
AND SO WE'RE GOING TO BRING YOU BACK TO AUDIENCE ONE FOR THE NEXT MEETING.
WITH A FEE WAIVER OR SLASH REIMBURSEMENT WITH BECAUSE OF THE TIMING FOR THE FEE.
AND THEN YOU'VE GIVEN US DIRECTION WITH THAT MOTION.
YES, SIR. THE PERSON I BELIEVE.
I HEARD YOU SAY THAT THERE WOULD HAVE TO BE A.
REIMBURSEMENTS OF THE FEE WOULD HAVE TO BE PAID CORRECT BEFOREHAND AND THEN THE ORDINANCE WOULD HAVE TO COME BACK. YES.
SO JUST AS LONG AS WE'RE CLEAR ABOUT THAT, THAT THAT'S ONE OF THE CRITERIAS THAT WOULD BE NEEDED TO COMPLETE THE PERMITTING PROCESS.
THIS IS AN ORDINANCE FOR FEE WAIVER OR FEE REIMBURSEMENT REIMBURSEMENT FOR THIS ONE, AND THEN COMING BACK WITH A MORE PERMANENT TYPE OF ORDINANCE TO LOOK AT FEE WAIVERS IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES.
OKAY. CAN I JUST ADD ONE NOTE? WE WE HAVE WAIVED AND WE DO HAVE THE RIGHT FOR THE APPLICATION FOR THE SPECIAL PERMIT APPLICATION FEE, WHICH IS ONLY $50.
WE DO HAVE THE RIGHT TO WAIVE THAT AND WE HAVE WAIVED THAT.
AND WE STILL HAVE ONE PIECE OF THE APPLICATION THAT'S NOT COMPLETE YET, AND THAT'S THE
[03:05:07]
INSURANCE PIECE. SO ONCE WE GET THAT, THEN THE APPLICATION PROCESS IS COMPLETE.YEAH. AND THE HOLDUP ON THAT RIGHT NOW IS THE.
INTERRUPT YOU ON. I DON'T THINK THAT I DON'T THINK IT'S GOING TO MATTER BECAUSE WE ALREADY HAVE EMOTION.
FIRST, HAVE TO BRING BACK AN ORDINANCE FOR A FEE REIMBURSEMENT FOR THIS EVENT.
ALL RIGHT. I'D LIKE TO OFFER AN AMENDMENT TO IT.
THAT THIS EVENT THAT YOU GUYS WILL TELL SENT OUT COMMUNICATION THAT IT WILL NOT POLITICKING WILL NOT BE ALLOWED AT THE EVENT.
OBVIOUSLY, YOU CAN'T CONTROL SOMEONE HAS BAD TASTE, BUT NO SHIRTS.
POLITICIANS DON'T NEED TO BE GOING THERE POLITICKING IF IT'S A COMMUNITY EVENT.
BUT SO I'M THROWING THAT AMENDMENT OUT THERE TO THAT.
I WOULD TOTALLY GET ON BOARD WITH THAT.
AND I HONESTLY DON'T FEEL THAT ANY ANY OTHER MEMBERS OF THE GROUP WOULD HAVE ANY ISSUES WITH THAT. SO I GUESS I WILL BE THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR I AM AND MAKE AN EXECUTIVE DECISION THAT, WELL, IF WE MAKE IT PART OF OUR MISSION, THEN YOU'RE NOT THE BAD GUY.
YOU'RE NOT THE BAD GUY WE ARE.
WE'RE DIRECTING. I HAVE A QUESTION.
WITH THE COUNCIL MAKING A DECISION FOR Y'ALL'S ORGANIZATION LIKE THAT, I JUST.
BECAUSE YOU ALL WERE SPLIT 5050.
I JUST. I DON'T KNOW IF THAT'S OUR PLACE.
HOLD ON. BEFORE WE GET ALL THAT, IS THERE A SECOND HAS SOMETHING AND THEN, YOU KNOW, I THINK THAT THERE IS SOME ISSUES WITH THAT AMENDMENT ONLY BECAUSE IT'S A LIMITATION ON FREE SPEECH AND FIRST AMENDMENT IN A PUBLIC FORUM.
AND SO ENFORCING THAT IS PROBLEMATIC.
ALL RIGHT. THEN I'LL RESCIND IT.
I GUESS PEOPLE WANT A POLITICS.
I MEAN, AT LEAST THE ORIGINAL MOTION OF JUST THE ORDINANCE FOR THE FEE REIMBURSEMENT.
IS THERE ANY DISCUSSION ON THAT? I GUESS IT'S APPROPRIATE FOR ME TO RECUSE MYSELF.
BEAUTIFUL, BUT I AM A MEMBER OF THE LIONS CLUB, SO DO YOU NEED TO BE A MEMBER OF THE BOARD OR JUST A MEMBER OF THE ORGANIZATION? I THINK IT'S A BOARD MEMBER.
OKAY. THEN I GUESS I CAN VOTE.
OKAY. BECAUSE I'M A MEMBER OF ROTARY, BUT I'M NOT ON THE BOARD, SO I CAN'T MAKE ANY DECISIONS. OH, RIGHT.
ANY DISCUSSION ON THE MOTION? ALL RIGHT, HARRY NUNN, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE.
COUNCIL MEMBER VILLARREAL SALVO I MAY HAVE FOR TEN THORNTON.
THANK YOU VERY MUCH. SO RIGHT NOW WE JUST NEED TO DO THE DUE DILIGENCE AND THE PROCESS AND THEN PAY THE FEE AND THEN THE CITY OVER REIMBURSE.
YEAH, THAT'S THAT WILL GET TAKEN CARE OF.
AND ALSO, WE STILL HAVE TO VOTE ON THE ORDINANCE TO DO IT.
SO THERE IS A POTENTIAL THAT ALL OF A SUDDEN YOU GET A07 VOTE TO REIMBURSE YOU.
I DON'T KNOW THAT THAT'S GOING TO HAPPEN, BUT I THINK YOU NEED AT LEAST KNOW THAT TO WORK. SO I WILL HAND ALL IN, YOU KNOW, FEEL FREE TO DO THAT.
IF THAT HAPPENS, THEN PLEASE DO THAT.
YEAH. WELL, THANK YOU SO MUCH.
WE'VE REALLY PUT A LOT OF PLANNING INTO THIS AND I REALLY ENCOURAGE EVERYBODY TO COME OUT AND JUST, YOU KNOW, GOING BACK TO THE POLITICAL THING, IF YOU'RE DOING YOUR JOB AS A CANDIDATE, PEOPLE ARE GOING TO KNOW YOU ANYWAY.
ALL RIGHT. THAT BRINGS US TO ITEM 12 TWO.
[12.2. Presentation and Acceptance of Compensation Study (Russell Campbell, MAG Consultant, Irene Talioaga, Matt Wojnowski)]
OR IF THERE'S NO OBJECTIONS, CAN WE GO TO ITEM 12 TO HERE AND THEN ITEM 12 TO PRESENTATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF A COMPENSATION STUDY WITH RUSSELL CAMPBELL AND IRENE AND MATT. BY THE WAY, BEFORE WE GET STARTED, COUNCILMAN MCKENZIE, THAT'S CUSTOMARY.HI. HI. HOW ARE YOU? FAR AWAY AT ALL. I WENT TO CONVERSE COLLEGE.
WELL, CONVERSE UNIVERSITY NOW.
YEAH. GOOD EVENING, MR. MAYOR. I GOT IT, MR. MAYOR. MEMBERS OF COUNCIL.
MY NAME IS RUSSELL CAMPBELL, SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT MANAGEMENT ADVISORY GROUP.
WHAT I'D LIKE TO DO THIS EVENING IS GIVE YOU A BRIEF OVERVIEW OF THE PROCESS, METHODOLOGY, FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH THE COMPENSATION AND CLASSIFICATION STUDY THAT HAS BEEN CONDUCTED BY MANAGEMENT ADVISORY GROUP ON BEHALF OF THE CITY OF HUTTO.
BUT BEFORE I GO INTO THAT, I JUST WANT TO SAY THAT AFTER HEARING THAT INTERESTING
[03:10:05]
DISCUSSION ABOUT THE YMCA, I NOW HAVE THAT SONG BY THE VILLAGE PEOPLE REPEAT IN MY HEAD, SO I'LL PROBABLY GO TO SLEEP WITH THAT TONIGHT.SO COMPENSATION CLARIFICATION.
ANY TIME YOU DO THESE TYPES OF STUDIES, THERE ARE ALWAYS CHALLENGES.
THERE ARE ALWAYS EXPECTATIONS BY EMPLOYEES AND STAFF AS TO THE OUTCOME.
AND SO WHAT WE TRY TO DO IS MAKE SURE THAT THE PROCESS IS AS TRANSPARENT AS POSSIBLE, THAT WE EDUCATE THE STAFF IN THE BEGINNING WITH RESPECT TO HOW THE STUDY IS GOING TO COME TOGETHER, WHAT THEIR ROLE, WHAT THEIR INVOLVEMENT IS.
THIS PROCESS IS NOT ABOUT PERFORMANCE OF ANY INDIVIDUAL.
IT'S ABOUT THE VALUE OF THE POSITION.
IT LABORS A COMMODITY DRIVEN BY THE SAME PRINCIPLES OF SUPPLY AND DEMAND AS ORANGE JUICE OR GASOLINE. AND SO WITH THAT SAID, I'M GOING TO GO AHEAD AND GET STARTED HERE.
THE GOALS AND OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY, FROM A BIG PICTURE PERSPECTIVE, WE LOOKED AT ALL THE POSITIONS WITHIN THE CITY AS PART OF THE OVERALL STUDY.
AND TALKED WITH ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF ABOUT WHOM THE CITY COMPARES ITSELF TO WITH RESPECT TO OTHER EMPLOYERS IN THE REGION.
AND SO I'M GOING TO SHARE WITH YOU THAT LIST AS I GO THROUGH IT.
THAT THIRD BULLET OR CHECK MARK THERE SAYS WE WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT JOBS THAT HAVE SIMILAR RESPONSIBILITY, SIMILAR COMPLEXITY AND KNOWLEDGE REQUIREMENTS ARE GRADED ON THE SAME LEVEL. AND SO ONE OF THE THINGS WE FOUND THAT AND THIS IS NOT UNUSUAL TO CITY HOTEL OVER TIME AS DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ARE REALIGNED WITHIN THE ORGANIZATION, SOMETIMES THE PAY SCHEDULE GETS OUT OF KILTER OR BECOMES OUT OF KILTER.
IN OTHER WORDS, YOU MAY HAVE A REQUEST FROM ONE DEPARTMENT.
SINCE WE'VE BEEN TALKING ABOUT THE PARKS DEPARTMENT, LET'S SAY THE PARKS DEPARTMENT CAME TO AIR AND SAID, HEY, WE'VE GOT TWO POSITIONS WE WANT TO RECLASSIFY BECAUSE THE EMPLOYEES HAVE TAKEN ON ADDITIONAL DUTIES.
WELL, FOR THE SAKE OF THIS CONVERSATION, LET'S SAY THOSE TWO POSITIONS ARE IN A PAY GRADE TENT, ALONG WITH 12 OTHER JOBS.
WE'RE GOING TO MOVE THESE TWO JOBS UP ONE GRADE.
WELL, WHAT ABOUT THE OTHER JOBS THAT WERE PREVIOUSLY IN THE SAME GRADE WITH THOSE TWO PARKS POSITION? IF THEY WERE IN THE SAME GRADE, THEY WERE EQUAL VALUE.
BUT NOBODY'S LOOKED AT THOSE JOBS.
SO OVER A COUPLE OF YEARS, IF YOU CONTINUALLY DO THAT THROUGH RECLASSIFICATION PROCESS, THE INTERNAL RELATIONSHIPS BECOME OUT OF KILTER.
AND SO THAT IS SOMETHING THAT WE DID FIND, AND WE'VE TRIED TO REESTABLISH THAT THROUGH THE EVALUATION PROCESS, WHICH I'LL TALK ABOUT BRIEFLY IN A MOMENT.
WE ALSO LOOKED AT YOUR POLICIES AND PROCEDURES SPECIFICALLY RELATING TO COMPENSATION ADMINISTRATION. NO MATTER HOW WELL THE STUDY IS DESIGNED TO PUT TOGETHER, YOU'VE GOT TO HAVE POLICIES THAT TALK ABOUT DETERMINING HIRING, RATES OF PAY PROMOTION, DEMOTION TRANSFERS, TEMPORARY ASSIGNMENTS TO MAKE SURE THAT YOU'RE TREATING EVERYONE FAIRLY AND EQUITABLY. SO WE PROVIDED SOME BEST PRACTICES IN THAT REGARD AS WELL.
THE SCOPE OF THE STUDY INCLUDED 115 POSITIONS AND 71 DIFFERENT JOB TITLES AS A PART OF THE STUDY METHODOLOGY AND APPROACH, NO MATTER WHAT FIRM OR WHAT CONSULTANT IS DEVELOPING A COMPENSATION CLASSIFICATION STUDY, AND I'VE DONE ABOUT 200 OF THESE TYPE STUDIES OVER THE PAST 20 YEARS.
YOU'VE GOT TO IDENTIFY THE SPECIFIC DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE INDIVIDUALS IN THE ORGANIZATION AND THE STUDY TO CREATE THAT HIERARCHICAL RELATIONSHIP.
IN ORDER TO DO THAT, YOU'VE EITHER GOT TO USE JOB DESCRIPTIONS OR HAVE THE EMPLOYEES USE A COMPLETE A QUESTIONNAIRE OR A COMBINATION OF BOTH, ALONG WITH OTHER ANECDOTAL INFORMATION FROM HR REGARDING HISTORICAL TURNOVER AND RETENTION AMONG DIFFERENT POSITIONS IN DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS.
AND SO AS WE COLLECTED INFORMATION FROM THE EMPLOYEE PERSPECTIVE, WE HELD ORIENTATION SESSIONS TO EXPLAIN TO THE EMPLOYEES HOW TO DO THE JOB QUESTIONNAIRE, WHICH WAS HOSTED ON OUR SERVER. IT WAS AN ONLINE DOCUMENT.
THEY HAD A WEEK TO COMPLETE IT.
IT ONLY TOOK ABOUT AN HOUR AND A HALF TO DO, BUT WE GAVE THEM A WEEK TO COMPLETE IT AND THEN WE GAVE THESE SUPERVISORS AN ADDITIONAL WEEK TO COME BACK BEHIND THE EMPLOYEES TO REVIEW. THE QUESTIONNAIRES AND PROVIDE ANY COMMENTARY WITH REGARD TO WHETHER THEY AGREED OR DISAGREED OR THEY FELT SOMETHING WAS MISSING IN THE EMPLOYEE RESPONSE.
WE ASSURED THE EMPLOYEES THAT THE SUPERVISORS WOULD NOT BE ABLE TO CHANGE OR ALTER THE ORIGINAL SUBMISSION BECAUSE IT WAS SAVED INTO A PDF FORMAT ONCE THEY COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED IT INTO OUR SYSTEM.
AND SO ANY QUESTIONNAIRES WHERE WE SAW THERE WERE SOME DIFFERENCES OF OPINION BETWEEN EMPLOYEES SUPERVISOR, WE WOULD SET THOSE ASIDE AND COME BACK THROUGH HR TO DISCUSS THOSE ISSUES AND WORK THEM OUT.
WE ALSO HAD INTERVIEWS WITH TOP MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT HEADS TO TALK SPECIFICALLY ABOUT RECRUITMENT, RETENTION AND THEIR RESPECTIVE DEPARTMENTS.
AND WE ALSO TALKED ABOUT POLICY ISSUES TO MAKE SURE THAT ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CONCERNS
[03:15:07]
ABOUT CURRENT POLICIES WERE ADDRESSED IN OUR POLICY RECOMMENDATIONS AS A PART OF THE REVIEW. AND THEN FINALLY, ONCE WE CREATED A NEW STRUCTURE, WE CALCULATE THE COST TO TRANSITION CURRENT EMPLOYEES OVER INTO THE NEW PLAN AND DETERMINE WHAT THAT COST WOULD LOOK LIKE AND WHAT WOULD BE THE PROCESS FOR IMPLEMENTING THE OVERALL RECOMMENDATIONS.WHEN YOU DO JOB COMPENSATION AND CLASSIFICATION STUDIES ON THE LEFT, THERE YOU SEE INTERNAL EQUITY. THAT'S WHERE YOU'VE GOT TO ESTABLISH THE RELATIVE WORTH OF THE JOBS, CREATING A HIERARCHICAL RELATIONSHIP, USING SOME TYPE OF CRITERIA TO RANK THE POSITIONS.
ON THE RIGHT, YOU SEE THE EXTERNAL EQUITY COMPONENT, WHICH IS WHERE YOU'VE GOT TO AGREE TO DEFINE WHAT THE LABOR MARKET LOOKS LIKE FOR THE ORGANIZATION AND THE STUDY WITH RESPECT TO PEERS THAT YOU'RE COMPETING WITH.
ARE WE LOOKING AT ONLY MUNICIPALITIES OR WE'RE LOOKING AT COUNTIES OR COMBINATION OF CITIES, COUNTIES, SCHOOL DISTRICTS? AND HOW FAR OUTSIDE OF THE BOUNDARIES OF OF THE CITY DO WE GO? AND SO IN ORDER TO DO THAT SUCCESSFULLY, THOSE TWO COMPONENTS MUST BE ADDRESSED.
AND THEN ONCE THAT IS DONE, WE USE A STATISTICAL MODELING TECHNIQUE.
WE TAKE THE JOB EVALUATION SCORE WE ASSIGN TO THE JOBS BASED ON THE CRITERIA THAT WE USE.
WE TAKE THE MARKET DATA AND THEN WE MESH THOSE TWO DATA POINTS TOGETHER VIA A COMPUTER MODELING TECHNIQUE AS A LINEAR REGRESSION.
AND THEN WE CAN DEFINE WHAT THE COST IMPACT IS PER EMPLOYEE, PER DEPARTMENT.
AND THEN FOR THE CITY OVERALL, WITH RESPECT TO PEER ORGANIZATIONS OR TARGET ORGANIZATIONS, WE LOOKED AT AS A PART OF THIS REVIEW, WE INITIALLY SUBMITTED OUR LIST AND OUR THOUGHTS ON WHO THIS CITY NEEDED TO BE COMPETITIVE WITH.
THE CITY HAD ITS LIST AND WE MESHED THE TWO LISTS TOGETHER.
AND SO WE CAME UP WITH ABOUT 14 ORGANIZATIONS AS WELL AS PRIVATE SECTOR DATA.
THAT WAS FACTORED INTO THE REVIEW.
SPECIFICALLY, WE LOOKED AT WILLIAMSON COUNTY, WILLIAMSON COUNTY, TEXAS.
HARKER HEIGHTS, WHICH HAS ONLINE ONET THAT IS THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR'S DATABASE OF OF JOB COMPENSATION AND WAGES THROUGHOUT THE COUNTRY.
WE FOCUSED IN ON THIS REGION FOR JOBS THAT WE COULD FIND IN THE PRIVATE SECTOR THAT EXISTED WITHIN THE CITY FOR THE PUBLIC SECTOR ORGANIZATIONS.
WE FOLLOWED THEM TO REQUEST THEIR PAY SCHEDULES OR SALARY PLANS.
PUBLIC PRIVATE SECTOR ORGANIZATIONS ARE NOT BOUND BY THE FOUR YEAR STATUTE, SO WE DON'T SURVEY THEM BECAUSE THEY WILL NOT PARTICIPATE.
THEY CONSIDER WAGE AND SALARY INFORMATION A TRADE SECRET, BUT WE TAKE A BACK DOOR APPROACH AND COLLECT THAT INFORMATION TO THE BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS AT THE FEDERAL, FEDERAL DEPARTMENT OF LABOR LEVEL.
WHAT DID THE MARKET DATA TELL US ABOUT THE CITY'S COMPENSATION PLAN? AS IT STOOD? WHEN WE STARTED THE STUDY, WE TOOK A SAMPLE OF 26 POSITIONS AND WE CALL THEM BENCHMARK POSITIONS, AND WE DESIGNED A SURVEY THAT WE SENT OUT TO THOSE 14 OTHER ORGANIZATIONS THAT I JUST PREVIOUSLY SHOWED YOU, ASKING THEM TO PROVIDE US INFORMATION ON THEIR POSITIONS RELATIVE TO THE ONES THAT WE INCLUDED IN THE 26 BENCHMARKS.
WE PROVIDED THEM WITH A SYNOPSIS OF WHAT THE REQUIREMENTS WERE FOR THOSE POSITIONS IN THE CITY, WHAT THEIR DUTIES WERE.
AND THEN WE ASKED THEM TO, IF THEY HAD A COMPARABLE POSITION TO PROVIDE US WITH THE PAY INFORMATION AND THE QUALIFICATIONS AND DUTIES ASSOCIATED WITH THEIR POSITION.
ALTHOUGH WE DID A JOB ANALYSIS OR EVALUATION ON ALL 85 JOBS, WE ONLY TAKE A SAMPLE FOR THE MARKET SURVEY. STATISTICALLY, IN ORDER TO VALIDATE THE FINDINGS THAT WE ULTIMATELY CAME BACK WITH, WE HAVE TO BENCHMARK AT LEAST 20% OF THE 85 JOBS IN ORDER TO ATTACH A CONFIDENCE LEVEL OF GREATER THAN 90% TO THE RECOMMENDATIONS THAT WE DEVELOP.
OVERALL, THE CITY IS IN FAIRLY GOOD SHAPE AS IT RELATES TO PAY.
THERE ARE SOME POSITIONS WHERE WE'VE RECOMMENDED SOME OF.
ONE OF THE CHALLENGES IS THAT WE DID HAVE IS THAT THEY WERE NOT COMPLETE SALARY RANGES FOR ALL THE JOBS WITHIN THE CITY.
SOMETIMES WE ONLY HAD THE ACTUAL SALARY OF THE INCUMBENT RATHER THAN THE PAY RANGE OR VALUE OF THE JOB WITH RESPECT TO A LOW END, A MID-POINT AND THEN A HIGH END FOR THAT POSITION. ACTUAL SALARIES ASSIGNED TO CURRENT EMPLOYEES FOR THE MOST PART WERE COMPETITIVE COMPARED TO THE SALARIES AND THE RANGES THAT WE COMPARED YOU TO.
WHEN WE LOOKED AT THE SPREAD FROM THE ENTRY LEVEL OR MINIMUM UP TO THE MAXIMUM VALUE OF THE JOB, THE MARKET WAS BEARING ABOUT A 40% SPREAD THERE.
[03:20:01]
AND SO WE CREATED THE NEW STRUCTURE WHERE THE MINIMUM SALARY UP TO THE MAXIMUM, THERE'S A 40% SPREAD STATE OF TEXAS.THAT SPREAD IS TYPICALLY ANYWHERE FROM 35% UP TO 60%.
SO YOU'RE RIGHT THERE IN THE MIDDLE, THERE'S ABOUT NINE EMPLOYEES WHO EVEN AFTER THEY GET A COST OF LIVING ADJUSTMENT, THEY STILL NEED AN ADDITIONAL AMOUNT TO GET THEM UP TO THE MINIMUM LEVELS OF THE NEW PAY STRUCTURE THAT WE'VE COME UP WITH.
THE PLAN THAT WE PUT TOGETHER IS A UNIFIED PLAN.
WE PUT ALL POSITIONS IN THE SAME PLAN.
WE'VE GOT 71 JOB TITLES, OPEN RANGES WITH MINIMUM MIDPOINT MAXIMUMS. THEY'RE 35 DIFFERENT GRADE LEVELS.
WE PUT TOGETHER A GRADE SCHEME THAT RUNS FROM 101 TO 135.
IN TERMS OF PAY GRADES, AS I SAID, THERE'S A 40% SPREAD FROM THE MINIMUM TO THE MAXIMUM.
WE RECOMMENDED AT THE ONSET OF IMPLEMENTING THE NEW STUDY TO GIVE ALL CURRENT EMPLOYEES A 2% COST OF LIVING ADJUSTMENT.
THEN WE GO BACK THROUGH AND SEE IF THAT GETS THOSE THAT WERE BELOW THE MINIMUM, UP TO THE MINIMUM. AND IF NOT, THEN WE WOULD GIVE THEM AN ADDITIONAL AMOUNT TO GET THEM TO THE MINIMUM. NOW AT THE TIME WHEN WE WERE COLLECTING THE DATA IN LATE JANUARY, IN EARLY FEBRUARY, MANY OF THOSE ORGANIZATIONS THAT I SHOWED YOU THAT WE COMPARED YOU TO, THEY WERE IN THE VERY EARLY STAGES OF BUDGET TALKS.
AND SO THEY REALLY DID NOT HAVE AN IDEA AT THAT TIME WHAT THEY WERE PROBABLY GOING TO DO IN TERMS OF A COST OF LIVING OR GENERAL INCREASE FROM THEIR EMPLOYEES.
BUT WITHIN THE PAST WEEK, WE'VE CIRCLED BACK TO THOSE ORGANIZATIONS TO GET MORE PRECISE INFORMATION AS TO WHAT THEY'RE GOING TO DO WITH RESPECT TO A COST OF LIVING INCREASE.
AND THE MAJORITY OF ORGANIZATIONS, MUNICIPAL COUNTIES AND SCHOOL DISTRICTS IN THIS REGION ARE GOING TO GET A COST OF LIVING INCREASE OF 4%.
SINCE WE DID NOT HAVE THAT INFORMATION IN LATE JANUARY AND FEBRUARY, WE PLUGGED IN 2%.
BUT TONIGHT, I'M HERE TO ASK THAT YOU STRONGLY CONSIDER INCREASING THE COST OF LIVING INCREASE TO 4%.
DEPENDING ON WHERE YOU LIVE IN THE COUNTRY, INFLATION IS ANYWHERE FROM 5 TO 8 AND A HALF PERCENT. THE BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS RELEASED DATA LAST WEEK THAT SHOWED FOR THE 12 MONTH PERIOD OF MARCH OF 21 TO MARCH OF 22 FOR THE NATION, INFLATION IS RUNNING BY EIGHT AND ONE HALF PERCENT, AND SO GIVING THE FOLKS A 4% INCREASE WOULD ALLOW THEM TO SEE SOME ADJUSTMENT IN THEIR PAYCHECK BETWEEN THE COST OF GAS AND ALL THOSE OTHER INCREASES IN FOOD AND OTHER STAPLES OR COMMODITIES.
A 2% INCREASE WOULD BE NEGLIGIBLE AT MOST FOR THE VAST MAJORITY OF YOUR EMPLOYEES.
AND SO I WOULD LIKE TO SEE YOU JOIN THE OTHER ORGANIZATIONS IN THE REGION AND GIVING CURRENT EMPLOYEES A 4% COST OF LIVING INCREASE.
AS IT STANDS NOW WITH THE 2% COST OF LIVING INCREASE AND THE ADJUSTMENTS TO MINIMUM.
AND THEN WE CAME BACK AND WE DID A THIRD CALCULATION CALLED EQUITY ADJUSTMENTS.
AND I'M GOING TO EXPLAIN THOSE IN A MOMENT.
THE 2% INCREASE WILL COST THE CITY $145,638.
TO GET THOSE NINE PEOPLE THAT ARE BELOW THE MINIMUMS OF THE NEW PLAN UP TO AT LEAST THAT POINT WILL COST $37,086.
NOW, ANY TIME YOU DO A SALARY STUDY, YOU GENERALLY WILL FIND THAT THERE'S THIS CONCEPT CALLED SALARY COMPRESSION WITHIN THE ORGANIZATION.
AND LOOSELY DEFINED SALARY COMPRESSION IS WHEN YOU HAVE LARGE CLUSTERS OF EMPLOYEES WITH VARYING YEARS OF TENURE WITH THE ORGANIZATION CLUSTERED AROUND THE BOTTOM END OF THE PAY STRUCTURE. YOU MAY HAVE SOME FOLKS THAT HAVE TWO YEARS EXPERIENCE WITH THE CITY, 510 BUT THEY'RE ALL RELATIVELY DOWN TOWARD THE BOTTOM END OF THE PAY STRUCTURE.
AND SO IN ORDER TO BREAK THAT UP AND TO CREATE SOME SEPARATION BETWEEN THE LONG TERM EMPLOYEES AND THE NEWER ONES AND THOSE THAT WILL FOLLOW ONCE THE NEW SCALES ADOPT IT, YOU WANT TO MOVE THE TENURED EMPLOYEES A LITTLE FURTHER WITHIN THE SALARY SCALE.
SO WE LOOK AT HOW LONG THEY'VE BEEN IN THEIR CURRENT POSITION.
WE CREATE A FORMULA AND THEN THOSE THAT ARE BELOW WHAT THEIR TARGET SALARY SHOULD BE BASED ON THE TIME AND POSITION, WE IDENTIFY THEM AND THEN WE GIVE THEM AN ADDITIONAL ADJUSTMENT TO MOVE THEM FORWARD WITHIN THE PAY STRUCTURE.
NOT EVERYONE GETS THAT EQUITY ADJUSTMENT.
IT'S BASICALLY THOSE THAT WHOSE SALARY IS SIGNIFICANTLY BEHIND WHERE IT SHOULD BE BASED ON THEIR TIME IN CURRENT POSITION.
SO THAT COSTS ANOTHER $13,472 AND THAT IMPACTED 13 PEOPLE.
AND SO IF WE ADD THE 145 TO 37 AND A 32, WE'RE LOOKING AT AN ANNUALIZED COST OF $250,197.
NOW, THAT IS PURE COMPENSATION.
THAT DOES NOT INCLUDE THE COST OF BENEFITS.
COST OF BENEFITS WOULD NEED TO BE ADDED ON TOP OF THAT.
AND THE WAY IT STANDS NOW, THAT WOULD INCREASE CURRENT PAYROLL BY 2.71% AND COMPENSATION,
[03:25:05]
WE USE 5% AS A BENCHMARK FOR A COUPLE OF THINGS.NUMBER ONE, IF YOU DO LOOK AT THE REPORT AND YOU LOOK AT THE SALARY SURVEY SUMMARY WHERE WE SHOW YOU THE COMPOSITE AVERAGES OF THE POSITIONS THAT WE USE AS BENCHMARKS AND COLLECT IT, THE DATA FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS YOU GO THROUGH THERE AND YOU WILL SEE THAT FOR SOME JOBS, THEY MAY BE 5% BEHIND THE MARKET, -5%.
SOME MAY BE POSITIVE 5% OR 6%.
GENERALLY SPEAKING, IN COMPENSATION, ANY TIME YOU SEE NEGATIVES FOR INDIVIDUAL POSITIONS OR THE ORGANIZATION AS A WHOLE IS GREATER THAN 5% BEHIND THE MARKET, THAT'S A SIGN THAT GENERALLY THE ORGANIZATION HAS A DIFFICULT TIME ASSEMBLING STRONG APPLICANT POOLS FOR VACANT JOBS.
THE STANDARD TYPICALLY IS THAT YOU CAN FILL ANY JOB IN 45 DAYS, BUT WHEN YOUR PAY SCHEDULES ARE NOT COMPETITIVE, YOU PROBABLY ARE LOOKING AT 60 OR 70 DAYS TO FILL POSITIONS. AND SO THAT 5% BENCHMARK RULE IS PRETTY IMPORTANT.
BUT WHAT THAT 2.71% SAYS TO ME IS THE CITY HAS DONE A PRETTY GOOD JOB OVER THE YEARS OF MANAGING COMPENSATION BECAUSE YOU'RE SIGNIFICANTLY BELOW THAT 5% IN TERMS OF CHANGE IN PAYROLL. SO WE ALSO LOOK AT AND APPLY THE 5% TO THE CHANGE IN PAYROLL RESULTING FROM THE STUDY. AND SO AT UNDER 3% THAT THAT'S A STRONG INDICATOR THAT THE CITY HAS DONE A REALLY GOOD JOB AND MANAGING COMPENSATION.
AND WHAT WE HAVE HERE IS A SITUATION WHERE WE NEED TO TWEAK SOME JOBS TO MAKE SURE THAT THEY'RE IN LINE WITH WHERE THE MARKET IS IN TODAY'S ENVIRONMENT.
BUT OVERALL, THE CITY IS IN PRETTY GOOD SHAPE AS IT RELATES TO PAY.
OTHER RECOMMENDATIONS, AS I SAID, WERE POLICY RELATED RECLASSIFICATION REQUESTS, PROMOTIONS TRANSFERS, DEMOTIONS, TEMPORARY ASSIGNMENTS, DETERMINING HIRING RATES OF PAY, AND TALKING ABOUT EMPLOYEES WHO MAX OUT WHOSE CURRENT SALARY IS ABOVE THE MAXIMUM OF THE POSITION. HOW DO YOU HANDLE THAT FROM A POLICY STANDPOINT? I WOULD SAY ON THE RECLASSIFICATION REQUEST, I WOULD LIKE TO SEE THE CITY MOVE TO A PROCESS WHERE RECLASSIFICATION REQUESTS ONLY TAKE PLACE ONCE A YEAR DURING THE BUDGET PROCESS IN THE SPRING.
WHY MANY MANAGERS AND SUPERVISORS AND THIS IS CERTAINLY NOT UNIQUE TO HUDL, BELIEVE ME.
WHEN THERE IS NO OTHER MECHANISM TO GET A DESERVING EMPLOYEE A PAY RAISE, SOME MANAGERS WILL RESORT TO USING THE RECLASSIFICATION PROCESS TO MOVE THE JOB TO A HIGHER GRADE TO GET THAT DESERVING EMPLOYEE A PAY RAISE.
A TRUE RECLASSIFICATION IS A CONTEXTUAL CHANGE TO THE JOB.
LET'S SAY RUSSELL IS A COORDINATOR IN THE PARKS DEPARTMENT, BUT STARTING JULY 1ST, HE'S GOING TO HAVE RESPONSIBILITY FOR MANAGING THREE PEOPLE GO FROM ZERO SUPERVISION TO THREE PEOPLE. THAT'S A CONTEXTUAL CHANGE TO THE JOB.
WHEREAS IF RUSSELL WAS AN ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT IN THE CITY MANAGER'S OFFICE, HE TYPICALLY PRODUCES CORRESPONDENCE OF 3 TO 5 DOCUMENTS A WEEK.
BUT WITH GETTING READY FOR THIS NEW BOND REFERENDUM AND SOME OTHER THINGS, HE'S CHURNING OUT 5 TO 10 DOCUMENTS PER WEEK.
THAT'S A VOLUME CHANGE, WHICH SHOULD BE PREDICATED UNDER PERFORMANCE.
THAT IS NOT A CONTEXTUAL CHANGE TO THE JOB.
PRODUCTIVITY AND VOLUME IS A PERFORMANCE ISSUE.
AND SO BY NOT ALLOWING RECLASSIFICATION REQUESTS TO HAPPEN THROUGHOUT THE FISCAL YEAR, YOU WILL WEED OUT THOSE REQUESTS THAT ARE NOT BASED ON A CONTEXTUAL CHANGE IN DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES. AND SO JUST BASED ON SOME OF THE HISTORY OF LOOKING BACK, LOOKS LIKE YOU DO GET A LOT OF THOSE REQUESTS IN THE AIR AND THAT'S ONE WAY TO MANAGE OR REDUCE THOSE. AND SO THE POLICIES THAT WE'VE RECOMMENDED ARE BASED ON BEST PRACTICES.
AND THIS JUST KIND OF SUMMARIZES WHAT I WENT THROUGH WITH RESPECT TO IMPLEMENTATION COST OF THE STUDY. I WILL SAY THAT WE WERE REALLY CONCERNED ABOUT MAKING SURE PUBLIC SAFETY POSITIONS WERE COMPETITIVE, AND SO WE MADE SOME ADJUSTMENTS THERE AS WELL.
AND WE THINK WE PUT YOU IN A REALLY STRONG POSITION.
IF I HAD TO ASCERTAIN WHERE THE CITY STANDS IN THE MARKETPLACE ONCE THE STUDY IS ADOPTED, I WOULD SAY YOU'RE SOLIDLY BETWEEN THE 75TH AND 80TH PERCENTILE OF THOSE ORGANIZATIONS THAT IDENTIFY FOR YOU AS A PART OF THE STUDY, AS A BEST PRACTICE EVERY FIVE OR SIX YEARS.
YOU WANT TO DO THIS ALL OVER AGAIN BECAUSE IN FIVE OR SIX YEARS THERE COULD BE INTERNAL, INTERNAL CHANGES. NEW CITY MANAGER COMES IN, WANTS TO RESTRUCTURE AT THE DEPARTMENTAL LEVEL DEPARTMENT HEAD MAYBE REASSIGNED SOME DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES WITHIN HIS OR HER DEPARTMENT. AND CERTAINLY THE ECONOMY CAN BE IN A DIFFERENT STATE THAN IT IS TODAY, PARTICULARLY IF INFLATION CONTINUES TO MOVE FORWARD LIKE IT IS.
[03:30:02]
AND SO EVERY FIVE OR SIX YEARS IS AN OPTIMUM TIME TO DO THIS.IN THE INTERIM, BETWEEN THE MAJOR STUDY, IT'S RECOMMENDED HR MAYBE DO A COUPLE OF SURVEYS THROUGHOUT THE YEAR, MAYBE QUARTERLY OF SELECTED POSITION GROUPS JUST TO SEE IF THERE'S ANYTHING SIGNIFICANT HAPPENING IN THE MARKETPLACE RIGHT NOW.
IT IS DEFINITELY AN EMPLOYEES MARKET.
AND SO IT'S ALWAYS IN THE BEST INTEREST OF THE EMPLOYER TO RETAIN THE FOLKS THAT THEY'VE INVESTED IN TRAINING TO TRY TO KEEP THEM HERE.
AND NOT ONLY DO YOU LOOK AT YOUR DIRECT COMPENSATION, BUT YOU ALSO WANT TO LOOK AT YOUR INDIRECT COMPENSATION, WHICH IS YOUR BENEFIT TYPE ITEMS, TRADITIONAL INSURANCE AND TIME OFF AND LEAVE.
BUT THE BIG TREND NOW IN INDIRECT COMPENSATION IS PROVIDING PROGRAMS AND POLICIES THAT ADDRESS THE QUALITY OF WORK LIFE, WHICH MEANS THINGS LIKE MAKING SURE YOU HAVE A STRONG EAP PROGRAM FOR EMPLOYEES TO TURN TO WHEN THEY'RE DEALING WITH STRESS OR FINANCIAL ISSUES OR SUBSTANCE ISSUES, MAKING SURE THAT THERE'S OPPORTUNITIES FOR PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT TO GROW AND MOVE INTO OTHER AREAS OF RESPONSIBILITY WITHIN THE CITY, MAKING SURE THAT YOU PROVIDE AMPLE TIME OFF FOR FOR FOLKS TO BE ABLE TO UNWIND AND GET AWAY FROM THE JOB.
THOSE ARE SOME OF THE BIG THINGS THAT WE'RE SEEING.
AND ON THE LAST NOTE, I'D SAY ONE OF THE THINGS THAT WILL BE A LASTING EFFECT OF THE PANDEMIC IS TELEWORKING.
TELEWORKING HAS BEEN AROUND FOR TWO DECADES PLUS, BUT IT HAS REALLY BECOME PREVALENT NOW BECAUSE WHAT WE FOUND IS THAT FROM AN EMPLOYEE STANDPOINT, THEY CAN ACCOMPLISH MANY OF THE DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES THAT THEY'VE PREVIOUSLY HAD FROM WORKING FROM HOME.
FROM THE EMPLOYER STANDPOINT, THE CONCERN IS, ARE THEY REALLY WORKING WELL? YOU DON'T MANAGE THEIR TIME, YOU MANAGE THEIR TASK.
AND SO AS LONG AS YOU HAVE A PROCESS IN PLACE TO MANAGE THEIR TASK, THEN AS LONG AS THEY'RE TURNING OUT TO WORK, THERE SHOULD BE NO ISSUES.
WHAT I'VE ASKED AND SUGGESTED TO MANY ORGANIZATIONS I WORK WITH AT SOME POINT IN TIME, IT WOULD BE GOOD TO TAKE AN INVENTORY OF THE DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS BY ASKING THE DEPARTMENT HEADS. TO LOOK AND SEE IF THERE'S ANY OPPORTUNITIES TO WHERE IT MAY MAKE SENSE TO HAVE SOME FOLKS SPEND SOME TIME WORKING OUTSIDE OF THE OFFICE, NOT NECESSARILY COMING IN EVERY DAY AND SOME OF THE LARGER ORGANIZATIONS WE'VE WORKED WITH.
IT'S BECOME AN ECONOMIC ISSUE BECAUSE MANY OF THOSE LARGER CLIENTS LEASE OFFICE SPACE AND THROUGHOUT THEIR CITIES OR THEIR BOUNDARIES, AND THEY FOUND THAT THEY CAN REDUCE SOME OF THAT LEASED SPACE BY BRINGING SOME FOLKS BACK INTO THE OFFICE, BUT ALLOWING SOME OTHERS TO WORK FROM HOME. BUT JUST SOMETHING THAT YOU MAY WANT TO CONSIDER OR TAKE A LOOK AT.
I WILL BE HAPPY TO ADDRESS ANY QUESTIONS, IF THERE ARE ANY AT THIS TIME.
NO. AND AGAIN, STRONGLY CONSIDER THAT 4%.
MR. MAYOR, I. THIS IS MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL, MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC AND THE CITY EMPLOYEES. I DO WANT YOU TO UNDERSTAND IT.
AND, MR. CAMPBELL, WE THANK YOU FOR YOUR PRESENTATION.
THANK YOU FOR HANGING OUT WITH US SO LATE.
I DO WANT YOU TO UNDERSTAND THAT MR. CAMPBELL IS NEW TO THIS PROJECT, I BELIEVE, WITHIN THE LAST COUPLE OF WEEKS, SIR.
WITHIN THE LAST COUPLE OF WEEKS THAT HE'S BEEN WORKING WITH THIS PROJECT, HE'S THE THIRD PERSON FROM THE MAD COMPANY THAT WE'VE HAD WORKING ON THIS PROJECT.
REGARDING THE 4% RECOMMENDATION FOR MAG.
WE ARE GLAD TO HEAR THAT AND I CERTAINLY.
WHEN MR. CAMERON BROUGHT IT UP, CERTAINLY HE SAID SHARE IT WITH THE COUNCIL.
BUT I DO WANT THE PUBLIC AND EMPLOYEES TO UNDERSTAND THIS IS A VERY RECENT RECOMMENDATION FROM M&G WITHIN THE LAST DAY OR SO AND FOR ME WITHIN THIS LAST AFTERNOON.
SO PLEASE, PUBLIC STAFF, HOWEVER THE COUNCIL CHOOSES TO REACT, I UNDERSTAND THEY JUST GOT THIS INFORMATION FROM THE DIAS AND SOMETHING THIS CRITICAL.
WE CERTAINLY WOULD WANT THEM TO HAVE HAD IT MUCH, MUCH EARLIER.
I UNDERSTAND YOUR EXPLANATION.
BUT THIS IS A MAJOR DECISION FOR THE COUNCIL ONE AND THEN THE OTHER ITEMS I'LL ADDRESS AFTER WE HAVE A CHANCE TO TALK IN EXECUTIVE SESSION.
I JUST WANT TO MAKE THAT CLEAR.
THANK YOU, SIR. THANK YOU. ALL RIGHT.
IF MY RECORD KEEPING US UP TO SNUFF, IT LOOKS LIKE ITEM TEN ONE IS NEXT.
MR. MAYOR, I KNOW THAT WE WE ALL WOULD LIKE TO KEEP CHIEF STEWARD HERE AS LONG AS WE CAN, BUT I THINK HE'S HERE FOR A 12 THREE AND WE CAN LET HIM GO HOME IF WE MOVE THAT ITEM NEXT. I JUST HAD A CLARIFICATION QUESTION ON 12 TWO IS SAID PRESENTATION AND ACCEPTANCE.
[03:35:02]
DO WE NEED TO FORMALLY ACCEPT IT OR IS THIS.TYPICALLY, I WOULD APPRECIATE IT IF YOU WOULD DO THAT.
YOU DO NOT HAVE TO, BUT TYPICALLY IT DOESN'T REALLY DO ANYTHING ONE WAY OR THE OTHER.
DO YOU ACCEPT THE REPORT? BUT YOU DON'T HAVE TO.
BUT I WOULD. I WOULD APPRECIATE THAT IF THAT WOULDN'T BE A PROBLEM.
AND I CERTAINLY SORRY IF I'M GETTING YOUR AREA, PLEASE SAY SO.
YOU'RE NOT OKAY. NOW THAT THAT'S FINE.
I THINK THERE'S A LATER ITEM WHERE IT'S GOING TO BE CODIFIED SO WE CAN DO THE ACCEPTANCE HERE AS ITEM. BUT THEN THERE'S GOING TO BE ANOTHER FORMAL STEP WITH THE ORDINANCE AT A LATER TIME. OKAY.
YEAH, BECAUSE THAT'S WHAT I THOUGHT WAS WE WERE GOING TO ACTUALLY TAKE AN ACTION TO DO AN ORDINANCE LATER. SO.
OKAY. I'M GOOD TO NOT DO ANYTHING NOW.
ALL RIGHT. SO NO OBJECTIONS WILL GET ITEM 12 THREE PRESENTATION ON SPEED LIMITS AND
[12.3. Presentation on speed limits and traffic light coordination and safety (Chief Jim Stuart)]
TRAFFIC, LIGHT COORDINATION AND SAFETY.I DON'T LIKE SEVEN COUNCIL MEMBERS.
I KNOW I'M LOOKS SO DIFFERENT.
I'D JUST LIKE TO SAY THE GENTLEMAN FROM SOUTH CAROLINA WANTED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH AN UPDATE ON TRAFFIC STUDIES AND SPEED STUDIES.
GO OVER A COUPLE OF THE PROBLEM AREAS I'VE BEEN LOOKING AT AROUND TOWN SINCE I GOT HERE AND GIVE YOU A FEW RECOMMENDATIONS AS WE'RE MOVING FORWARD WITH THINGS, I'LL BE WORKING WITH CHIEF YARBOROUGH. SO I LOOKED AT THE LAST THREE YEARS OF COLLISION DATA.
SINCE 2019, THERE'S BEEN 846 TOTAL COLLISIONS IN THE CITY.
AND YOU'LL SEE IN 2019, 20, 20 ALMOST IDENTICAL YEARS AND OF COURSE, PANDEMIC YEAR.
SO MOST PEOPLE WERE STAYING HOME LAST YEAR.
OUR COLLISION JUMPED UP QUITE A BIT, UP TO 385.
IN THE ONE YEAR SINCE I ARRIVED HERE, WE TOOK A MORE HEAVY APPROACH TO SOME TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT. SO, SO FAR THIS YEAR, IN 121 DAYS, WE'VE ONLY HAD 85 COLLISIONS.
SO WE'RE BACK DOWN UNDER ONE A DAY, AND THAT'S WHERE I'D LIKE TO KEEP IT.
SO IF WE TAKE A LOOK AT THE PROBLEM AREAS HERE, YOU SEE THE HEAVY POPULATION OF COLLISIONS ON 79 ALL THE WAY UP TO 1660 AND THEN ON SCHMITT UP TO LIMMER LOOP.
THAT'S PREDOMINANTLY WHERE EVERYTHING HAPPENS.
MOST OF THE STUFF IN THE NEIGHBORHOODS UP, UP NORTH ARE PRETTY GOOD.
PEOPLE DRIVE THEM PRETTY WELL UP THEIR SOUTH SIDE.
YOU CAN SEE CHRIS KELLY ALL THE WAY DOWN TO KNOWLES IS IS PRETTY HEAVILY POPULATED WITH COLLISIONS AND AGAIN THIS IS DATA OVER THREE YEARS OVERLAID ON THIS AND THE 1660 AREA.
WE'VE GOT A LITTLE PROBLEM AREA DOWN THERE IN THE NEIGHBORHOODS.
IT LOOKS LIKE WE NEED TO KIND OF KEEP AN EYE ON AS WELL.
SO OUT OF THAT 800 PLUS COLLISIONS, 604 OF THEM HAVE OCCURRED IN THESE LOCATIONS.
SO HIGHWAY 79, BETWEEN CHRIS KELLY AND FM 1660.
CHRIS KELLY BETWEEN KNOWLES AND HIGHWAY 79, 1662, MEADOWLARK TO 79 AND FROM 79 TO LEMON LOOP 130 TOLL ROAD BETWEEN BRUSHY CREEK AND 79 AND THEN ED SCHMITT FROM 79 TO LIMMER LOOP. THAT ACCOUNTS FOR ABOUT 75% OF THE COLLISIONS THAT HAPPENED THROUGH THE CITY JUST IN THOSE LOCATIONS.
THESE ARE THE MAIN REASONS THAT POP UP ANYTHING MORE THAN TEN COLLISIONS YOU'LL SEE FAIL TO CONTROL SPEED AND DRIVER INATTENTION ARE THE PRIMARY ONES EVERY YEAR.
NOW, FAIL TO CONTROL SPEED DOESN'T NECESSARILY MEAN SPEEDING IT CAN, BUT THE WAY THAT'S DEFINED IS TRAVELING AT A SPEED THAT'S IMPRUDENT FOR THE CONDITIONS THAT ARE THEN EXISTING. SO IF YOU'RE DRIVING IN HEAVY TRAFFIC AND YOU TRAVEL ON THREE OR FOUR MILES AN HOUR AND YOU BUMP INTO SOMEBODY IN FRONT OF YOU, THAT'S FAILED TO CONTROL SPEED.
SO THEN THERE ARE A LOT OF THOSE IN THIS TOWN AND WE SEE THEM ALL THE TIME HAPPENING.
THE FAIL TO YIELD RIGHT AWAY FROM STOP SIGNS AND TURNING LEFT.
THOSE ARE PRETTY COMMON AS WELL.
SO AS YOU SAY, 20, 19, 2020 WERE BASICALLY LIKE THEY SHOULD FAIL TO CONTROL SPEED AND YOUR DRIVER INATTENTION, STOP SIGNS AND TURNING MORE BIG ONES.
BUT IN 2021, YOUR DRIVER INATTENTION REALLY JUMPED UP A LOT MORE.
AND I THINK, AGAIN, PEOPLE WERE GETTING BACK TO WORK.
THEY'RE NOT PAYING ATTENTION AS MUCH THERE ON THEIR PHONES AND THINGS LIKE THAT.
SO I THINK THAT'S THE MAIN REASON FOR THAT.
THIS IS AN OVERVIEW OF ED SCHMIDT AT 79.
WE WERE TALKING ABOUT DOING SPEED STUDY ON EDGE SCHMITT.
WE'LL GET TO THAT IN JUST A SECOND BECAUSE THAT'S NOT A TECH STOCK ROAD, SO TEXTILE WON'T DO IT. WE'LL END UP HAVING TO PAY FOR THAT OURSELVES.
IT'S GOING TO RUN ABOUT 15,000.
TO DO A SURVEY, IT TAKES ABOUT 4 TO 6 WEEKS.
THEY CAN DO A TRAFFIC COUNT AS WELL, OR AN ADDITIONAL 2 TO 4000 AGAIN IN THAT SAME 4 TO 6 WEEK TIME PERIOD. ALSO THE THIS THIS AREA, ESPECIALLY ON THE WEEKENDS, I'VE NOTICED, YOU
[03:40:08]
KNOW, WHEN I'M OUT HERE, YOU KNOW, BECAUSE OF ALL THE FAST FOOD PLACES OUT THERE, THERE'S THERE'S JUST HEAVY CONGESTION, PEOPLE GETTING IN AND OUT OF THOSE PARKING LOTS.YOU'VE GOT THE LOWES, YOU'VE GOT THE HOME DEPOT.
SO THERE'S JUST A TON OF CONGESTION.
AND USUALLY THE BIG RESCUE HAPPEN HERE OR THE PEOPLE THAT ARE COMING OUT OF THOSE, EITHER THE LOWE'S OR THE HOME DEPOT AND TRYING TO ZIP ACROSS IN FRONT OF THE TRAFFIC.
SO WE MET WITH TECH STOCK LAST WEEK AND THEY ARE GOING TO CONDUCT A TRAFFIC STUDY ON 79 AND ON CHRIS KELLY.
THEY HAVE US ON A LIST THAT WILL BE DONE THIS SUMMER.
NO SPECIFIC TIMELINE, BUT THIS SUMMER.
ANOTHER RECOMMENDATION I THINK YOU OUGHT TO LOOK AT IS HAVING SOME DEDICATED RIGHT HAND TURN LANES ON ON ED SCHMIDT AND ON CHRIS KELLEY OVER BY THE HIGH SCHOOL SO THAT PEOPLE CAN GET OFF THAT MAIN ROAD, SO THEY CAN GET OVER TO THE THE CHICK-FIL-A AND THE HOME DEPOT. JUST GET GET OUT OF THAT MAIN LANE OF TRAFFIC AND MOVE OVER TO THE RIGHT.
YOU GET LINCOLN ON THE LEFT AND RIGHT HAND TURN LANES THAT ARE SOUTHBOUND ON EDGE SCHMITT. THAT WILL HELP WITH SOME OF THE CONGESTION IN THE MORNING WITH THE PEOPLE WHO ARE TRYING TO TURN TOWARD TAYLOR BUT CAN'T GET IN BECAUSE THE TRAFFIC IS ALL BACKED UP AND THERE IS SPACE TO EXTEND THAT LEFT HAND TURN LANE.
THE ADDITION OF THAT TRAFFIC SIGNAL, CHRIS KELLY AND KNOWLES IS REALLY GOING TO HELP US REDUCE COLLISIONS.
I DON'T KNOW WHAT THE TIMELINE IS ON THAT, BUT THAT'S COMING.
SO THAT'LL THAT'LL HELP ALL THAT AREA BECAUSE THAT'S WHERE, AGAIN, PEOPLE ARE ZIPPING ACROSS TRYING TO BEAT THE TRAFFIC.
ONE CONSISTENT SPEED LIMIT THROUGH TOWN WOULD BE GREAT.
YOU KNOW, IT'S REALLY DIFFICULT TO ENFORCE.
IT'S LIKE EVERY TWO BLOCKS IT DROPS, YOU KNOW, FROM FROM 60 TO 50 TO 45 BACK UP TO 50 AGAIN. IT'S DIFFICULT THING TO DO.
AND THEN I RECOMMEND ADDING A FIVE PERSON DEDICATED TRAFFIC UNIT AT SOME POINT HERE.
THE INCREASED ENFORCEMENT IS REALLY WHAT HELPS KEEP THE TRAFFIC COLLISIONS DOWN AND KEEPS TRAFFIC MOVING AND PEOPLE PAYING ATTENTION.
IT'S WORKED REALLY WELL SINCE I GOT HERE.
EVERYBODY'S BROUGHT THEM ON BOARD WITH IT.
AND THEY'RE THEY'RE FINDING WAYS TO GET OUT TO PROBLEM AREAS.
IF WE HAVE A COUPLE OF COLLISIONS IN AN AREA LIKE WE HAD A COUPLE ON 1660, THEY IMMEDIATELY GET OUT THERE AND START WORKING THAT AREA TO GET EVERYBODY FOCUSED AND PAYING ATTENTION. OKAY.
IN INNOVATION, IN LEMUR LOOP, WE'RE TALKING ABOUT, I THINK A SIGNAL, A TRAFFIC SIGNAL WOULD BE VERY GOOD THERE.
NOT A LOT IN THE WAY OF COLLISIONS OVER THE LAST THREE YEARS, 22 COLLISIONS, NO FATALITIES AND JUST A FEW INJURIES.
BUT AS THE AREA GROWS, THAT'S GOING TO GET MORE AND MORE HEAVILY POPULATED WITH VEHICLE TRAFFIC. AND IT WOULD BE A GOOD IDEA TO HAVE A TRAFFIC SIGNAL.
TRAFFIC SIGNALS ARE GOING TO RUN ABOUT 500,000 FOR DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION, 1660 AND CHANDLER ROAD, THAT'S A LITTLE DIFFERENT.
WE'VE HAD SEVERAL FATALITIES HERE IN JUST IN THE LAST FEW WEEKS, 29 COLLISIONS TOTAL OVER THE LAST THREE YEARS. BUT A LOT OF INJURIES COMING THROUGH THERE.
YET THE FLASHING YELLOW ON ONE SIDE AND FLASHING RED ON THE OTHER.
AND I THINK WHEN PEOPLE PULL UP, THEY THINK EVERYBODY'S GOT A FLASHING RED.
AND SO THEY JUST PULL OUT IN FRONT OF IN FRONT OF TRAFFIC.
TEXT DOT IS GOING TO INSTALL A TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT THAT LOCATION.
MR. PENTON, DO YOU HAVE ANY TIMELINE ON THAT? I DON'T HAVE A TIMELINE ON IT.
AND I JUST WANT TO SAY THANK YOU TO YOU FOR FOR THE GREAT DATA THAT YOU PUT TOGETHER.
WHEN WE DID MEET WITH TEXT, THEY INDICATED THAT THIS WAS ON THEIR LIST TO INSTALL A SIGNAL THEY WERE GOING TO FOLLOW BACK UP WITH US IN TERMS OF TIMEFRAME AND A SCHEDULE.
BUT THIS IS ONE THAT HAS WARRANTED A SIGNAL.
AND SO THEY'RE IN THE PROCESS OF GETTING THAT IN THEIR NEXT.
THEY HAVE AN ANNUAL TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTRACT PROGRAM OR A BIANNUAL PROGRAM.
AND SO THEY'RE WORKING TO GET THIS ONE IN THE NEXT ONE.
THE NO. 685, IT'S THE SAME TYPE OF PROGRAM.
SO HOPEFULLY WE CAN GET SOME BETTER DEFINITIVE TIMEFRAMES ON THIS PARTICULAR LOCATION.
AND THAT'S IT. MAY I ANSWER ANY QUESTIONS FOR YOU? SO YOU MENTIONED THE TRAFFIC SIGNAL STUDY.
YES, SIR. DO YOU KNOW DOES THAT INCLUDE THE TIMINGS ON THE TRAFFIC SIGNALS AS WELL, OR IS IT JUST WHETHER TO ADD TRAFFIC SIGNALS IN CERTAIN AREAS OR.
I THINK THE TRAFFIC SIGNAL STUDY, THEY THEY DID MENTION THAT THEY WERE GOING TO COME OUT AND LOOK AT THE THE SENSORS THAT ARE ON THERE.
THEY SAID TYPICALLY IF YOU'VE GOT WIND LIKE THAT LITTLE BREEZE WE HAD LAST MONTH, THAT YOU CAN THROW THOSE THOSE OUT OF OUT OF SINKS.
THEY'RE GOING TO GO CHECK THOSE WITH US, TOO.
YEAH. ONE OF THE, UM, THE TIMING ALONG THE CORRIDOR IS SOMETHING THAT REALLY VARIES BY MUNICIPALITY. AND SO AS YOU GO WEST, ROUND ROCK IS ABOVE THE 50,000 THRESHOLD.
[03:45:06]
SO THEY MANAGE THE SIGNALS ALONG THAT CORRIDOR.HUTTO HASN'T GOTTEN TO THAT THRESHOLD YET, SO IT'S STILL TEXT OUT.
SO THEY HAD OFFERED TO LOOK AT THOSE TO TRY TO BETTER TIME THE SIGNALS.
BUT YOU KNOW, YOU ALSO HAVE THE RAILROAD THAT HAS THE PREEMPTION SIGNALS THAT ALSO KIND OF EVERY ONCE IN A WHILE WILL THROW THINGS OFF.
THEY DID MENTION BECAUSE OF SOME OF THE WEATHER THEY WERE GOING BACK THROUGH AND LOOK AT SOME OF THE SIGNAL HARDWARE AND MAKING SURE THEIR SENSORS WERE ADJUSTED APPROPRIATELY AND HADN'T BEEN AFFECTED BY THE WEATHER THAT MAY BE CAUSING SOME SIGNAL TIMING ISSUES.
BUT THAT IS SOMETHING THEY'RE GOING TO LOOK AT.
I WOULD JUST CAUTION THAT YOU'RE PROBABLY NOT GOING TO HAVE A SEAMLESS PASS ALL THE WAY THROUGH HUTTO, BUT HOPEFULLY THEY WILL BE BETTER.
YEAH. JUST KNOW THAT'S SOMETHING THAT JUST COMES UP OVER AND OVER AGAIN FROM CITIZENS.
THANK YOU. YES. THEY DID SAY ALSO EVEN WHEN THEY GET THEM IN SYNC THAT AND I CAN'T REMEMBER THE NUMBER OF CYCLES, BUT WHEN A TRAIN GOES THROUGH, IT TAKES TWO CYCLES OR SOMETHING FOR THEM TO GET BACK IN SYNC AGAIN.
SO JUST BEAR THAT IN. WE HAVE A LOT OF TRAINS GOING THROUGH.
YES. YEAH, I'VE NOTICED THAT PRETTY CONSISTENTLY AS I'M OUT AND ABOUT THAT WHEN THAT TRAIN COMES THROUGH, IT'S AT LEAST 2 TO 3 BEFORE IT CYCLES BACK TOWARD PROPER WAY.
THANK YOU. I JUST WANT TO SAY I'M SO EXCITED TO SEE THIS.
I THINK IT'S BEEN A YEAR THAT I'VE BEEN BRINGING THIS TO COUNCIL, HOPING THAT WE CAN GET SOME ANSWERS AND NOW WE DO.
SO I GUESS THE NEXT MOVE WOULD BE TO PUT AN ITEM ON THE AGENDA FOR THE TRAFFIC STUDY ON SCHMITT TO LIMMER.
YES, I THINK THAT'S AN AREA THAT WE REALLY NEED TO FOCUS ON, THAT WE AS A CITY CAN CAN FOCUS ON AND TAKE CARE OF WITHOUT HAVING TO WAIT FOR TEXT.
AND LIKE I SAID, I JUST I WANT TO JUMP UP AND CHEER.
SO I'M GLAD WE GOT THIS INFORMATION AND THINGS ARE MOVING AND WE'LL GET TEXT OUT OUT HERE ON THOSE LIGHT ROTATIONS ON 79.
I'M NOT GOING TO CRY, BUT I'M SORRY.
I THINK IT'S IT'S PRETTY REASONABLE PRICE TO GET THE STUDY DONE AS WELL.
YEAH. SO IF THAT WAS AN AGENDA ITEM REQUEST, I'LL SECOND THAT REQUEST.
I CERTAINLY APPRECIATE THE STAFF, NOT ONLY A CHIEF DOING THIS, WHICH IS GREAT, BUT THE STAFF ALSO TAKING THE INITIATIVE TO GO OUT AND MEET WITH TEX DOT AND ESTABLISH SOME RELATIONSHIPS AND BRING SOME ISSUES WITH THEM.
THEY WERE VERY RECEPTIVE AND I THINK THERE WILL BE A HISTORY GOING FORWARD OF BOTH ENTITIES BEING VERY COOPERATIVE WITH EACH OTHER.
SO FOR THAT PARTNERSHIP, COLLABORATION THAT YOU ASKED US TO LOOK AT.
THANK YOU. THANK YOU VERY MUCH. ALL RIGHT.
MOVE ON TO ITEM TEN ONE CONSIDERATION POSSIBLE ACTION ON ORDINANCE NUMBER 2020 201 FOR
[10.1. Consideration and possible action on Ordinance No. O-2022-014 amending the boundaries of its extraterritorial jurisdiction by releasing approximately 119.195 acres of extraterritorial jurisdiction to and accepting 118.656 acres of extraterritorial jurisdiction from the City of Pflugerville (First Reading) (Ashley Lumpkin)]
AMENDING THE BOUNDARIES OF EXTRATERRITORIAL JURISDICTION BY RELEASING APPROXIMATELY 119.195 ACRES OF EXTRATERRITORIAL JURISDICTION TO AND ACCEPTING 118.656 ACRES OF EXTRATERRITORIAL JURISDICTION FROM THE CITY OF PFLUGERVILLE.GOOD EVENING, MAYOR AND COUNCIL MEMBERS.
SWAP WITH THE CITY OF PFLUGERVILLE.
YOU MAY RECALL THAT WE ACTUALLY SAW THIS ITEM COME FORWARD IN MAY OF LAST YEAR WITH THE CREATION OF MUD NUMBER NINE.
SO IT'S A LAKESIDE MMA, NUMBER NINE THAT'S OUT TOWARDS THIS REALLY JUST EVENS OUT OUR EDGE A LITTLE BIT. I DO HAVE SOME MAPS I JUST WANT TO SHOW YOU.
THE DEVELOPER HAS BEEN WORKING DILIGENTLY TO GET THE ALL THE PROPERTY OWNERS ON BOARD AND BOTH CITIES. AND SO THIS IS REALLY JUST US TAKING THAT FIRST STEP.
PFLUGERVILLE ALSO APPROVE THEIR SIDE AND THEN WE'LL GET TO THE MAPPING CHANGES SO THAT I DO HAVE A REPRESENTATIVE HERE FROM THE DEVELOPER IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS, BUT OTHERWISE, STAFF RECOMMENDS APPROVAL.
JUST JUST ONE QUESTION. DO YOU HAPPEN TO KNOW IF THE ISD SWAP IS PROCEEDING AS WELL? I BELIEVE IT HAS.
YEAH, I THINK THEY'VE ALREADY GONE ALL THE WAY THROUGH THE STATE.
IT'S BEEN PRETTY IMPRESSIVE FOR THE AMOUNT OF WORK THAT HAS GONE INTO LAKESIDE, JUST TO BE ABLE TO GET EVERYTHING TO WORK OUT SO THAT IT'S NOT SPLIT BY DISTRICTS, IT'S NOT SPLIT BY TJS. I THINK IT DOES STILL HAVE SOME COUNTY SPLITTING IN THERE, BUT WE WERE ABLE TO ACTUALLY HAVE A JOINT MEETING BETWEEN WILLIAMSON COUNTY AND TRAVIS COUNTY, PFLUGERVILLE AND HUTTO TO WORK ON SOME OF THOSE ROADWAYS DURING COVID, WHICH WAS EVEN MORE IMPRESSIVE.
SO MOVING FORWARD, THE WHOLE THING'S VERY IMPRESSIVE FROM THE TEAMS AND JUST ALL THE WORK THAT THEY'VE DONE WITH ALL THE PARTNERS ENTITIES.
AND I MOVED TO APPROVE TEN ONE AS PRESENTED.
SO YOU GUYS HAD SOMETHING THERE FOR TIM? WELL, I WOULD HAVE SECONDED IT, BUT I ALSO MAKE A COMMON MOTION BY COUNCIL MEMBER VILLARREAL SALVO. SECONDED BY COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON.
[03:50:01]
APPROVING TEN ONE AS PRESENTED.AND IN A DISCUSSION ON THAT ITEM, I JUST WANTED TO SAY THAT THERE ARE SEVERAL AREAS AROUND THE CITY WHERE THE BOUNDARIES DON'T MAKE ANY SENSE AND IT'S CRAZY.
AND THIS IS ACTUALLY REALLY CLEANING UP AN AREA THAT IN THE FUTURE IT'S GOING TO KIND OF MAKE SENSE WHERE EVERYTHING IS.
SO IT'S A GOOD THING, I THINK EVEN JUST FROM A COMMON SENSE STANDPOINT AND THE RESIDENTS AND HOW THEY'RE GOING TO BE SERVED BY THE CITY, THE SCHOOL DISTRICT AND EVERYTHING.
SO IT'S ALMOST ACRE FOR ACRE, WHICH IS ALMOST UNHEARD OF.
AND SO IT WAS JUST THIS ONE'S A MAGICAL SWAP.
ALL RIGHT, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE.
COUNCIL MEMBER VILLARREAL SALVO I MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON I COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON.
COUNCILMEMBER HOLLAND, COUNCILMEMBER SUTTON I COUNCIL MEMBER KINSEY.
ACTUALLY, I HAVE A PROCESS QUESTION ON THAT.
SO THE PEOPLE THAT LIVE IN HUTTO IN THE J OFFICE LIKE TONKA RIDGE AND LOOKOUT CIRCLE, ARE THEY NOTIFIED OF THE SWAP? ARE THEY? I KNOW.
USUALLY IT'S JUST ZONING, CORRECT? RIGHT. SO THEY ARE NOTIFIED THIS SWAP BECAUSE IT DOESN'T AFFECT THEM.
THE PROPERTY OWNERS THEMSELVES WERE OKAY AND WE GOT EVERYTHING IN WRITING SAYING YES.
THEY REALLY JUST WANTED TO SAY, OKAY, IF I'M GOING FROM PFLUGERVILLE TO HUTTO OR VICE VERSA, WHAT DOES THAT LOOK LIKE? AND IT REALLY IS YOUR CYLINDER.
AND SOME OF OUR REQUIREMENTS NOW, EVEN IF THEY WANTED TO ANNEX INTO EITHER ENTITY, THEY'RE ABOUT THE SAME. OKAY.
DO YOU CAN WE WAIVE THE SECOND READING? YES. YES. I WAS ABOUT TO SAY THAT I'LL MAKE THE MOTION TO WAIVE THE SECOND READING.
SO AGAIN, MOTION BY COUNCIL MEMBER SUTTON, SECONDED BY MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON WAIVING HIS SECOND READING. READING.
HARRY NUNN, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE.
COUNCILMEMBER HOLLAND, MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON I COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON I COUNCIL MEMBER SUTTON I COUNCIL MEMBER KINSEY I COUNCIL MEMBER VILLARREAL SALVO.
RIGHT. THAT BRINGS US UP TO ITEM TEN TO CONSIDERATION AND POSSIBLE ACTION ON ORDINANCE
[10.2. Consideration and possible action on Ordinance No.2022-015 amending Article 14.03, Noise, of the Code of Ordinances to establish regulations for permits for concrete installation during non-construction hours. (First Reading) (Stacy Schmitt)]
NUMBER 2022015 AMENDING ARTICLE 14.03 NOISE OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES TO ESTABLISH REGULATIONS FOR PERMITS FOR CONCRETE INSTALLATION DURING NON CONSTRUCTION HOURS.WE'RE IN COUNCIL. THE SUMMARY TO THIS IS IN THE PACKET.
I HAVE WORKED WITH STAFF ON THIS TO ADDRESS SOME OF THE OVERNIGHT OR CONCRETE PAUSE IN CONSTRUCTION AREAS, SPECIFICALLY OF THIS NOISE ORDINANCE.
STAFF HAS RECOMMENDED THE CHANGES IN HERE ON THE TIMES OF THE DAYS, MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY 7 A.M.
THAT MOVES THAT BACK TO 7:00 PM AND THEN SUNDAY IS PROHIBITED.
AND ALSO WE ARE ALSO REQUIRING TWO WRITTEN NOTICES TO PROPERTY OWNERS, NEIGHBORHOOD ASSOCIATIONS AND HOMEOWNERS ASSOCIATIONS THAT WERE ARE WITHIN 600 FEET.
SO THAT INCREASES THE DISTANCE AND ALSO ADDS IN THE NOTIFICATIONS.
AND THIS IS ALSO THINKING IN THE FUTURE WHERE THERE MAY BE CONSTRUCTION AREAS THAT MAY NEED THESE CONCRETE FLOORS AND AREAS THAT MAY NOT HAVE HOMEOWNERS ASSOCIATIONS SO THAT THE RESIDENT THEMSELF IS NOTIFIED.
THAT'S SIMILAR TO HOW WE DO NOISE IN PREPARATION FOR BRUSHY CREEK.
WE SEND INDIVIDUAL POSTCARDS TO PEOPLE, NOT JUST TO THE HOMEOWNERS ASSOCIATIONS.
ASHLEY, DO YOU WANT TO SPEAK TO THE PERMIT PART OF THIS? YEAH, SO PART OF THE PERMIT PART, MY TEAM IS GOING TO GET ADDED TO THIS.
RIGHT NOW, DEVELOPMENT SERVICES IS NOT ON THE CONCRETE FLOORS OR OVERNIGHT, WHICH IS A LITTLE ODD BECAUSE CONSTRUCTION IS KIND OF A LITTLE BIT OF WHAT WE DO.
SO WE ARE GOING TO BE ADDED TO THAT.
AND PART OF WHAT WE'RE DOING RIGHT NOW IS IT'S REALLY GOING TO BE WE NEED THIS IN ADVANCE. WE HAVE HAD SOME IN THE LAST FEW YEARS THAT HAVE COME IN MAYBE 12 HOURS BEFORE THEY WANTED TO HAVE THE POUR. AND WE CAN'T DO THAT AS A STAFF AS MUCH AS WE WOULD LIKE TO. WE ACTUALLY NEED TO BE THOUGHTFUL ABOUT SOME OF THE DECISIONS WE'RE MAKING, AND ESPECIALLY TO MAKE SURE THAT WE'RE BEING THOUGHTFUL TO THE RESIDENTS THAT COULD BE ADJACENT TO IT. SO ESSENTIALLY IT'S PUTTING MORE OF A PROCESS IN PLACE TO BE ABLE TO ALLOW ANYBODY TO BE ABLE TO POUR.
I THINK WE ARE STILL LOOKING A LITTLE BIT.
THIS WAS MORE IN REGARDS TO THE FOUNDATION PAUSE.
BUT NOW THAT WE'RE GETTING MORE WALL BUILDINGS, WE'RE STARTING TO SEE THAT RAMP UP.
THERE MAY BE SOME ADJUSTMENTS THAT WILL NEED TO DO BECAUSE TILT WALLS ARE GOING TO BE A LOT DIFFERENT THAN JUST POURING A FOUNDATION THAT'S A LOT MORE CONCRETE.
WE'VE GOT A LOT MORE COMING THAT'S PROBABLY GOING TO HAVE THAT TILT WHILE WE FINALLY ALLOWED IT IN THE ORDINANCE WHEN TITAN CAME IN.
[03:55:01]
IT WASN'T ACTUALLY ALLOWED WHEN TITAN CAME IN.SO WE CHANGED THE ORDINANCE TO MAKE SURE, BECAUSE IT'S A GREAT PRODUCT, THAT'S ACTUALLY WHAT OUR BUILDING IS THAT WE'RE STANDING IN.
SO WE DO HAVE TO BE THOUGHTFUL ABOUT THAT AS WELL WITHIN THAT PERMIT PROCESS SO THAT WE'RE STILL WORKING WITH THE DEVELOPER SO THEY CAN GET THEIR THEIR BUILDINGS BUILT.
I DON'T HAVE ANY QUESTIONS. I JUST REALLY LIKED THE ASPECTS OF IT THAT IT'S NOT AUTOMATIC. THEY STILL HAVE TO COME AND THEY HAVE TO GET THE APPROVAL AND IT'S WELL IN ADVANCE. AND WE'RE KIND OF GOING, IN MY OPINION, KIND OF ABOVE AND BEYOND IN MAKING SURE THAT WE'RE NOTIFYING 600 FEET, NOT 100 FEET, AND WE'RE NOTIFYING INDIVIDUAL HOMEOWNERS.
I JUST REALLY APPRECIATE ALL THE WORK THAT STAFF PUT INTO THIS TO MAKE THIS WORKABLE WITH DEVELOPERS, BUT ALSO VERY COGNIZANT OF OUR CITIZENS AND MAKING SURE THAT THEY'RE WELL AWARE OF WHAT'S GOING ON AND AND PLANNING AROUND THAT.
YEAH. AGAIN, THIS IS LIKE, TRULY, LIKE A REPRESENTATION OF WHAT OUR JOB IS.
WE HAD A PROBLEM IN THE COMMUNITY.
WE SAT DOWN, TALKED WITH THE DEVELOPER AND THE RESIDENTS AND STAFF.
I WILL SAY A LOT OF THIS WAS LED BY STACEY.
SHE KIND OF GOT THE GROUP TOGETHER AND KEPT US ON TRACK.
SO I DO KNOW THAT TITAN IS HERE AND YOU PROBABLY HAVE ANY QUESTIONS OR IF WE HAVE ANY QUESTIONS FOR THEM, OR I'D LIKE TO HEAR HOW THEY THINK OF THE ORDINANCE.
IF THIS IS DOABLE, LET'S GO THROUGH ALL OF US FIRST AND THEN THAT WAY.
ASHLEY, DON'T SIT DOWN. I HAVE A QUESTION.
OKAY. MAYOR, I REALLY LIKED WHEN WE STARTED WITH A PARTICULAR PERSON AND IN ORDER I LIKED THAT. IF YOU DON'T MIND CONTINUING THE MEETING IN THAT FASHION, SO IT'S NOT JUST THE SAME TWO OR THREE AND SERVE SOMEBODY AND THEN ROTATE.
YEAH. AND THEN WE'LL ROTATE AND.
AND THEN IF I GET OUT OF ROTATION, PLEASE, WE'LL GET ON TO YOU.
NO WORRIES. PLEASE LET ME KNOW.
SO WHO DO I START WITH ON THIS ONE? I MEAN, COUNCIL MEMBER KINSEY.
I'LL GO FIRST BECAUSE I HAVE A QUESTION.
MISS ASHLEY SO THIS ONLY APPLIES TO IF THE CONCRETE POURS ARE DONE INSIDE OF CITY LIMITS, IS THAT CORRECT? CORRECT.
SO AS FAR AS ALL OF THESE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENTS THAT ARE IN A LOT OF THE HEART OF TOWN AND SOME OF THE AREAS ARE STARTING TO KIND OF GET BOXED IN TO RESIDENTIAL AREAS THEY DON'T HAVE TO NOTIFY WHATSOEVER.
IS THAT CORRECT? CORRECT. SO IF IT'S AN AREA I KNOW THAT THERE WAS THE DEVELOPMENT ON THE SOUTH SIDE AND THEN A CHURCH WAS REBUILDING AND THEY HAD A GREAT BIG GROUNDBREAKING OVERNIGHT. IS THAT 3:03 A.M.
SOMETHING? IT WAS IT WAS A PARTY.
SO WE DID NOT WE STILL DON'T HAVE THE ABILITY TO DO ANYTHING.
BUT CERTAINLY WE'RE JUST TRYING TO MAINTAIN THAT ANYTHING THAT HAPPENS WITHIN THE CITY, WE ARE ABLE TO HAVE THAT NOTIFICATION TO RESIDENTS, BUT ALSO HAVE STAFF NOTIFIED, WATCH IT. AND THEN AS FAR AS LIKE THE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENTS, LIKE IN LIEU OF ANNEXATION, DOES IT AFFECT THEM OR. NO? ABSOLUTELY, BECAUSE ONCE THEY START TO DEVELOP, THEY WOULD HAVE NEEDED TO ANNEX OR AT LEAST COME AND TALK TO STAFF.
A LOT OF THOSE DEVELOPING AGREEMENTS WERE ACTUALLY DONE ON A CASE BY CASE BASIS WITH EACH OF THE PROPERTY. AND SO SOME OF THEM ARE ALLOWED TO BUILD ANOTHER HOME, BUT IT WOULDN'T BE SOMETHING THAT WAS GOING TO BE THIS MASSIVE TOTE WALL OR SOMETHING LIKE THAT.
WE WOULD BE APPRIZED OF THE SITUATION BECAUSE THEY'LL HAVE TO CALL US, HAVE A CONVERSATION. GOTCHA.
AND THEN JUST KIND OF A GENERAL QUESTION AND MAYBE THIS IS MORE OF A PD QUESTION, WHICH I THINK MR. STEWART, OUR CHIEF STEWARD, LEFT.
SO IF THAT SITUATION WERE TO HAPPEN, FOR INSTANCE, THE CHURCH KICKOFF PARTY WAS AT 3 A.M.
FOR THE HUGE CONCRETE POUR WITH THE LIGHTS AND EVERYTHING.
AS FAR AS IF IT'S AFFECTING PEOPLE IN THE CITY LIMITS OR IS THERE ANY KIND OF PROTECTION AT THAT POINT FOR I MEAN, IT WAS IT WAS PRETTY BAD.
IT'S BEEN SEVERAL NIGHTS AT LEAST OVER THE LAST SIX, EIGHT MONTHS NOW.
BUT THE THE CHURCH IS NOW, I THINK, COMPLETE OR AT LEAST ALMOST COMPLETE.
SO THAT'S GOOD. BUT IT WAS A PRETTY PAINFUL EIGHT MONTHS AND IT SEEMED LIKE THERE REALLY WASN'T ANYTHING THAT ANYBODY COULD DO.
AND I MEAN, THEY WERE PROBABLY WITHIN 200 FEET OF CITY RESIDENTS.
SO I JUST DIDN'T KNOW IF THERE WAS ANY KIND OF THING THAT A CITY RESIDENT COULD DO OR REPORT OR ANYTHING LIKE THAT.
I KNOW THAT YOU SHOULD BE ABLE TO CALL.
I DON'T KNOW WHAT THE NOISE ORDINANCE IS FOR WILLIAMSON COUNTY BECAUSE THAT WOULD BE THE PREVAILING ORDINANCE OVER THERE.
BUT CERTAINLY WITH THE TWO JURISDICTIONS WORKING, IF YOU'D LIKE, I CAN ALWAYS ASK OUR NEW CHIEF, CHIEF YARBOROUGH AND I.
WE'RE BOTH JUST HERE. I KNOW, BUT WE CAN CERTAINLY GET YOU SOME ANSWERS ON THAT OF WHAT WOULD IT WOULD AND JUST FOLLOW UP JUST AS A GENERAL FOLLOW UP.
THAT WAS ALL I HAD, COUNCILMEMBER HELEN.
NO, I'M GOOD. DON'T REMEMBER SUTTON NO GOOD MAYOR PRO TEM COUNCIL MEMBER.
[04:00:02]
OC IN SECTION 14.0 3.045, THE PERMIT FOR CONCRETE INSTALLATION DURING NON CONSTRUCTION HOURS. I JUST WANTED TO VERIFY THE WAY I READ THAT A PERSON MUST OBTAIN A PERMIT BASICALLY TO POUR CONCRETE AND NON CONSTRUCTION HOURS WHEN IT'S LOCATED WITHIN 600 FEET OF A RESIDENCE CHURCH, HOSPITAL, HOTEL OR MOTEL.IF NOTHING EXISTS IN THE AREA, LET'S SAY THEY'RE GOING TO DO SOMETHING OVER AT THE MEGA SITE THAT'S IN THE CITY LIMITS, BUT IT'S NOT WITHIN 600 FEET OF ANY OF THAT.
DOES THAT MEAN THEY DON'T NEED A PERMIT? THEY CAN JUST. POUR TO THE HEART'S DESIRE.
THEY WOULD STILL HAVE TO HAVE THE PERMIT.
THEY WOULDN'T HAVE TO DO THE NOTIFICATIONS.
SIMILAR TO WHAT WE'RE DOING NOW.
WELL, I MEAN, SO THIS IS THIS IS PERMIT REQUIRED.
A PERSON MUST OBTAIN A PERMIT TO DO ALL THIS IF IT'S LOCATED WITHIN.
SO THIS IS UNDER A NOTIFICATION.
SO SHOULD WE HAVE SOMETHING THAT.
BECAUSE I READ THAT AND THE FIRST THING I THOUGHT IS I'D BE LOOKING FOR PROPERTY THAT'S NOT BUY ANYTHING SO I COULD SPEED MY CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE UP.
YEAH, I THINK WE COULD CLARIFY THAT.
AND THEN THAT'S SOMETHING WE CAN JUST FIX FOR THE SECOND READING.
YEAH, THAT'S WHAT I'M HOPING FOR IS TO MAKE THESE BECAUSE I KNOW WE'RE ON A TIME CLOCK.
I JUST WANT TO VERIFY IF THE IF IT'S NOT APPROVED WITHIN TEN DAYS OF THE INITIAL SUBMITTAL, THE APPLICATION IS DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN AUTOMATICALLY DENIED AND THE STAFF REPORT IT SAID, IRONICALLY APPROVED.
SO I THINK DENIED. I PREFER DENIED, BUT I WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT WAS THE INTENT.
BECAUSE WHAT I DON'T WANT TO STAFF TO GET BEHIND AND THEN AUTOMATICALLY IT JUST GETS APPROVED. NO, IT SHOULD BE DENIED.
ALL RIGHT. I BELIEVE STACY CORRECT ME IF I'M CORRECT.
IT IS AUTOMATICALLY DEEMED AND I DON'T THINK WE'VE EVER SEEN PLATS.
YOU CAN STATUTORILY APPROVE, BUT I DON'T WANT TO DO ANYTHING ELSE WITH THEM.
I THINK THERE WAS A VERSION THAT HAD AUTOMATICALLY APPROVED, BUT EVERYONE WAS AUTOMATICALLY APPROVED IN DOCUMENTS, I WAS SAYING ON PERMIT DURATION.
SO THIS PART I WAS TRYING TO UNDERSTAND.
SO PERMITS ISSUED UNDER THIS SECTION, IT MUST STATE THE DURATION DURING WHICH THE AUTHORIZED ACTIVITY MAY OCCUR, WHICH MAY NOT EXCEED 72 HOURS, AND THE APPLICANT MAY NOT HOLD MORE THAN ONE PERMIT UNDER THIS SECTION FOR A SINGLE PROJECT.
SO FOR INSTANCE, IF THEY WANTED TO POUR.
250,000 SQUARE FOOT FOUNDATION.
AND THEY SAID THIS IS GOING TO TAKE LIKE A WEEK OF POURING CONCRETE.
THE WAY I READ THIS IS THEY COULD THEY WOULD HAVE TO SUBMIT.
YOU'D HAVE TEN DAYS TO TELL THEM THAT THEY COULD DO IT.
THEY'D HAVE TO NOTIFY EVERYBODY 15 DAYS IN ADVANCE.
AND THEN, BECAUSE IT WOULD TAKE MORE THAN THREE DAYS, THEY WOULD THEN HAVE TO TURN AROUND IN THE MIDDLE OF POURING, ALSO START A SECOND PROCESS.
BUT THEY CAN'T START IT BECAUSE YOU CAN'T HOLD MORE THAN ONE PERMIT.
SO IT HAD TO POUR FOR THREE DAYS.
AND THEN YOU'D HAVE TEN DAYS AND THEN YOU'D HAVE 15.
RIGHT. SO WHEN I THINK WHEN WE WERE LOOKING AT THIS, IT WAS REALLY MORE FOR THE FOUNDATIONS. IT WASN'T THE FULL TILT WALL.
SO I THINK THAT'S ONE OF THE POINTS THAT WE ACTUALLY GOT SOME FEEDBACK ON FROM BRIAN HERE, THAT WE NEED TO MAYBE OPEN THAT UP A LITTLE BIT AND LOOK AT SOME.
THAT WOULD BE OUR NORMAL TERM FOR MOST OF THE PROJECT SIZES.
I KNOW FOR SOME OF THE ONES THAT WE'VE HAD GOING IN NEXT TO SOME OF THE HOMES THEY HAVE BEEN ABLE TO POUR FAIRLY QUICKLY AND THEY ONLY NEEDED ONE PERMIT.
BUT ONCE WE GET INTO THOSE MUCH LARGER BUILDINGS, IF WE COULD DO SOMETHING THAT SAYS WE JUST DUE TO DEVELOPMENT DIRECTORS.
DISCRETION BECAUSE I FEEL LIKE WHATEVER TIMEFRAME WE PUT, SOMEONE IS GOING TO COME BACK AND GO, I GOT THIS OTHER DEAL.
THEN WE'RE GOING TO COME BACK WITH AN NEW ORDINANCE WHERE I'M LIKE, WE DON'T WANT TO OVERLOAD A PAPER LOAD.
I'D RATHER YOU JUST LOOK AT IT AND GO, YOU'RE NOT GETTING FIVE DAYS TO POUR.
RIGHT. AND I HAVE CHECKED WITH OTHER ONES.
THAT COMMENT CAME UP. I STARTED CHECKING.
I KNOW PFLUGERVILLE ACTUALLY DOES UP TO 12 WEEKS.
I MEAN, THEY HAVE TO HAVE 48 HOURS.
AND THERE ARE SOME THINGS THAT YOU CAN WORK IN THERE, ESPECIALLY WHEN IT'S ADJACENT TO.
SO THE CITY JUST WANTS THE ADVANCE NOTICE 48 HOURS BEFORE THE POOR HAPPENS.
BUT YOU CAN ACTUALLY HAVE THAT OVERNIGHT POUR FOR UP TO 12 WEEKS DEPENDING ON DIFFERENT FACTORS AND THEIR NOISE ORDINANCE.
BUT I THINK THAT MAY HELP ALLEVIATE SOME OF THAT WITH THOSE LARGER BUILDINGS JUST BECAUSE YOU WILL PROBABLY IN SOME AREAS YOU MIGHT BE WITHIN 600 FEET OF A SINGLE FAMILY HOME.
OR IF IT RAINED FOR TWO DAYS AND THEY'RE LIKE, WELL, I'M SCREWED, RIGHT? SO FALL I MEAN FORGET IT YOU'RE GOING TO BE BUYING COUNCIL'S NOT NOT OKAY WITH IT JUST.
SO. YEAH, SOMETHING THERE. AND THEN LET'S SEE, THIS ONE I DIDN'T UNDERSTAND.
ONE, TWO, THREE. I DON'T KNOW WHERE IT IS.
IT'S E WE'RE TALKING ABOUT DENYING PERMITS WHEN YOU BECAUSE SOMEONE'S GOING TO BREAK THIS. AND IT'S NOT GOING TO BE BRIAN AND TITAN, BUT IT'LL BE SOMEBODY ELSE.
[04:05:01]
AND SO WE GET INTO SCREWED VIOLATION.SO I WANT TO UNDERSTAND HOW THIS GOES.
SO IF YOU HAVE THREE OR MORE VIOLATIONS IN A 30 DAY PERIOD, YOU WOULD HAVE THE ABILITY TO NOT ISSUE A NEW NON CONSTRUCTION PERMIT FOR A PERIOD OF 30 DAYS FROM THE DATE OF LAST VIOLATION. BUT THEN IF THERE'S SIX OR MORE 30 DAYS.
OH, I'M SORRY. SO IF THEY IF THEY HAVE THREE OR MORE VIOLATIONS IN A 30 DAY PERIOD, YOU CAN ISSUE A 30 DAY SUSPENSION.
IF THEY HAVE SIX OR MORE 30 DAY SUSPENSIONS WITHIN 12 MONTHS, YOU CANNOT YOU HAVE THE RIGHT TO NON ADDITIONAL ISSUE, ADDITIONAL NON CONSTRUCTION PERMITS, WHICH MAKES ME FEEL LIKE POTENTIALLY A DEVELOPER COULD BREAK IT.
THREE TIMES, SIX DIFFERENT TIMES FOR A TOTAL OF 18 TIMES IN A 12 MONTH PERIOD.
WE CAN ADD SOMETHING CUMULATIVE OR SOMETHING, SO WE DON'T RUN INTO THAT.
I WAS JUST THINKING IF THEY JUST BREAK IT LIKE THREE TIMES, THEN YOU JUST HAVE TO.
I MEAN, RIGHT. THEY COULD DO IT TWICE WITH A COUNCIL THING.
LIKE HOW MANY TIMES CAN YOU BREAK THE RULES BEFORE YOU GET SHUT DOWN? ONCE AN ACCIDENT.
TWO REMINDER, I WAS LIKE 18 AS I.
YOU COULD DO ALMOST THE WHOLE PROJECT IN THAT TIMEFRAME.
NOW THAT'S ON POINT. SO IF YOU WANT US TO ADD SOMETHING OR CHANGE THE LANGUAGE SOMEHOW, CHRISTIAN, I MIGHT NEED LEGAL HELP ON THE WORDING OF THAT.
I'D PROBABLY ASK BRIAN, LIKE, WHAT WOULD BE PAINFUL? AND THEN WHATEVER HE SAYS PAINFUL, DO ONE ONE LESS.
AND THEN THAT WAY. AND LET'S SEE, WE TALKED ABOUT SOME OF THIS SO HE KNOWS HE KNOWS WILL COME FROM. AND THEN I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE FOR THE PURPOSES OF ALL THAT WE JUST SAID, THE 12 MONTH PERIOD IS RESET.
IF LESS THAN 630 DAY SUSPENSIONS ARE ISSUED WITHIN 12 MONTHS FROM THE DATE OF THE FIRST NON CONSTRUCTION HOURS PERMIT.
MM HMM. I DIDN'T I DON'T KNOW IF I WAS OKAY WITH THAT, BECAUSE, AGAIN, HERE'S I DON'T WANT I DON'T WANT SOMEONE TO MESS UP LIKE A ROGUE CONTRACTOR BECAUSE THAT WILL HAPPEN.
AND THEN ALL OF A SUDDEN, YOU TELL A BUILDING PERSON, YOU CAN'T MOVE HERE BECAUSE WE JUST LOST OUR ABILITY TO POUR CONCRETE FOR A YEAR.
BUT IF AGAIN, IF YOU HAVE 630 DAY SUSPENSIONS, WHICH IS 18, SO I DON'T KNOW SOMETHING THERE TO WHERE AGAIN, I DON'T KNOW.
I DON'T KNOW, CHRIS, IF IT COULD BE LIKE A FINE OR I KNOW TIME IS MORE VALUABLE THAN MONEY. BUT WE'RE BACK UP TO 18 VIOLATIONS IN A YEAR.
SO ALL OF THESE ARE SUBJECT TO FINE, YOU KNOW, THROUGH MUNICIPAL COURT.
THIS WOULD JUST BE AN ADDITIONAL LAYER OF ENFORCEMENT THAT'S NOT BEEN THERE, LIKE SPEEDS 200 BUCKS IN THE TRUCK IS.
YOU POTENTIALLY HAVE THE FINES AT MUNICIPAL COURT AND THEN YOU HAVE THE AUTHORITY OF OF NOT ISSUING ANY MORE PERMITS.
AND SO THAT'S KIND OF MAYBE YOU CAN I DON'T KNOW, MAYBE BUMP THAT DOWN TO TO WHERE LIKE IF YOU HAVE LIKE I DON'T KNOW.
IF YOU HAVE A 12 MONTH PERIOD, IF YOU HAVE LESS THAN TWO OR SOMETHING, BECAUSE AGAIN, THAT'S STILL SIX VIOLATIONS ON THE SAME PROJECT.
RIGHT? I MEAN, THIS ISN'T FOR A DEVELOPER.
THIS IS LIKE THIS ISN'T JUST TIGHTEN IN TWO SPOTS.
THIS IS BUILDING SIX TO VIOLATIONS.
SO THEN I'M THINKING IF THEY HAVE SIX VIOLATIONS ON BUILDING SIX, I MEAN, THEY JUST PROBABLY SHOULDN'T BUILD IT.
YEAH. BUT AGAIN, THAT'S SOMETHING THERE AND THEN.
SO RIGHT DOWN THERE. NO LATER THAN THE 30TH DAY.
AFTER RECEIVING A REQUEST FROM APPEAL, THE CITY MANAGER SHALL SCHEDULE A HEARING TO CONSIDER THE APPEAL.
I JUST WANT TO VERIFY, IS THAT A HEARING THAT HE'S DOING ON HIS OWN OR IS THAT A HEARING THAT COMES BEFORE US OR WHO ACTUALLY DOES THAT HEARING? WELL, I'M READING THAT.
THAT WAS THE CITY MANAGER'S CITY MANAGER.
THE IS GOING TO DO IT HERE. YEAH.
SO IT WOULD ESCALATE ABOVE ASHLEY AND THEY CAN APPEAL TO THE CITY MANAGER AND HE CAN.
OKAY. MY LAST ONE DECISION IS FINAL.
THE LAST ONE HAD TO DO WITH A CONSTRUCTION, JUST CONSTRUCTION TIMES.
SO I APOLOGIZE FOR GOING BACK.
NUMBER TEN. SO THE ERECTION, INCLUDING EXCAVATION, DEMOLITION, ALTERATION OR REPAIR WORK OF ANY BUILDING.
SO THAT MAKES ME THINK THAT WE'RE TALKING HOMES.
WE'RE EVEN TALKING A HOMEOWNER COULDN'T.
BUILD A SHED ON A SUNDAY BECAUSE THE WAY I'M READING THIS AND THEN MORE OF A LITERAL PERSON BUT. ANY BUILDING AND SO CAN NO ONE DO ANY CONSTRUCTION.
WE'VE HAD THOSE CONVERSATIONS BECAUSE IT'S COME UP THAT WE'VE HAD SUBCONTRACTORS INSIDE NEW HOMES. WE COULD PROBABLY DO A HOMEOWNER EXEMPTION.
I DON'T KNOW HOW YOU WOULD FIGURE THAT.
WOULD I BE MORE WORRIED ABOUT IS WHEN WE HAVE THE MASSIVE TRACT HOMES COMING IN AND YOU'VE GOT ALL YOUR SUBS OUT, YOU COULD STILL BE DOING A TON OF WORK WITH A TON OF NOISE
[04:10:01]
BECAUSE YOU'RE PUTTING IN CABINETS.YOU MAY NOT HAVE AIR CONDITIONING.
YOU'RE NOT DOING STUFF WITH YOUR DOORS CLOSE.
THAT MAY BE MORE DISRUPTIVE WITH THAT NUMBER OF CONTRACTORS IN YOUR HOUSE ON A SUNDAY THAN A HOMEOWNER.
SO EVERYTHING I'VE SAID, I THINK NO ONE'S NO ONE'S TAKEN IT EXCEPTION TO.
I'D LIKE US TO DISCUSS DOING SOMETHING ON SUNDAY, BUT MAYBE A LITTLE BIT LESS HOURS SINCE SATURDAY, BECAUSE MY THOUGHT PROCESS IS MOST OF THE PEOPLE GET IMPACTED MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY THAT I'VE HAD COMPLAINED IN TERMS OF WAKING UP EARLY, THINGS LIKE THAT.
SUNDAY IS A RELIGIOUS DAY, BUT CANDIDLY, NOT EVERYBODY GOES GOES TO CHURCH.
AND SO I'M WONDERING, IT IS A WEEKEND DAY FOR PEOPLE.
AND SO CAN WE NOT HAVE LIKE A 10 TO 5 OR SOMETHING TO WEAR? OTHERWISE I FEEL LIKE WE'RE JUST HAVE IT'S LIKE WHAT WE SAID BEFORE.
PEOPLE ARE GOING TO BE DOING THE CONSTRUCTION.
AND SO THE FASTER THEY GET SOMETHING BUILT, THE FASTER THEY MOVE ON, THE MORE WE STRING IT OUT. IT'S JUST ONE MORE MONDAY NIGHT.
THEY'RE WORKING TILL LATE. BUT I WANT TO HAVE A DISCUSSION ON WHAT YOU ALL THINK ABOUT LIMITED HOURS ON SUNDAY.
BECAUSE I BROKE THIS POLICY WHEN I BUILT MY SHED, I'M ALMOST GUARANTEED UNBROKEN AS YOU GET A CITY PERMIT FOR THAT, NO MORE THAN 200 SQUARE FEET.
IT'S NOT ATTACHED TO THE SIDE OF THE HOUSE.
BUT I DID HAVE TO STAND THE WALL UP AND IT IS LIKE A HALF INCH FROM THE.
ASHLEY KNOWS HOW. HE ACTUALLY KNOWS HOW I AM.
I TRIED DOING THE FIREPLACE AND I HAVEN'T GOT THAT FIGURED OUT YET, BUT A MINUTE.
JUST CURIOUS, DO OTHER CITIES ALLOW FOR CONSTRUCTION WORK ON SUNDAYS? TYPICALLY NOT. I HAVEN'T SEEN ANY IN THE ORDINANCES THAT I'VE BEEN LOOKING AT OR ANY OF THE DISCUSSIONS EVEN.
I DON'T EVEN THINK SAN ANTONIO DOES.
JUST BECAUSE THAT'S STILL THE THE DAY OF.
AND JUST I WAS JUST CURIOUS, LIKE WHAT EVERYBODY ELSE IS DOING.
YEAH. I DON'T KNOW. I KIND OF I DON'T KNOW IF YOU'D LIKE FOR THE SECOND READING WHEN WE'RE COMING BACK TO DISCUSS THIS AGAIN, I CAN GIVE YOU KIND OF A CHART OF WHAT SOME OF THE OTHER CITIES ARE DOING, PROBABLY SIMILAR SIZE, MAYBE NOT USING A MASSIVE SAN ANTONIO REFERENCE, OR I DON'T NECESSARILY CARE WHAT OTHER CITIES.
I MEAN I MEAN, IT'S GOOD TO KNOW.
IT SHOULDN'T STOP US FROM BEING INNOVATIVE IF THAT'S THE TERM YOU WANT TO USE FOR THIS.
BUT JUST CURIOUS, I'M MORE INTERESTED IN WHAT WE ALL THINK ABOUT CONSTRUCTION HAPPENING IN HUTTO FOR OUR RESIDENTS ON A SUNDAY.
LIKE PRECIOUS WEEKEND QUIET COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON.
HAVE YOU HAD ANY COMMENTS RELATED TO ALL OF THE CONSTRUCTION AT DURANGO ON WEEKENDS? I'VE NOT SEEN ANY ON OUR FACEBOOK PAGES.
THEY TYPICALLY ARE NOT SHY ABOUT SAYING THINGS.
WE HAD, UM, WE HAVE AMAZING CODE ENFORCEMENT AND THEY GOT IN TOUCH WITH MY STAFF AND WE NOTIFIED. I HAVE ALSO AMAZING INSPECTORS AND MY INSPECTORS TOOK CARE OF IT.
I THINK THEY FOUND OUT THAT IT HAPPENED ON SUNDAY.
THEY TOOK CARE OF IT BY MONDAY AFTERNOON AND SAID, EVERYBODY I HATE DON'T BREAK THE POLICY. AND AND THEN I WILL ALSO SAY WE HAVE AMAZING BUILDERS HERE BECAUSE THEY WERE LIKE, OH, WE DIDN'T REALIZE INSIDE THE HOUSE.
WE'LL MAKE SURE THAT EVERYBODY UNDERSTANDS THE RULES.
SO THEY'VE BEEN ALL TOLD NOT TO BREAK THAT BECAUSE I THINK THERE IS THAT MISCONCEPTION OF IT'S IN THE HOUSE, IT'S FINE.
YOU KNOW, SUNDAY SUPPOSED TO BE A DAY RIGHT NOW.
YEAH. I'M NOT LOOKING FOR LIKE, CANDIDATE.
I'M NOT LOOKING FOR LIKE A TILT WALL TO GO UP OR SOMETHING.
BUT I DO IF I'M BUILDING A DECK OR SOMETHING OR.
LIKE EVEN SHELVES IN MY HOUSE.
I CAN'T I CAN'T CUT WOOD ON A SUNDAY.
AND SO DEFINITELY, YEAH, WE'VE HAD THOSE CONVERSATIONS.
WE STARTED LIKE I DO A LOT OF STUFF ON THE WEEKENDS.
I KNOW. AND SO I'M INTO THE SILENT, BUT I DON'T KNOW HOW TO DIFFERENTIATE IT BECAUSE YOU DON'T WANT THE WHOLE YOU DON'T WANT A WHOLE NEIGHBORHOOD GETTING ERECTED ON A SUNDAY EITHER. BUT I ALSO DON'T WANT ALL OF A SUDDEN SOMEONE COME UP AND TICKET ME BECAUSE.
I WAS. INSTALLING THOSE CABINETS, YOU'VE GOT TO WATCH OUT.
SO I HAVE A QUESTION. CONSIDERED CONSTRUCTION.
SO. I THINK WE'RE WAY OUTSIDE WITH WE'RE POSTING FOR WE'RE POSTED FOR TALKING ABOUT CHANGES FOR PERMITS OF CONCRETE INSTALLATION DURING NON CONSTRUCTION HOURS.
I MEAN, I APPRECIATED THE DISCUSSION ON KIND OF LIKE LET'S LOOK AT THE OTHER THING, BUT THAT'S NOT WHAT WE'RE POSTING FOR.
SO BUT THIS IS THE ORDINANCE WE'RE POSTED FOR.
AND SO YOU'RE GETTING READY TO APPROVE AN ORDINANCE THAT.
IS WERE POSTED FOR THIS ORDINANCE? NO, WE'RE POSTED FOR CHANGING THE ORDINANCE SPECIFICALLY TO CONCRETE INSTALLATION DURING NON CONSTRUCTION HOURS.
SO IF I WAS IF I WAS A CITIZEN AND I MEAN, WE'RE WE'RE NOW DISCUSSING CHANGING THE WHOLE ORDINANCE OUTSIDE OF WHAT WE'RE POSTED FOR.
SO I GUESS MY QUESTION IS, I THINK THE CITY.
[04:15:05]
YEAH. ALWAYS THE DEALBREAKER.YEAH. WELL, IT IS PROPERLY POSTED.
I MEAN, THE THE AMENDMENTS TO THE ORDINANCE DO CONTEMPLATE DEFINING CONSTRUCTION HOURS.
AND SO A DISCUSSION ABOUT WHAT THOSE CONSTRUCTION HOURS ARE, IF YOU WANT TO MAKE CHANGES TO THAT I THINK IS APPROPRIATE BECAUSE THE FULL PACKET, IT'S IN THE PACKET, THE TEXT OF THE ORDINANCE WITH THE TEXTUAL AMENDMENTS.
AND SO WE'RE GETTING OUTSIDE OF THE SCOPE OF WHAT'S IN THE PACKET.
I THINK WE'RE VEERING INTO DIFFERENT TERRITORY, BUT I THINK ALL THESE RECOMMENDATIONS ARE CONSISTENT WITH.
BUT THEN I WOULD LIKE TO JUST, I GUESS MAKE A POINT THAT.
WE'VE SPENT A LOT OF TIME DISCUSSING THIS AND TALKING ABOUT THIS.
I WOULD HAVE APPRECIATED IF I MEAN, I APPRECIATE ALL THE DETAIL, MAYOR, THAT YOU WENT THROUGH AND YOU WENT THROUGH AND DISCUSSED OR WENT THROUGH ON YOUR OWN AND KIND OF LOOKED AT IT, WHICH IS GREAT.
I WOULD HOPE IN THE FUTURE, MAYBE WHAT WE COULD DO IS YOU COULD SUBMIT THOSE ALL THOSE PROPOSED CHANGES, QUESTIONS TO STAFF SO THAT WE CAN GET IT IN THE PACKET, SO THAT I CAN KIND OF KNOW WHAT YOU'RE LOOKING AT AND I COULD BE LOOKING AT AHEAD OF THE MEETING SO THAT I COULD AHEAD OF THE MEETING, I COULD BE AWARE OF WHAT YOU'RE CONTEMPLATING.
I DON'T DISAGREE WITH ANY OF THE PROPOSED CHANGES THAT YOU'RE MAKING, JUST IN MY DEFENSE.
WHAT? BRIAN 930, 10:00 WE TALKED.
WHEN WAS THAT? SO IT'S NOT LIKE I KNEW THESE AND I SAT ON THEM AND I SAID, BOY, WAIT TILL WAIT TILL WE COME TO THIS MEETING.
ALL RIGHT. SO I'M LOOKING FOR OPPORTUNITIES TO GET US OUT OF HERE BEFORE MIDNIGHT.
LET'S GO BACK. LET'S GO BACK TO TALKING ABOUT SUNDAY.
WHAT ARE OUR THOUGHTS ON SUNDAY? AND THEN WE CAN BRING BACK SOMETHING AT THE NEXT MEETING THAT EITHER INCLUDES A SUNDAY OR DOESN'T OR SOME FORMULATION OF IT.
I CAN COME UP WITH SOME PROPOSAL WITH THE TEAM.
OH, YOU GUYS OKAY WITH THE SUNDAY OR NOT? BECAUSE THEY MAY NOT EVEN BE OVER SUNDAYS.
I DON'T KNOW. I'M JUST AS A PERSON PUTTING IN SOME CABINETRY.
LIKE IF MY HUSBAND HANGS A MEDICINE CABINET.
IS THAT CONSIDERED CONSTRUCTION? NO, IT'S ABOUT NOISE.
RIGHT. IF WE CAN TALK ABOUT SURVEYS ABOUT THE NOISE OR NOISE, I DON'T KNOW.
I'M KIND OF FEELING LIKE WE'RE GETTING INTO LIKE THE DECIBELS, BUT ALSO NOT GETTING A PERMIT BECAUSE THIS IS A PERMIT FOR NOISE.
AND SO WHETHER OR NOT PEOPLE CAN DO CONSTRUCTION IN THEIR HOME ON SUNDAYS ARE SEPARATE ISSUES. IT'S ONLY WHEN YOU'RE AT CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WOULD CAUSE YOU TO VIOLATE THE NOISE ORDINANCE THAT YOU NEED A PERMIT FOR THE CONCRETE POURS.
AND SO YEAH, I WAS KIND OF WONDERING IF THAT CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY IN THE CONSTRUCTION ZONE THEN WE'VE GOT SOME OTHER QUESTIONS FOR YOU.
WHAT IS CONSTRUCTION? WHAT IS NOT IF IT'S THE DEVELOPMENTS THAT ARE UNDER CONSTRUCTION, SHOULD THEY BE WORKING ON SUNDAYS? NO.
BUT IF IT'S A HOMEOWNER, I DON'T THINK WE I DON'T THINK WE'VE EVER GONE OUT AND TICKETED FOR A HOMEOWNER. SO CAN WE CLARIFY THAT TO WHERE IT'S.
YEAH, I MEAN, BECAUSE IT'S IN THE NOISE ORDINANCE, WE KNOW THAT THERE ARE CERTAIN DECIBELS THAT ARE ALREADY MADE IN THE PROVISION AT THE TOP OF WHAT? IF YOU WANT TO MAKE A DECK ON SUNDAY, YOU CAN MAKE A DECK ON SUNDAY.
EXCEPT FOR YOU'VE HAD THIS CONVERSATION ABOUT CAN I BUILD A SHED ON SUNDAY? AND TYPICALLY YOU'RE NOT GOING TO BE OVER.
WHAT WE'RE TALKING ABOUT IS THE REALLY BIG.
BUT THEN WE WE MAY JUST NEED TO GO AHEAD AND CLARIFY IT BECAUSE WE ALSO THEN HAVE BUILDERS THAT ARE LOOKING AT WHAT CAN I DO THE SAME THING AS A HOMEOWNER ON A SUNDAY.
AND THAT IS A LITTLE BIT DIFFERENT.
IT JUST IT'S NOT IT'S NOT EVEN A THE PERMIT IS 200 TO OVER 200 SQUARE FEET, THOUGH, CORRECT. SO FOR IT TO BE A PERMITTED POUR, IT HAS TO BE OVER 200 SQUARE FEET.
IT JUST PERMITTED CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY.
GOTCHA. YOU JUST ALLOWED A SHED IN OUR NEIGHBORHOOD THAT IS GOING TO COME TO THE CITY, THAT IS GOING TO BE BIG ENOUGH TO HAVE RUNNING WATER AND POWER.
I CALL IT LIKE A SECOND HOME, BUT IT'S A SHED.
AND OUR WHOLE THING WAS IT NEEDS TO FOLLOW ALL THE ORDINANCES OF THE CITY.
AND IF YOU DO THAT, CARS DON'T SAY OTHERWISE.
RIGHT. AND THAT'S A CONCRETE AND IT'S OVER 200 SQUARE FEET.
SO THEY'D HAVE TO GET A PERMIT. SO I'M IN AGREEANCE ON THAT ONE.
BUT IF IT'S UNDER 200 SQUARE FEET, THEY DON'T NEED A PERMIT ANYWAYS.
THEN I FEEL LIKE WE'RE KIND OF JUST.
REALLY FAR DOWN IN THE WEEDS RIGHT NOW.
WELL, WE'LL BRING BACK WHAT CLEANED THAT UP.
THAT'S THAT'S A LITTLE CONFUSING.
IT SHOULD BE CONSTRUCTION WORK THAT CAUSES YOU TO VIOLATE THE NOISE ORDINANCE.
AND WE CALL IT OUT IN THE SUMMER.
ESTABLISHES PERMITS FOR CONCRETE INSTALLATION DURING NON CONSTRUCTION HOURS IN THE B1V201 ZONING DISTRICTS.
SO WE'RE SPECIFIC FOR THE CONCRETE.
WE'RE VERY SPECIFIC FOR THAT PURPOSE AND THOSE ZONING.
AND THE ORDINANCE WERE PASSED.
SO WE HAD THE SAME PROBLEM WITH THE FEE SCHEDULE.
WE ONLY WORRIED ABOUT THE ONE FEE AND WE ENDED UP HAVING OTHERS.
THIS, THIS ORDINANCE IS MORE THAN CONCRETE POURING.
AND SO WHILE THE SUMMARY INCLUDES CONCRETE BORING, THE ORDINANCE BEING APPROVED HAS
[04:20:03]
MULTIPLE OTHER THINGS IN IT THAT.SO YOU'RE BRINGING BACK SOMETHING THAT SOUNDS LIKE.
YEAH, I HEARD THE SAME ISSUES LAST TIME.
WHAT DID THEY DECIDE TO DO ABOUT.
THEN THEY WERE JUST GOING TO PROPOSE SOMETHING THEY DISCUSSED AT THE NEXT MEETING.
OKAY. SO AND THE REASON I DON'T MEET WITH STAFF REGULARLY IS IF I MEET WITH ASHLEY WITH MY IDEAS AND THEN THEY GET INCORPORATED, I'M AFRAID THAT THEN IS GOING TO BE WE'RE JUST DOING WHAT THE MAYOR WANTS TO DO AND I DON'T WANT THAT.
WHAT I'M TRYING TO DO IS HAVE A GROUP DISCUSSION.
IT TAKES A LITTLE BIT LONGER, BUT AT LEAST I DON'T WANT THE MAYOR RUNNING THE CITY COMPLAINT. SO THAT'S ONE REASON I DON'T.
WELL, BUT MY POINT WAS THAT YOU COULD PROPOSE ALL THESE CHANGES TO HAVE THEM SO THAT WE COULD ALL SEE HERE'S THE CHANGE THAT'S PROPOSED BY STAFF.
AND THEN THE MAYOR IS THINKING ABOUT CHANGING A, B, C, D, E, F, AND THEN I CAN SEE ALL THOSE HIGHLIGHTED, ALL RED, BECAUSE WHEN I'M READING THIS, I'M JUST I'M LOOKING AT WHAT'S CHANGING AND I'M GOOD WITH WHAT'S CHANGING.
I'M NOT READING THE WHOLE THING BECAUSE THAT'S NOT WHAT THE AGENDA ITEM SAYS.
I ALWAYS READ THE WHOLE THING BECAUSE YEAH, THAT'S HOW PERSONNEL POLICY IS 152 PAGES.
BUT WE ONLY WANT AND IF WE WANT TO MAKE A CHANGE TO THE POLICY THAT SAYS WHEN WE'RE GOING TO LOOK AT AN ORDINANCE CHANGE FOR THIS SPECIFIC THING, LET'S, LET'S YOU NEED TO LOOK AT THE WHOLE THING AND ANY OTHER ANY OTHER THINGS WE WANT TO ADD OR TALK ABOUT REGARDING THE ORDINANCE AND NOT THE PROCESS, BUT JUST THE ORDINANCE.
OKAY. I WOULD LIKE TO HEAR FROM BRIAN SINCE HE'S HERE AND I'D LIKE HIS INPUT.
SINCE THIS WAS A COLLABORATIVE THING.
THANK YOU VERY MUCH FOR THE OPPORTUNITY.
AGAIN, I KUDOS TO ASHLEY AND ISAAC AND THE CITY STAFF FOR PUTTING THIS TOGETHER SO QUICKLY. THIS IS A VERY PRESSING ISSUE IN YOUR CITY, AND I'M GLAD THAT YOU ADDRESSED IT VERY QUICKLY. WITH THIS ORDINANCE CHANGE, I DON'T WANT TO CONFLATE THIS SPECIFIC ISSUE OF EARLY MORNING PAUSE, WHICH IS HIGHLY DETRIMENTAL TO DEVELOPMENT WITH ANY OTHER CHANGES.
I DID HEAR THAT THERE WAS A SATURDAY AMENDMENT TO THE HOURS AS WELL.
DID THAT PUSH BACK? I DON'T I DIDN'T KNOW THAT IT'S 9 A.M.
TO 7 P.M. SO SO SLIGHTLY BACK.
BUT AGAIN, OUR CONCERN IS SPECIFICALLY EARLY CONCRETE PAUSE.
I DON'T WANT TO GO INTO THE DETAILS OF THAT FOR WHY IT'S AN ISSUE.
I THINK WE'RE ALL VERSED IN IT.
THE EXACTLY THAT WHICH, MR. MAYOR, YOU'VE ALREADY BROUGHT FORWARD WAS THE PERMIT DURATION.
ANOTHER CONCERN THAT WE HAD FOR HOW WE'RE READING IT IS ALSO THAT THIS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE ONE PERMIT PER PROJECT FOR THAT 72 HOUR DURATION.
A LOT OF THE OTHER ORDINANCES THAT I READ THEIR WORDING WAS SOMETHING ALONG THE LINES OF A PERMIT FOR CONSTRUCTION NOISE.
THEY'LL BE ISSUED FOR THE EXPECTED DURATION OF THE NOISE FOR WHICH THE PERMIT IS ISSUED AT THE DISCRETION OF THE PLANNING, DIRECTOR OR CITY STAFF.
I LOOKED AT ROUND ROCK, GEORGETOWN AND PFLUGERVILLE.
SO THAT WAS COMMON LANGUAGE AMONG THEM.
ANOTHER COMMON TRAIT AMONG THOSE JURISDICTIONS IS OUTSIDE 600 FEET.
IT DOESN'T CONSTITUTE A PERMIT AS LONG AS YOU AREN'T VIOLATING THE ORDINANCE ITSELF.
AS THE ORDINANCE READS, YOUR NIGHTTIME DECIBEL LEVEL IS 70 DECIBELS.
SO AS LONG AS THAT 70 DECIBELS IS NEVER BREACHED, THERE WOULD BE NO NEED FOR A PERMIT BECAUSE IT'S ALREADY FOLLOWING THE THE NOISE OF THAT LEVEL FOR NIGHTTIME.
WOULD LIKE TO SEE CITY COUNCIL MAYBE DEBATE THAT IT'S IN, FOR INSTANCE, ROUND ROCK.
THEY HAVE SPECIFIC DAYTIME AND NIGHTTIME HOURS SPECIFIED FOR COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL, AND THEIR INDUSTRIAL NIGHTTIME DECIBEL LEVEL IS ACTUALLY 75.
I THINK WE'RE THROUGH RECENT NOISE TESTING THAT WE'VE DONE ON ON SOME OF OUR OTHER PROJECTS. WE'RE WELL BELOW THAT 70 THRESHOLD FROM, I THINK WE MEASURED AT 400 FEET FROM THE SOURCE OF THE NOISE. SO AGAIN, NOT TO PLACE AN UNDUE BURDEN ON CITY STAFF FOR HAVING TO REVIEW PERMITS, I UNDERSTAND THE LEVEL OF CONTROL AND AGAIN, THE VIOLATION, IF IT DOES OCCUR, IS ENFORCED BY THE POLICE DEPARTMENT.
AND THERE'S THERE THERE IS A FINE ASSOCIATED WITH IT.
THAT'S I THINK AT THAT POINT FOLLOWS WHAT WE SAID IN THE BEGINNING.
RIGHT. IF WE'RE OUTSIDE OF THE 600 FEET.
SCHOOL AND ALL THAT. DO WE NEED DO WE NEED A PERMIT? RIGHT. SO AS IT'S WRITTEN RIGHT NOW, YOU WOULD.
[04:25:01]
BUT WE CAN CERTAINLY LOOK AT OPTIONS, NOT THAT WE HAVE TO COMPARE TO EVERYBODY, BUT CERTAINLY SEE WHAT EVERYBODY ELSE IS DOING.AND JUST TO KIND OF GIVE YOU A WELL ROUNDED.
THIS IS THE THIS IS KIND OF A STANDARD.
AND WHAT I'VE SEEN IS THERE ARE SOME THAT ARE KIND OF ALL IN LINE AND THEN YOU'VE GOT SOME OF THOSE OUTLIERS.
SO WE CAN CERTAINLY GIVE YOU SOME OPTIONS ON THAT.
SO I GET THE DECIBELS, SO THE SOUND.
BUT THIS ALSO PERTAINS TO LIGHTING AS WELL.
SO HOW DO YOU GUYS MEASURE THAT OR WHAT IS THE ORDINANCE FOR, FOR LIGHTING AND THINGS LIKE THAT? SO THERE ARE LIGHT METERS THAT THAT WOULD BE ABLE TO BE AN INSTRUMENT TO BE MEASURED WITH. I'M NOT AWARE OF ANYONE THAT ACTUALLY MONITORS THAT AS A CONCERN.
YEAH, JUST I NOTICED IT ALL THROUGHOUT HERE, SOUND AND LIGHT MANAGEMENT.
SO WITH THIS A GOOD AND UNIQUE TO THE CITY OF HUDDLE WAS ACTUALLY THAT CLAUSE ITSELF WHICH I THINK IS IS A GOOD THING FOR FOR RESIDENTS.
WHAT WE DO TYPICALLY WITH ANY TIME WE'RE NEAR RESIDENTIAL LIKE WE'RE OR I SAY WE M-W BUILDERS IS ALSO CONSTRUCTING THE ENCORE HEADQUARTERS THEY POSITION LIGHTS AWAY FROM RESIDENTS SO FOR INSTANCE ON THE INNOVATION BUSINESS PARK WHERE EMERY FARMS IS ALL RIGHT THERE, ALL THE LIGHTS WOULD BE POSITIONED IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO TO ADDRESS THAT CONCERN IF IT DOES. PRESSMAN.
WHAT? WANT TO DO IT FOR YOU IN THE MORNING? THAT'S GOOD. SORRY.
ALL RIGHT, THEN. I'LL MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE.
BUT FOR THE FIRST READING WITH THE CHANGES.
REQUESTED BY STAFF KNOWING THAT.
THE SECOND READING. I'LL HAVE SOME OF IT FLESHED OUT.
THERE'S BEEN SO MANY CHANGES. I'M NOT CLEAR ON WHAT ALL THE CHANGES ARE.
I'M ALSO INTERESTED IN THE NIGHTTIME HOURS AS EXPLORING THAT.
DID YOU KEEP THIS TO THE FIRST CHANGES FOR THE MAJORITY? BETWEEN ALL. YES. AND WE'VE GOT VIDEO.
WE HAVE VIDEO. YEAH, I'VE BEEN WRITING, BUT WE'LL DOUBLE CHECK EVERYTHING.
YOU KNOW, I NEED TO HEAR THEM BEFORE I VOTE BECAUSE I'M NOT IN AGREEMENT ON ALL OF THEM.
IF I'M IF I MAY OFFER A SUGGESTION, WE CAN BRING IT BACK WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS.
YOU CAN ALWAYS, IF YOU LIKE, THE CHANGES, YOU CAN ALWAYS WAIVE THE SECOND READING AT THE NEXT MEETING. AND SO IT STILL GETS DONE AT THE NEXT MEETING, BUT EVERYBODY SEES WHAT THEY'RE VOTING ON. I HAD A CONFLICT.
YOU JUST DON'T GET DONE IN THE SAME AMOUNT OF TIME, BUT WE'LL HAVE IT ALL DONE AT ONE.
RIGHT. ANY OTHER DISCUSSION THEN ON TEN TO.
OKAY. NO, WE'RE GOING ITEM TEN THREE CONSIDERATION AND POSSIBLE ACTION FOR THE PROPOSED
[10.3. Consideration and possible action for the proposed Specific Use Permit request for the property known as 208 West Austin Avenue and 201 West Front Street, to allow a warehouse use (UDC 10.304.7). (First Reading) (Ashley Lumpkin)]
SPECIFIC USE PERMIT REQUEST FOR THE PROPERTY KNOWN AS 208 WEST AUSTIN AVENUE AND 201 WEST FRONT STREET. TO ALLOW A WAREHOUSE USE UDC 10.3 OR 4.7.SWITCH BACK TO THE DARK SIDE SPACE.
HMM. LET ME GET THROUGH ALL THESE REALLY QUICK.
SO YOU HEARD THIS AT THE VERY BEGINNING OF MARCH.
THERE WERE A FEW QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS THAT WERE PROVIDED BY THE APPLICANT.
THOSE ARE IN YOUR PACKET AND I'LL READ THOSE OFF REALLY QUICK.
THERE ARE QUESTIONS ON IF THERE WERE GOING TO BE 18 WHEELERS ON THE PROPERTY FOR DELIVERY. THE ANSWER IS NO.
THERE WILL BE NO 18 WHEELERS ON THE PROPERTY FOR DELIVERY.
THERE IS AN EXHIBIT THAT WAS ACTUALLY GIVEN TO US THAT SHOWS THAT AN 18 WHEELER WOULD NOT BE ABLE TO FIT THROUGH THE PROPERTY, WHICH I THINK WAS ALSO REQUESTED, IS JUST TO SHOW US A GRAPHIC THAT JUST SHOWS THAT YOU CAN'T DO THAT WITH YOUR PROPOSED SITE PLAN.
KEEP IN MIND, THE SITE PLAN IS STILL.
THEY WOULD STILL HAVE TO GO TO HPC FOR THE BUILDING WE STILL HAVE TO GO THROUGH.
BUT KNOWING THAT 18 WHEELERS ARE CONCERNED WITH THAT SAP, YOU CAN ACTUALLY CONDITION THAT USE PERMIT TO NOT ALLOW IT.
AND THEY'VE SHOWN THAT THEY CAN ACTUALLY MAKE THAT WORK.
AND THE SITE PLAN, FOR THE MOST PART, ACTUALLY MEETS OUR ORDINANCES AT THIS POINT.
THE SECOND QUESTION WAS HOW MANY SMALL TRUCK DELIVERIES ARE THERE IN A DAY AND OR WEEK? IT'S ABOUT FOUR PER DAY, BUT THEY ONLY PICK UP.
AND THE THIRD IS THAT CAN THE REMAINING FRONT SPACES BE USED AS PROFESSIONAL OFFICES FOR LEASING PURPOSES? AND THE ANSWER IS THAT THE APPLICANT WILL BE UTILIZING THE OFFICE SPACE AT THIS POINT.
SO I BELIEVE THAT ANSWERS ALL THE QUESTIONS.
BUT JUST TO RECAP, JUST ON THE PROJECT ITSELF, THIS IS A.
[04:30:05]
USE PERMIT.IN THE DOWNTOWN DISTRICT, IT'S ZONED SPECIAL DISTRICT AND IT'S REALLY JUST TO ALLOW FOR THAT WAREHOUSE USE.
SO IT'S BEING PLOTTED RIGHT NOW.
THEY WOULD HAVE TO GO THROUGH THAT TO BE ABLE TO GET THEIR SITE PLAN DONE.
AND IT WOULD BE FOR A WAREHOUSE AND DISTRIBUTION.
AND THEY STILL WOULD ALSO HAVE TO GO THROUGH THEIR CERTIFICATE OF APPROPRIATENESS WITH THE HISTORIC DISTRICT TO MAKE SURE THAT THE BUILDING MATCHES IN WITH WHAT WE'RE ACCUSTOMED TO IN OUR HISTORIC DISTRICT ON THAT SOUTH SIDE.
SO THE NEXT STEPS THEY HAVE IS THAT CERTIFICATE OF APPROPRIATENESS.
THEY HAVE A SITE PLAN PROCESS, AND THEN THEY WOULD HAVE THEIR BUILDING PERMIT.
SO HERE YOU HAVE ALL OF THOSE ANSWERS THAT THE OWNER IS GOING TO OCCUPY THE SPACE FOR PER DAY, FOR PICKUPS.
AND ALSO THE 18 WHEELERS ARE NOT GOING TO BE ON SITE.
THAT'S NOT WHAT THEY'RE PLANNING FOR.
SO HERE'S ESSENTIALLY THE LAYOUT THAT THEY WERE LOOKING AT THAT WAS PROPOSED AGAIN, CONCEPTUAL. AND THEN HERE IS WHERE YOU CAN SEE.
ON THIS SIDE, 18 WHEELERS WILL NOT BE ABLE TO MAKE THAT WORK.
AND THEN HERE IS JUST THE BOXED DELIVERY TRUCKS THAT YOU WOULD HAVE ON THAT SITE.
WE DID SEND THIS AGAIN TO ALL 69 PROPERTY OWNERS WITHIN THAT 600 FEET, AND WE ONLY RECEIVED ONE IN FAVOR AND WE HELD THE PUBLIC HEARING LAST TIME AND NO ONE SPOKE.
SO THIS IS JUST AN ACTION ITEM AT THIS POINT.
P AND C AND STAFF RECOMMEND APPROVAL WITH A CONDITION THAT HPSC MUST GRANT THAT CERTIFICATE OF APPROPRIATENESS.
THE APPLICANTS MUST MEET ALL SITE DESIGN CRITERIA.
ONLY ONE DRIVEWAY IS PERMITTED OFF OF WEST AUSTIN AVENUE.
THE PLOT OF THE PROPERTY IS APPROVED AND RECORDED PRIOR TO SITE PLAN PERMIT ISSUANCE AND THERE IS NO OPEN STORAGE.
SO WITH THAT WE DO RECOMMEND APPROVAL.
SO IF I COULD, I BELIEVE COUNCILMEMBER HOLLAND IS NEXT IN THE ROTATION.
I DON'T. I DON'T THINK I HAVE ANY QUESTIONS.
THANK YOU. I KNOW YOU PROBABLY CAN'T ANSWER THIS, BUT IN.
ONLY FOUR TRUCKS PER DAY, BUT THEY'RE ONLY PICKING UP.
HOW ARE THEY GOING TO GET THE STUFF THAT THEY'RE STORING AT THE WAREHOUSE TO THE FACILITY? I'M SORRY.
YEAH. SO THE REASON WHY THEY'RE NOT HAVING TO DELIVER IS BECAUSE THE OWNER HAS A SECOND LOCATION. AND SO THAT'S WHERE HE STORES ALL OF THE APPLIANCES.
THAT'S WHERE MANUFACTURERS WILL THEN GO AND DELIVER TO.
SO. AND THIS LOCATION IS NOT IN TOWN.
SO THE FOUR PER DAY THAT ARE PICKING UP.
BUT THERE'S NOTHING THEY'RE ONLY PICKING UP FROM THE FACILITY.
SO HOW IS THE STUFF GETTING TO THE FACILITY IF THEY'RE REALLY PICKING OUT A SEAT? YEAH, I'VE ONLY ONE CONFUSED.
SO. SO WHEN THEY NEED TO REPLENISH WHAT'S THERE AND THEIR SHOWROOM OR JUST IN THE BACK AREA WHERE THEY HAVE JUST EXAMPLES, THEY'LL BRING A BOX TRUCK IN AND DELIVER TO THAT LOCATION. BUT THEY'RE NOT TRYING TO STORE LARGE QUANTITIES OF APPLIANCES THERE.
IT'S MORE FOR AN OFFICE SPACE AND THEN ALSO ADDITIONAL OFFICE SPACES FOR LOCAL ENTREPRENEURS TO LEASE OUT AS WELL.
AND THEY'RE ONLY GOING TO BE SMALL TRUCKS.
I'M JUST CONFUSED WITH THE WHOLE THING BECAUSE YOU'RE SAYING THE ANSWER TO THE QUESTION IS THEY'RE ONLY PICKING UP, BUT THEY'RE PICKING UP APPLIANCES THAT ARE ALREADY THERE.
BUT HOW ARE THEY DELIVERING THEIR APPLIANCES THERE? IS IT ALSO GOING TO BE A SMALL TRUCK THAT REFRIGERATORS GET IN THERE IN? SO YES, YES, THERE ARE 25 FOOT BOX TRUCKS.
THEY'RE BASICALLY LIKE U-HAUL TRUCKS.
YES, MA'AM. DOES THAT ANSWER YOUR QUESTION? YEAH. OKAY.
JUST TO CLARIFY, MAYBE JUST A LITTLE FURTHER.
SO YOU'RE TALKING LIKE YOU MIGHT HAVE ONE OR TWO DELIVERIES A WEEK OR SOMETHING AND THEN FOUR PICKUPS A DAY.
IS THAT KIND OF ROUGHLY? YEAH. YOU'RE NOT GOING TO BE LIKE DELIVERING THREE TIMES A DAY.
YOU'RE GOING TO BE DELIVERING ON A MUCH MORE INFREQUENT BASIS THAN THE PICKUPS.
LET'S REMEMBER VILLARREAL SALVO.
COUNCIL MEMBER. GORDON. I'M GOOD.
I KNOW WE'RE ALL ABOUT HOLDING PEOPLE ACCOUNTABLE TO WHAT THEY SAY.
I JUST. I DON'T KNOW IF WE CAN.
GUARANTEE THAT IT'S ONLY EVER GOING TO BE THIS AMOUNT OR THAT AMOUNT AS DELIVERIES AND THINGS LIKE THAT. SO.
JUST KIND OF PUTTING THAT OUT THERE.
AND THEN AS FAR AS THE OTHER SPACES FOR THE ENTREPRENEURIAL, HOW MANY OF THOSE ARE THERE GOING TO BE? I BELIEVE THERE'S ONLY GOING TO BE TWO OR THREE.
IT'S NOT GOING TO BE A LARGE SPACE UP FRONT.
[04:35:01]
IT'S REALLY GOING TO BE BASED ON WHAT STAFF CAN RECOMMEND US DO THROUGHOUT THE SITE PLAN.THEY'RE MORE SUPPOSED TO BE OFFICE LEASE TYPE SPACES.
GOTCHA. AND THEN AS FAR AS TRAFFIC GOES.
SO BECAUSE THAT STREET AND IT COMES SPITS OUT ON TO 1660 AND IT'S IN PRETTY BAD SHAPE, WHICH I KNOW IS NOT NECESSARILY YOUR CONCERN.
AND THEN GOING OUT THE OTHER WAY THROUGH FRONT STREET AND THEN THE RAILROAD AND THE LIGHT IS RIGHT THERE. SO I DON'T KNOW.
I HAVE SOME RESERVATIONS ABOUT IT, BUT I DON'T KNOW.
HOW TO GIVE YOU SOLUTIONS TO THAT.
AND THAT'S WHERE I'M KIND OF STRUGGLING, I THINK IS THE BEST WAY TO SAY IT.
HMM. WELL, AGAIN, WITH THE TO YOUR POINT AND MAYBE THAT'S NOT HAVING A SOLUTION RIGHT NOW IS WITH A SPECIALIST PERMIT WERE ABLE TO COME BACK AND MODIFY IF WE FIND IT'S NOT WORKING AND I KNOW IT'S ALSO GO THROUGH HPC AND IT HAS A FEW OTHER HURDLES TO GO THROUGH BEFORE WE WOULD PERFECT.
BUT TO COUNCIL MEMBER VILLARREAL SALVO YOU DO STILL HAVE THE ABILITY TO PULL A USE PERMIT? I THINK THAT'S ONE OF THE REASONS WE REALLY DID THESE IN THE DOWNTOWN.
AND SO THE WARRANTS SO THAT IF YOU DO START GETTING MORE OR STAFF STARTS GETTING MORE COMPLAINTS OR SOMETHING HAPPENS, WE HAVE THE ABILITY TO COME BACK AND SAY, HEY, YOU KNOW WHAT, THIS ISN'T WORKING AND THERE'S EIGHT TRUCKS A DAY AND WE NEED TO DO SOMETHING.
WE DO STILL HAVE THAT ABILITY, AND I THINK A LOT OF IT WILL BE CONSTRAINED BY THE SITE DESIGN BECAUSE WE HAVE TO GET THROUGH THE SITE PERMITTING TO MAKE SURE IT'S NOT ONLY SAFE, BUT IT MEETS ALL THE CODES AS FAR AS FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY.
AND THIS IS RIGHT UP AGAINST THE HPDI BUILDING, CORRECT? IT'S ADJACENT. YEAH.
OKAY. I'D LIKE TO FLESH THIS OUT A BIT MORE BECAUSE IT MAKES ME NERVOUS THAT.
BEFORE WE WEREN'T THE WORD WAS WE'RE NOT GOING TO BE DICTATING HOW BUSINESSES RUN THINGS.
AND NOW WE'RE SAYING, WELL, NOW WE WANT TO GO BACK AND MAYBE COME BACK IF WE'RE GOING TO GIVE SOMEONE SOUP AND THEY DECIDE TO BUILD THIS BUILDING.
AND WE COME BACK LATER AND GO, WE DON'T LIKE TO BOX TRUCKS.
IF WE DON'T HAVE SOME KIND OF SOMETHING WRITTEN DOWN AND WE'RE GOING TO YANK A PERSON'S SOUP, I THINK THAT'S A BAD PRECEDENT.
I'D RATHER JUST HAVE ALREADY GOT A NO TRUCK ZONE ON FRONT STREET, AND I CANNOT REMEMBER WHAT THE REAR ROAD, BUT I DON'T KNOW IF IT'S A NO TRUCK.
I CAN'T REMEMBER IF IT'S A NO TRUCK, IT'S A NO THRU TRUCK.
SO EVEN THE VALERO THAT'S OVER THERE IS STILL ABLE TO GET TRUCKS, TRUCKS, BOX TRUCKS IN BECAUSE THAT'S DELIVERING SOMETHING.
THAT'S ALSO YOU SEE 1660 HAS A LOT OF TRUCKS BECAUSE A LOT OF TIMES IT'S A LOCAL DELIVERY AND SO THE THREE TRUCKS.
SO I GUESS UP TO THAT POINT FOR ME, I MEAN, I GET NERVOUS WHEN SOMEONE SAYS YOU CAN DO SOMETHING AND POTENTIALLY WE MAY TAKE IT AWAY IN SIX MONTHS IF WE DON'T LIKE IT.
WOULD YOU RATHER US SAY YOU CAN'T HAVE BOX TRUCKS OR YOU CAN'T HAVE BOX TRUCKS THAT WAY? AT LEAST YOU KNOW WHAT'S GOING TO HAPPEN? OR WOULD YOU RATHER IT BE? POTENTIALLY SOMEONE IN COUNCIL HAS AN ISSUE AND WE COME BACK UP AND CHANGE YOUR WHOLE BUSINESS MODEL. DOES THAT MAKE SENSE, WHAT I'M SAYING? YES, SIR. I THINK THAT MAYBE IT WOULD BE BETTER IF THERE WERE PARAMETERS AROUND WHAT THAT MEANS, BECAUSE I THINK IT WOULD BE REALLY DIFFICULT TO HAVE DELIVERIES FOR APPLIANCES WITHOUT A BOX TRUCK THAT WOULD END.
THE OWNER OR THE CLIENT HAS ALREADY BOUGHT THE PROPERTY.
SO THAT WOULD MAKE IT VERY DIFFICULT KIND OF SITUATION FOR HIM AND HE'S WANTING TO DO A LOT OF THINGS. BUT I THINK IF THERE WERE MORE PARAMETERS AROUND WHAT IT LOOKS LIKE TO PULL IN SUP SO THAT THEY COULD THEN UNDERSTAND WHAT THE BOUNDARY IS AND WHAT THEY COULD KNOW AND UNDERSTAND NOT TO PUSH THAT BOUNDARY OR GO AGAINST THAT BOUNDARY OR I THINK THE ISSUE IS NOT THAT WE HAVE AN ISSUE WITH THE BOX TRUCKS TO COUNCIL MEMBER KINSEY'S POINT, IT WAS THE FREQUENCY OF DELIVERIES AND THE ACCOUNTABILITY OF YOU'RE LETTING US KNOW TODAY ON FOUR 2122 THAT IT'S ABOUT FOUR TIMES A WEEK.
AND HOW DO WE HOLD HOLD YOU TO THAT AND WE HOLD YOU TO THAT WITH THE SUP IF IT DOES BECOME. NO YA'LL ARE DOING FOR A DAY OR EIGHT A DAY.
CLEARLY THE PARAMETERS HAVE NOW CHANGED FROM THE ORIGINAL.
THERE'S TWO DIFFERENT PARTIES THAT ARE ENTERING INTO THAT PERMIT.
AND SO THAT IS THE PRIVILEGE WE HAVE AS A COUNCIL TO SAY THE PARAMETERS HAVE NOW CHANGED.
SO IF Y'ALL DON'T WANT TO RISK LOSING AN SAP THAT WE'VE APPROVED, IT'S OKAY.
LIMIT YOUR DELIVERIES TO FOUR TIMES A WEEK BECAUSE THEY HAVE FIVE IN A WEEK, THREE WEEKS IN A ROW. WE MAY COME BACK AND PULL IT.
I'M JUST SAYING, WHAT IS OUR RIGHT? BECAUSE I DO THIS. I MEAN, THIS IS WHAT I DO FOR A LIVING ABOUT.
WITHIN CEP. ASHLEY DO WE HAVE THE.
THEY PROBABLY DO. DO WE HAVE DO YOU HAVE THE ABILITY TO HAVE DISCRETION AND THEN TO BASE?
[04:40:01]
WHAT WE'VE TYPICALLY DONE IS WE BASE THEM ON WHAT WE'RE BEING TOLD.YOU HAD ONE THAT CAME FORWARD OFF OF LIMMER AND IT WAS THIS GREAT OUTDOOR USE AND THEY TOLD YOU WHAT HOURS OF OPERATION THEY'RE GOING TO HAVE.
RIGHT? SO YOU PUT THAT INTO THE SOUP.
SO IF YOU GO OUTSIDE OF IT WHEN WE HAVE AN ISSUE, SO YOU COULD DO SOMETHING SIMILAR TO IT WHERE IF YOU GO OUTSIDE OF IT AND WE'RE NOTICING YOU'RE GOING OUTSIDE OF IT AND WE'RE GETTING STUFF, THEN WE PULL THE SOUP BACK.
IT'S NOT JUST GOING TO BE AN ARBITRARY.
IT'S GOING TO BE IT'S NOT GOING TO BE, WELL, SOMEBODY DOESN'T LIKE IT.
IT'S GOING TO BE YOU SAID FOUR OR AT FIVE.
WE NEED TO DISCUSS THIS AGAIN.
RIGHT. AND I DON'T THINK THAT THAT'S A.
BUT WE NEED TO KNOW JUST VERY WE NEED TO KNOW SPECIFICALLY IS FOR LIKE THE NUMBER FOR YOU GUYS. IF IT'S NOT, WE NEED TO KNOW JUST BECAUSE AUSTIN AVENUE IS NOT.
LIKE THE AND OVERLAY THE THE WEIGHT OF THE TRUCK, THE FREQUENCY LIKE.
IS THAT GOING TO CAUSE A LOT OF REPAIR THAT'S GOING TO HAVE TO HAPPEN OR POTHOLES THAT ARE GOING TO FORM? IS IT GOING TO BE A SAFETY ISSUE? THOSE KINDS OF THINGS. AND WHAT DOES THAT NUMBER LOOK LIKE? BECAUSE THAT'S CLEARLY WHAT THE STICKING POINT IS FOR APPROVAL OF THIS UP.
SO IS FOR THE LIKE THE NUMBER THAT YOU'LL WANT TO GO WITH? I WOULD SAY YES, BECAUSE THAT IS WHAT THE OWNER TOLD ME.
OKAY. SO, I MEAN, THAT'S THAT'S GOOD TO KNOW.
I'M JUST SURPRISED. AND NOW WE'RE DICTATING.
WE JUST HAD THIS CONVERSATION A MONTH AGO ABOUT COUNCIL DICTATING HOW BUSINESSES RUN THEIR BUSINESS. AND NOW WE'RE WE'RE DICTATING THE SAFETY OF THE ROADS AND WHAT THE ROADS CAN. THAT'S OUR JOB, IS TO LOOK AT THE INFRASTRUCTURE, WHAT CAN IT HANDLE? AND MIKE, I THOUGHT YOU WERE ALL ABOUT HOLDING PEOPLE ACCOUNTABLE AND WHAT THEY SAY TO US IN PERSON TO HAVE IT IN WRITING.
RIGHT. I AM, SO I'D RATHER HAVE IT, SHE SAYS.
AND THEN THEY COME FIVE AND SOMEONE STARTS COMPLAINING THAT, HEY, I WITNESSED FIVE.
WELL, SAME THING WITH SENIOR HOUSING.
I MEAN, YEAH, IT COULD HAPPEN.
CAN I ASK A QUESTION? IF THE BUSINESS INCREASES AND THEY DO SEE AN INFLUX IN THEIR BUSINESS, COULD THEY THEN JUST ASK TO TO CHANGE THE SUP OR HOW WOULD THAT WORK FOR THE CLIENT? TYPICALLY YOU WOULD JUST ASK TO AMEND THE SOUP AND WE WOULD REVISE AND RELOOK AT THE INTENSITY AND THEN LOOK AT HOW IT'S BEEN GOING IN THE AREA.
HOW IS THAT REST OF THE AREA REDEVELOPING? WE DO HAVE OTHER WAREHOUSES ON THAT SECTION OF AUSTIN AND JUST LOOK AT THAT A LITTLE BIT MORE IF IT GOES ABOVE THAT FOR, IF ANY, TO, I THINK THAT CAUSES THE MOMENT TO REEVALUATE WITH PUBLIC WORKS OR ENGINEERS.
THE ROUTE WAS THE ROAD CONDITION AND IT MAY BE SOMETHING THAT IF YOU'RE GETTING MORE ABOVE MORE, HIS BUSINESS IS BOOMING.
HE NEEDS TO MOVE TO A LARGER LOCATION AND THE NEXT USER WOULD HAVE TO COME IN FOR THEIR OWN SUP TO BE ABLE TO EXPLAIN TO YOU WHAT THEY WANT TO DO IN THAT SPACE.
IF IT'S GOING TO BE SOMETHING SIMILAR.
YEAH, IT I'M NOT TRYING TO I DON'T THINK ANY OF US UP HERE ARE TRYING TO DICTATE HOW A BUSINESS RUNS OR OPERATES.
I'M CONCERNED WITH THE ROAD USAGE AND INFRASTRUCTURE.
WHAT IS THE COST? ARE THERE POTENTIAL THINGS THAT WE NEED TO BE PLANNING FOR? AND IF THAT CHANGES, IT CHANGES AND WE ADJUST AS WE GO ALONG.
I THINK THAT'S THE BEAUTY OF AN SEP IS IT'S A COLLABORATION BETWEEN GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS, WHICH IS.
SO AND I ALSO THINK THE LAST THING WE WANT TO SEE IS LIKE 60 YEAR TRUCKS BACKED UP ON AUSTIN TRYING TO TURN ONTO GYM CAGE TO GET ACROSS THE TRACKS.
AND THEN WE'VE GOT. A TRAFFIC JAM ON FRONT STREET, AUSTIN AND JIM CAGE.
I THINK THAT'S WE ALL WANT TO AVOID THAT.
CAN WE MAKE IT LIKE SEVEN? SO IT'S ONE A DAY.
THE ANSWER IS ACTUALLY SAID FOR A DAY.
SO I WOULD HOPE THAT WE COULD DO FOR A DAY LIKE THE APPLICATION FOR, DAY FOR.
SO I WOULD SUGGEST IT WAS FOR DAY FOR PICKUPS, BUT THEN IT WAS POTENTIALLY ONE OR TWO A WEEK. SO I WOULD SUGGEST WE GO A LITTLE HIGHER THAN FOUR, BUT JUST SET A DAILY NUMBER OF TRIPS BECAUSE THAT WAY WE DON'T HAVE TO WORRY ABOUT, WELL, IS THAT PICKING UP OR DROPPING OFF? IT'S JUST WE CAN SIT THERE FOR ONE DAY AND WE CAN SAY, HEY, YOU WENT EIGHT TIMES TODAY. YOU'RE OVER THE LIMIT, YOU KNOW? AND PD IS RIGHT THERE.
YEAH. FIND SOMEBODY TO WATCH YOUR TRUCKS EVERY DAY.
SOMEBODY. RIGHT. THE QUESTION IS ON TEN THREE.
MAY I MAKE A MOTION TO IMPROVE? IS PRESENTED. MY SECOND.
ANY DISCUSSION ON THE MOTION? I HAVE A QUESTION. WHERE IS IT IN THE PERMANENT WHERE IT SAYS LIKE THE NUMBER OF TRIPS OR ANYTHING LIKE THAT THAT'S IN THE UPDATE ON THE STAFF REPORT SIDE THAT GOES INTO THE PERMIT AND THE ORDINANCE.
I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT THAT NUMBER OF TRIPS IS INCLUDED.
[04:45:02]
IT WILL BE OKAY. AND IF YOU WANT TO CHANGE IT FROM THE FOUR DAY, THEN THAT WOULD BE I THINK WE SHOULD PROBABLY CHANGE THAT.SO, PETER, IF YOU'RE OKAY WITH A FRIENDLY, MAYBE A FRIENDLY AMENDMENT TO MAKING IT A SET OF FOUR, MAKE IT SIX.
SURE. YOU'RE OKAY WITH THAT? OKAY. AS PRESENTED WITH THE REVISED SIX TRIPS A DAY.
THAT'S RIGHT. THAT'S ALL RIGHT.
OKAY. ANY OTHER DISCUSSION HERE? AND THEN PLEASE CALL THE VOTE LOOP.
COUNCIL MEMBER HOLLAND MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON I COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON.
MAYBE WE HAVE THE SECOND READING.
I MOVE TO WAIVE THE SECOND READING.
DO YOU WANT TO MOVE? DO YOU WANT TO WAIT AND SEE? MOVE IT. SO COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON WAVE.
WHO'S SECOND? SECOND BY COUNCIL MEMBER VILLARREAL SALVO.
ANY DISCUSSION ON THE WAIVING.
HARRY NUNN, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE.
COUNCIL MEMBER VILLARREAL SALVO MAYOR SNYDER HOUSE MEMBER KINSEY I COUNCIL MEMBER SUTTON COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON HOUSE MEMBER THORNTON I HOUSE MEMBER HOLLAND.
AND FOR IF THERE'S NO OBJECTIONS, WE'LL WAIT TILL AFTER EXECUTIVE SESSION.
TWO NO OBJECTIONS. WE WERE ASKED TO PULL 11.
HEARING NONE. THAT BRINGS YOU TO ITEM 12 FOR DISCUSSION AND POSSIBLE ACTION ON OUTSIDE
[12.4. Discussion and possible action on Outside Agency Funding (OAF) Process (Council Member Debbie Holland)]
AGENCY FUNDING PROCESS.YES, MA'AM. AFTER IT'S BEEN, OH, I DON'T KNOW, PROBABLY A MONTH OR SO AGO THERE WAS SOME CONVERSATION HERE ON THE DAIS WHEN THE EDUCATION FOUNDATION CAME AND SPOKE TO THE COUNCIL. AND I'M I'M JUST NOT CLEAR IF WE HAVE.
WITH OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDING THROUGH THAT, WHO THOSE GO OUT TO AND EXACTLY WHO QUALIFIES AND WHO DOESN'T QUALIFY.
I'VE BEEN SEEING A LOT OF THINGS JUST KIND OF, YOU KNOW, AND HEARING PEOPLE TALKING ON THE STREET ABOUT MAYBE AGENCIES THAT WE SHOULD NOT BE FUNDING OR THAT ARE BEING LEFT OUT.
SO I JUST WANT TO KNOW IF IF WE IF WE HAVE A WRITTEN POLICY ON WHAT THAT IS.
I KNOW IN THE PAST IT WAS LOOKING AT.
AGENCIES THAT THE CITY COULD NOT PROVIDE THE SERVICES FOR.
CONSIDERED. AND, YOU KNOW, IN SOME WAYS, I THINK THAT THERE ARE SOME AGENCIES THAT.
APPLY THAT HAVE HUGE DONOR BASES.
AND SOMETIMES I JUST WONDER IF THAT IS AN APPROPRIATE USE OF CITY FUNDS WHEN THEY'VE GOT BIG CORPORATE SPONSORS THAT.
SO THAT WAS THAT WAS KIND OF WHERE THIS WAS ALL COMING FROM.
IT'S A TOUGH GO IN THE ORDER, BUT COUNCIL MEMBER SUTTON IS NEXT.
I DO BELIEVE, STACEY, WE HAVE A PROCESS, A WRITTEN PROCESS FOR IT OR WE? WE DO.
IT'S WRITTEN IN THE BUDGET, FISCAL AND BUDGET POLICY AND THAT THAT WAS ATTACHED IN HERE.
AND THEN WE ACTUALLY OUTLINE I ACTUALLY OUTLINED WHAT WE'VE DONE OVER THE PAST TWO YEARS AND THEN. HOW THEY WERE SCORED OR JUDGED AND HOW THE PROCESS WORKED WHEN IT CAME BEFORE COUNCIL. SO DO YOU THINK IT'D BE? COUNCIL MEMBER HOLLAND ARE YOU LOOKING MAYBE TO HAVE THE CURRENT PROCESS REEVALUATED AND SEE IF THERE ARE IMPROVEMENTS THAT WE CAN MAKE? IS THAT SOMETHING THAT WE SHOULD BRING BACK ON AN AGENDA AND GIVE STAFF SOME TIME TO KIND OF THINK ABOUT THAT? IS THAT KIND OF WHERE YOU'RE GOING WITH IT? RIGHT. AND AND MAYBE IF IF WE HAVE.
IF WE HAVE SOME SOME QUESTIONS OR SOME SUGGESTIONS OF THINGS THAT COULD BE ADDED THAT
[04:50:04]
THAT COULD BE SUBMITTED TO STACY.AND AND I THINK ONE OTHER THING IS TO ANSWER SOME QUESTIONS TOO.
SO THAT YOU ALL HAVE THE APPLICATION.
AND THEN ALSO ANGIE'S GROUP IS THE GROUP THAT DOES ALL OF THE FOLLOW UPS WHEN THEY ARE TO SUBMIT THEIR REPORTS AND AND THAT PIECE OF IT.
SO I THINK I CAN WORK WITH ANGIE TO PROVIDE THAT PART OF IT BACK TO YOU, BECAUSE ALL OF THE REPORTING COMES INTO HER GROUP AND THEY DO ALL THE VERIFICATION OF ALL THEIR FORMS AND ARE THEY A501C3 AND HAVE THEY HAVE THEY FILED ALL THEIR APPLICATIONS AND PERMITS AND THINGS THAT THEY'RE SUPPOSED TO? SO I THINK ANGIE'S GROUP CAN HELP ME WITH GET THAT INFORMATION TO YOU ALSO.
AND THAT WOULD INCLUDE ANY REPORTS THAT THESE AGENCIES NEED TO BE SUBMITTED BACK TO THE CITY. YES, MA'AM.
HOW LONG HAVE WE BEEN USING THIS PROCESS? 2020. THE CURRENT ONE, DO YOU KNOW? WHAT AS FAR AS THE SCORING PROCESS? YEAH, I MEAN, THE WHOLE ASSAM ENDED JUNE 18TH OF 20.
OKAY. I CAN SPEAK TO THAT GOING ON A LONG TIME.
AND IF I'M CORRECT, I THINK THE LAST TIME THE OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDING CAME UP, THAT WAS THE FIRST TIME, THOUGH, THAT WE HAD DONE THE SCORE SHEET.
SO I THINK THAT THE SCORE SHEET WAS ACTUALLY THAT WAS THE FIRST TIME WE'D EVER DONE.
THE SCORESHEET, AND I PERSONALLY REALLY LIKED THAT PROCESS.
AND THEN AS FAR AS SO I LIKED THE SCORING PROCESS.
I THINK IT'S OKAY TO TAKE A LOOK AT WHETHER WE WANT TO TWEAK SOMETHING.
I THINK ONE OF THE THINGS THAT MAYBE YOU WERE GETTING AT WAS WHAT ARE OUR GOALS AND WHO DO WE WANT TO BE FUNDING LIKE AS A GENERAL GUIDELINE? AND I THINK WE CAN DEFINITELY LOOK AT THAT AND ADDRESS THAT, DISCUSS THAT.
ONE CHANGE I WOULD LIKE TO SEE IS KEEP THE SCORING, BUT HAVE A WORK SESSION WHERE WE STILL ALLOW THE PRESENTATIONS DIRECTLY TO THE COUNCIL SO THAT WE HAVE BOTH ASPECTS COVERED. AND THEN WE'RE NOT JUST GETTING THE PLEA FROM THE GROUP READING THE PLEA FROM THE GROUP, AND THEN WE'RE GETTING THE DATA FROM STAFF TO BACK UP WITH THEIR DECISION IS AND THEN WE CAN KIND OF MERGE ALL THAT AND MAKE OUR OWN DECISION.
AT A AT A FUTURE MEETING TO ACTUALLY FUND THOSE ITEMS. IS THERE ANYTHING ELSE THAT YOU WOULD LIKE US TO TO BRING BACK TO YOU? SO I WANT TO MAKE SURE WE'VE JUST ONLY DONE TWO OF US SO FAR.
CLOSE IT. SO MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON'S POINT, WE ALREADY DO HAVE IN THE IN THE POLICY GUIDELINES THAT THE COUNCIL PREFERS FOR ALLOCATIONS.
I THINK THAT IF WE'RE NOT HAPPY WITH THESE GUIDELINES AS A COUNCIL, THEN WE NEED TO CHANGE THEM BECAUSE THIS IS WHAT THE APPLICANTS SEE WHEN THEY'RE SUBMITTING AN APPLICATION IS HOW MANY CITIZENS DO YOU SERVE FROM HUTTO? ARE YOU? EDUCATION, QUALITY OF LIFE, SOCIAL SERVICES OR PUBLIC HEALTH AND SAFETY? AGAIN, IF THIS IS NOT THE VISION FOR OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDING, THEN.
AND I THINK THAT'S THE QUESTION TO ASK FOR US TO DELIBERATE ON FOR THE NEXT TIME IT COMES UP ON THE AGENDA IS ARE WE GOOD WITH THIS CRITERIA? THAT OGS ARE SEEING AND THINKING THEY'RE BEING SCORED ON.
THAT'S ALL I HAVE TO SAY. SO I DO THINK SOME OF WHAT WE LIKE A VISION FOR THE COUNCIL, WHAT IT IS WE'RE TRYING TO DO.
I LOOK AT IT AND I SEE EDUCATION, QUALITY, LIFE, SOCIAL SERVICES.
I DON'T KNOW WHAT THE PRIORITIES WE WANT AS A COUNCIL TO BE.
I MEAN. I FIND IT ODD THAT THE CITY WOULD GIVE CITY FUNDS AWAY TO AN EDUCATION TYPE DEAL WHEN THERE'S A THERE'S ANOTHER ENTITY THAT'S FOUR TIMES OUR SIZE THAT THAT IS THEIR PRIMARY FOCUS.
I WOULD SEEM IT WOULD BE OUR VISION SHOULD BE MORE IN TRYING TO PROVIDE.
SUPPORT FOR THINGS THAT ARE NOT CURRENTLY BEING TAKEN CARE OF IN OUR COMMUNITY.
WHETHER THAT BE FOOD INSECURITY.
WHETHER IT BE DOMESTIC SHELTERS.
ALL SORTS OF THINGS LIKE THAT.
SO I THINK AS A COUNCIL WE PROBABLY OUGHT TO TALK ON THAT.
AND THEN I THINK WE REALLY NEED TO LOOK AT AND MAKE SURE THAT WE'RE EVEN ALLOWED TO GIVE MONEY AWAY AND HOW WE'RE DOING IT BECAUSE.
SOME STUFF'S COME TO ME WHEN IT COMES IN TERMS OF THE CONSTITUTION ABOUT GIVING MONEY, MONEY AWAY TO PRIVATE CORPORATIONS.
AND THERE'S DIFFERENT THINGS YOU CAN AND CAN'T DO.
AND SO I KNOW SOMETIMES WE'VE BEEN ASKED TO PROVIDE FUNDING FOR ANOTHER ONE YEAR.
[04:55:04]
WE WERE WE WERE OR WEREN'T.I DON'T REMEMBER WHAT THE DEBATE ENDED UP ON, BUT FUNDING FOR AN EMPLOYEE OF ANOTHER ORGANIZATION. AND I THINK WE NEED TO FIGURE OUT WHAT WE CAN GIVE AND MAKE SURE WE'RE ACTUALLY ALLOWED TO GIVE, BECAUSE NOT ALL THE OTHER CITIES I'VE TALKED TO ACTUALLY GIVE TAXPAYER FUNDS AWAY.
AND SO IF WE'RE GOING TO DO IT, I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE WE'RE DOING IT RIGHT.
OUTSIDE OF THAT, COME UP WITH A VISION.
WHAT IS IT WE'RE TRYING TO DO? AND THEN. WORK ON THAT.
AND THEN THE LAST THING I REMEMBER WAS THERE WAS AN ISSUE WITH THE PEOPLE THAT GET THE NOTICES OR THE PEOPLE WE GAVE TO PREVIOUSLY, BUT NOT ALL THE OTHER PEOPLE.
SO WE NEED TO FIGURE OUT SOME WAY TO COMMUNICATE TO ALL THE NON-PROFITS THAT THEY WERE GIVING OUT 150 GRAND THIS YEAR TO COME APPLY.
IF IT'S ONLY THE PEOPLE WHO ARE CONNECTED TO THE CITY COUNCIL OR WHO HAVE PREVIOUSLY BEEN GIVEN MONEY, THEN I MEAN, WE HAD THE AMERICAN LEGION HERE, AND BECAUSE THEY HAD NOT GIVEN THEY HAD NOT REQUESTED IT PREVIOUSLY, THEY WERE NOT TOLD OF THE PROCESS.
SO I THINK WE'VE GOT TO FIX THAT TO TO WHERE AND I KNOW THERE'S, WHAT, TWO OR 300 DIFFERENT NONPROFITS WE SAID.
SO I GET IT. WE WE PUT IT OUT NOT ONLY TO NONPROFITS, BUT WE PUT IT OUT TO SORT OF OUR COMMUNITY LIST, COMMUNITY PARTNERS THAT WE WORK WITH JUST BECAUSE THEY KNOW WHO NONPROFITS ARE ALSO.
AND SO THEY WILL THEY WILL PUSH THAT OUT TO ORGANIZATIONS THAT MAYBE NEW THAT WE DON'T KNOW THAT HAVEN'T RECEIVED FUNDING BEFORE.
WE CAN PASS OUT THE COUNCIL, TOO, BECAUSE WHEN THAT PROCESS HAPPENS, I DON'T KNOW.
I DON'T KNOW WHEN IT'S STARTING.
AND SO I DON'T KNOW WHO'S GETTING THE NOTIFICATIONS AND WHO IS IT.
CUSTOMER GORDON. NICE THING ABOUT GOING NEAR LAST.
YOU HEARD HIM. HE TALKED THE. YOU'VE COVERED EVERYTHING I WANT.
OH, SORRY. I MEAN, I DEFINITELY AGREE WITH THE MAYOR ON CASTING A WIDER NET.
I THINK WE HAVE DEFINITELY MISSED SOME POSSIBLE REALLY GREAT ORGANIZATIONS THAT ARE OUT THERE AND VISION.
I WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT WE INCORPORATE DIVERSITY OF THOUGHT WHENEVER WE'RE CASTING THAT VISION AND MAYBE THAT KIND OF GOES WITH SOME OF OUR OWN SELF EDUCATION.
SO FOR INSTANCE, EDUCATION DOESN'T MEAN JUST SOMETHING THAT THE HUTTO EDUCATION FOUNDATION DOES. IT'S THE IT'S THE TEACHING SENIORS HOW TO USE EXCEL AND THINGS LIKE THAT. IT'S SO MUCH MORE THAN JUST EDUCATION AND KIND OF WHAT YOU THINK OF.
THERE'S SO MANY THINGS THAT FALL INTO THAT BUCKET OF EDUCATION.
SO MAYBE KIND OF COMING TO THE TABLE WITH SOME OF OUR OWN EDUCATION AND HAVING THAT DIVERSITY OF THOUGHT FOR THE VISION.
JUST BECAUSE HUTTO IS DIVERSE AND IT'S GROWING AND THERE ARE VERY MANY, YOU KNOW, NEEDS AND NICHES WITHIN THE POPULATION.
AND I REALLY THINK THAT THAT CAN BE ENCOMPASSED WITH MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON'S IDEA.
I REALLY LIKE THAT OF HAVING THAT DATA DRIVEN RATE SCORING KIND OF IMPARTIAL JUDGMENT, IF YOU WILL, WITH THE SCORING SHEET, BUT THEN ALSO SEEING THE INDIVIDUALS, LETTING THEM BE HEARD. IT'S A LOT DIFFERENT READING SOMETHING ON A PIECE OF PAPER VERSUS SEEING THEM IN PERSON SLIDESHOWS AND THINGS LIKE THAT.
SO I THINK THAT THOSE DO MAKE A DIFFERENCE.
AND THEN THERE'S NO ROOM FOR MISCOMMUNICATIONS LIKE WHAT HAPPENED THIS PAST TIME.
RIGHT. SO WHAT'S THE NEXT STEP? AND SO IF 100 PEOPLE APPLY EVERY WEEK, WE'D HAVE A WORK SESSION AND ALL 100 PEOPLE WOULD PRESENT. I MEAN, I THINK IF WE HAVE 100 OUTSIDE AGENCIES APPLY, I THINK THAT'S FANTASTIC.
I DON'T DISAGREE. I'M JUST TRYING TO UNDERSTAND FROM A SCHEDULING STANDPOINT, WHEN WE CAST IT OUT, EVERYBODY COMES.
HOW DO WE HOW DO WE DO IT AS A COUNCIL? IS THERE A WAY THAT MAYBE STAFF CAN SCORE LIKE THE TOP 20 AND THEN THEN THE TOP 20 COME TO US? OR IS IT IF YOU REALLY WANT ALL 100, THEN WE JUST NEED A BOOK A WEEK FOR THAT.
YEAH, MAYBE IT'S A SPECIAL MEETING THAT'S JUST TO DO THAT.
IT WOULD DEFINITELY BE. AGAIN, I DON'T I DON'T MIND THAT AT ALL.
WELL, I THINK THAT'S A GOOD IDEA.
I LIKE THAT. YOU KNOW, WE ALREADY COME IN AHEAD OF TIME SOMETIMES, SO WHY DON'T WE JUST DURING OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDING APPLICATION TIMES, WE START AN HOUR EARLY AND WE HEAR HOWEVER MANY WE CAN, AND THEY'RE SCHEDULED FOR THAT MEETING AND WE JUST KIND OF DO THAT FOR A FEW MONTHS. AND BUT I WELL, I LIKE I LIKE THE MAYOR'S IDEA OF HAVING THE STAFF PARE IT DOWN TO A MANAGEABLE LEVEL AND TO WHERE.
AND THEN IF WE HAVE QUESTIONS, I MEAN, WE CAN GET THE LIST THAT SAYS, HERE'S OUR RECOMMENDED 20 AND HERE'S ALL THE OTHER 80 THAT APPLIED.
AND IF WE HAVE A SPECIFIC QUESTION ABOUT WHY DID THIS ONE MAKE IT OR WHATEVER, WE COULD KIND OF LOOK AT THAT. BUT CITY MANAGER SEARCH AND IMAGINE WHEN WE DID IT BEFORE, WHEN WE
[05:00:05]
ALLOWED ALL OF THE AGENCIES TO COME IN PRESENT, EVEN WE SAID 3 TO 5 MINUTES.IT TOOK US ALMOST THREE MONTHS TO GET THROUGH THAT PROCESS AND WE DID COME IN ON EARLIER, PRIOR, AND WE WERE STILL RIGHT UP AGAINST THE THE DEADLINE TO GET TO THAT BUDGET NUMBER.
SO IF WE'RE GOING TO DO THAT, WE NEED TO START LIKE RIGHT NOW, WE'RE ALREADY BEHIND.
I, I DO HAVE A SUGGESTION ON THAT.
I WOULD SAY THIS IS JUST AN IDEA.
IF THEY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS, THEN YOU JUST DIVIDE THE MONEY UP EQUALLY.
NO PRESENTATION. NO PRESENTATION NEEDED.
IF YOU HAVE 100 THAT MEET WHATEVER YOUR MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS ARE, YOU DIVIDE THE MONEY UP EQUALLY. IF THERE'S TEN OF THEM OR 100, WHATEVER THE NUMBER IS.
SO MIGHT SIMPLY SIMPLIFY THE PROCESS, TREAT EVERYBODY EQUALLY, SAVE SOME STAFF AND COUNCIL SOME TIME. JUST JUST AN IDEA.
THEN IT JUST BECOMES THE ONUS IS ON US SETTING THOSE CRITERIA AND LIKE VERY SPECIFICALLY OF WHAT WE'RE LOOKING FOR. CAN I OFFER ANOTHER IDEA? IT'S NOT A LEGAL ONE, BUT OTHER CITIES JUST HAVE LIKE A THIRD PARTY FUNDING COMMITTEE THAT SCREENS THE APPLICATIONS, GOES THROUGH THEM AND MAKES FUNDING RECOMMENDATIONS.
AND THEN DURING THE BUDGET PROCESS, COUNCIL GETS ASKED SPECIFIC QUESTIONS ABOUT THE RECOMMENDATIONS. BUT YOU HAVE SOMEBODY EITHER THROUGH STAFF OR THROUGH A COMMITTEE OF CITIZENS, JUST KIND OF DO THE INTERVIEW AND REVIEW THE APPLICATIONS AND SORT THAT OUT.
$0.02. I WOULD AGREE WITH SOME FORM OF SOME OTHER COMMITTEE.
THE REASON IS THE AMOUNT THAT YOU SPEND ON THIS, AND I'M NOT SURE THE EXACT AMOUNT.
IF IT'S A COUPLE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS OR $300,000, YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT POTENTIALLY SPENDING HOURS UPON HOURS FROM THAT AMOUNT.
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS THAT ARE GOING TO BE TENS OF MILLIONS OF DOLLARS.
AND YOU'RE NOT GOING TO WANT TO SPEND VERY MUCH TIME ON THAT.
I UNDERSTAND THIS IS IMPORTANT, ESPECIALLY TO THE AGENCIES.
YOU COULD EVEN DO TWO OR THREE COUNCIL MEMBERS THAT ARE PART OF A SCREENING PROCESS WITH THE STAFF OR SOMETHING LIKE THAT.
I JUST WANT TO PROTECT YOUR TIME FOR THE TENS OF MILLIONS OF DOLLARS AND.
POTENTIALLY HUNDREDS OF MILLIONS OF DOLLARS THAT YOU HAVE TIME TO LOOK AT THOSE BIG TICKET ITEMS THAT ARE GOING TO MAKE A LOT OF DIFFERENCE IN THE DAILY LIVES OF PEOPLE THAT ARE IN HUDDLE. I LIKE THE IDEA OF THE COMMITTEE THAT'S NOT COUNCIL AND NOT STAFF BECAUSE THERE'S SO MUCH WORK TO DO AND GETTING THE INPUT.
I DON'T KNOW WHO THE COMMITTEE WOULD BE, BUT YEAH, I THINK AS LONG AS STAFF HELPS WITH PROVIDING THE SCORING CRITERIA, THE STRUCTURE AND THE STRUCTURE.
BUT IF WE IF WE GET 100 PEOPLE APPLYING, THAT'S HUNDREDS OF HOURS OF STAFF TIME TO PROCESS THAT, AND THAT'S NOT OKAY.
AND THEN ARE WE GOOD WITH THE 20 COMING BACK TO US? IS THAT WHAT WE WANT TO KIND OF CAP WHEREVER THE NATURAL BREAK IS 20 YEARS AGO? I'M COMPLETELY OKAY WITH IT. THE REASON I LIKE IT COME IN FRONT IN FRONT OF COUNCIL IS BECAUSE THERE'S TOO MUCH POLITICKING.
IT HAPPENS FOR THE MONEY BECAUSE THEN IT'S THIS PERSON HERE.
I KNOW THEM. AND AND THEY THEY REPRESENT A VOTING BLOC.
AND WE'VE SEEN IT. AND SO IF YOU GET IT COMPLETELY OUT OF OUR HANDS, IT JUST WE EITHER APPROVE IT AND MAKE CHANGES.
I MEAN, WE SAID EARLIER WE'RE OKAY WITH OTHER BOARDS AND COMMISSIONS MAKING DECISIONS AND FOLLOWING THE RECOMMENDATION.
AND HERE WE ARE, 120 GRAND INTO THE CITY MANAGER'S POINT.
WE'RE AFRAID TO LET ANYBODY ELSE PAY TOO MUCH INTO THIS.
AND I THINK IT'S BECAUSE WE WANT TO BE ABLE TO HAVE THAT INFLUENCE THAT, HEY, I HELP GET YOU MONEY OR I HELP DO THIS.
AND I THINK WE TAKE OURSELVES COMPLETELY OUT OF THAT.
I THINK LONG TERM, IT'LL BRING MORE STABILITY TO THE COUNCIL BECAUSE WE WON'T HAVE THIS ISSUE LIKE WE'VE HAD THE LAST YEAR OR TWO.
I'VE LITERALLY NEVER SEEN ANYBODY DO THAT UP HERE WITH OUR NOBODY THAT WE FUNDED THE LAST YEAR OR TWO, I THINK I WOULD SAY IS WE REALLY WE WE LITERALLY BROUGHT UP AN OUTSIDE FUNDING GROUP WHEN WE HAD NO MONEY IN THE BUDGET TO HEAR THEM TALK.
THAT'S BECAUSE OF MISINFORMATION.
YEAH, THEY JUST WANTED TO CLEAR THE AIR WITH WHAT HAPPENED.
WHATEVER IT IS, I DON'T WE CAN TAKE THE VOTE, BUT I DON'T UNDERSTAND WHY THE CITY COUNCIL, ONCE YOU GET SO INVOLVED IN WHO GETS BY AND I DON'T KNOW, MIKE, YOU SAID WE SHOULDN'T REALLY EVEN TRUST OUR BOARDS AND COMMISSIONS AND THAT WE'RE THE FINAL DECIDING PERSON. SO NOW YOU WANT TO RELINQUISH ALL OF THAT.
SO, I MEAN, YOU'RE KIND OF SAYING BOTH.
I SAID YOU WANT EVERYTHING TO HAPPEN ON THE DAIS.
I WANT TO DRAW ATTENTION TO CITY COUNCIL EXPECTATIONS.
I DON'T KNOW. EVERYBODY'S BEEN DISRESPECTFUL.
WHAT I'M WHAT I'M SUGGESTING IS, IS THAT WE CREATE THE CRITERIA FOR STAFF TO LOOK AT.
STAFF CAN QUICKLY GO THROUGH SOME OF THEM.
IF FOUR DIFFERENT PEOPLE WANT MONEY FOR BACKPACK GIVEAWAYS FOR SCHOOL SUPPLIES.
STAFF CAN MAKE THAT DETERMINATION FAIRLY QUICKLY THAT WE'RE NOT GOING TO GIVE 10,000 FOR
[05:05:03]
DIFFERENT PEOPLE. AND SO THEY CAN WHITTLE IT DOWN AND THEN THEY CAN BRING WHATEVER NUMBER WE DECIDE TO US.AND THEN WE CAN ALWAYS HAVE, LIKE, CUSTOMER GORDON SAID, LIKE WE HAVE ON OUR CITY MANAGER LIST, WE SEE ALL 120 PEOPLE THAT APPLIED.
WE'VE QUICKLY WHITTLED IT DOWN TO THE TOP 40 AND THEN A TOP 20 JUST BASED ON CRITERIA WE SET UP AND WE COULD DO THE SAME THING.
MY GUESS IS 100 PEOPLE WON'T APPLY, BUT IF YOU START THROWING IT OUT TO EVERYWHERE, I HONESTLY DON'T KNOW WHAT WOULD HAPPEN.
I JUST THINK WE ALSO OWE IT TO THE PEOPLE THAT ARE, YOU KNOW, PAYING IN THAT 1% THAT HAVE PAID ALL OF THAT MONEY IN TO KNOW WHAT THEY'RE DOING.
AND IT'S A GREAT WAY FOR THE COMMUNITY TO HEAR ABOUT THESE OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDING.
IT'S IT'S IT'S A GREAT WAY TO SPREAD KNOWLEDGE TO OUR CITIZENS.
SO TO CUT THAT OFF AND KNOW WHAT THEY'RE ACTUALLY SPENDING THE MONEY ON, I THINK IS A DISSERVICE IF WE DON'T ALLOW THEM TO COME.
WHEN YOU'RE SAYING DON'T ALLOW THEM TO COME AND PRESENT IN COUNCIL? YES, SIR. WELL, MAYBE THERE'S AN OPPORTUNITY THERE FOR DURING OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDING ALL OF THE APPLICANTS.
THEY GET LISTED ON THE WEBSITE, THE CITY WEBSITE, THE HYPERLINK TO THEIR THEIR PAY, THEIR WEBSITE OR WHATEVER THEY HAVE.
AND THAT WAY, IF RESIDENTS WANT TO LEARN WHO'S BEING CONSIDERED OR WHO'S SUBMITTED AN APPLICATION, THEY CAN.
IF IT TURNS OUT THAT WE DON'T HAVE THE TIME, BECAUSE IF THERE'S SO MANY APPLICATIONS TO HEAR ALL OF THEIR PRESENTATIONS AND AND MAYBE THEY DO A THREE MINUTE VIDEO THAT GETS PUT UP THERE AS WELL, AND THAT'S WHAT WE'RE LOOKING AT.
A VIDEO VIRTUAL THING RATHER THAN AN IN-PERSON MEETING.
AND IF THERE'S Q&A, LIKE IF WE HAVE QUESTIONS AS A COUNCIL.
I DON'T KNOW WHO BROUGHT IT UP, BUT DO IT SIMILAR TO HOW WE DID THE CITY MANAGER SEARCH WHERE I MEAN, WE STARTED WITH 100, WE QUICKLY GOT IT TO 50, WENT DOWN TO 20 ODD OR WHATEVER. BUT THEN THE LAST WAS IT FIVE.
I DON'T REMEMBER HOW MANY IT WAS THAT WE GOT VIDEOS OF.
RIGHT. WE GOT LIKE 5 TO 8 WHERE WE ACTUALLY GOT THE VIDEOS AND MAYBE THAT'S WHAT WE DO.
WE HAVE WE SET SOME PROCESS TO WHERE YOU WHITTLE IT DOWN TO A MANAGEABLE NUMBER BECAUSE.
YOU CAN'T SPLIT UP THE MONEY THAT WE'VE GOT AMONG 100 PEOPLE AND MAKE ANY KIND OF A SIGNIFICANT IMPACT IN THOSE ORGANIZATIONS.
YOU KNOW, YOU GIVE EACH ONE 1000 OR 500 BUCKS AND IT'S JUST NOT GOING TO MAKE AN IMPACT.
SO WHERE DO WE MAKE THE GREATEST IMPACT AMONG OUR CITIZENS AND WHO COULD MAKE THE GREATEST IMPACT FROM OUR OUTSIDE AGENCIES? AND YOU FOCUS ON THEM AND YOU COME UP WITH SOME KIND OF A WAY TO DO IT.
THAT'S, YOU KNOW, I LIKE THE COMMITTEE IDEA.
MM HMM. SUBCOMMITTEE AND A COUPLE OF COUNCIL MEMBERS, A COUPLE OF STAFF MEMBERS, A COUPLE OF CITIZENS, I DON'T KNOW.
AND WITH THAT, IT KIND OF ALLOWS IT TO TO CHANGE FROM YEAR TO YEAR AS LIKE.
WELL, THIS YEAR THE CITY REALLY WANTS TO FOCUS ON.
SOCIAL SERVICES BECAUSE OF WHATEVER'S GOING ON IN THE COMMUNITY.
AND THAT'S WHERE THE COUNCIL WANTS TO PUT A FOCUS ON.
MAYBE NEXT YEAR IT'S QUALITY OF LIFE.
AND SENIORS, I DON'T KNOW WILL AND PRIOR TO THAT PROCESS.
COUNCIL COULD HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY TO KIND OF TALK ABOUT, YOU KNOW, THINGS HAVE CHANGED AND WE NEED TO ADD A LITTLE FOCUS IN ONE PARTICULAR AREA, YOU KNOW, AND IF THERE'S IF THERE'S 200.
AGENCIES THAT MIGHT BE APPLYING.
CROSSING ALL THEIR T'S AND DOTTING ALL OF THEIR EYES IS.
PRETTY SLIM. AND SO THOSE GET WEEDED OUT PRETTY QUICKLY.
HOW MUCH? HOW MUCH WORK IT'S GOING TO BE IF THERE WAS 200 GROUPS THAT WERE APPLYING.
CAN. SO I'LL SUGGEST WE HAVE A.
WE HAVE A PROCESS NOW FOR NOMINATIONS, FOR BOARDS AND COMMISSIONS AND COMMISSIONS WHERE WE ALTERNATE YEAR TO YEAR.
WHO'S ON IT? LET'S JUST PUT THE OPPOSITE COUNCIL MEMBERS TO DO THAT OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDING RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THAT YEAR.
SO WE'VE GOT THE EVEN NUMBERED SEATS DOING THE BOARDS THIS YEAR.
SO THE ODD NUMBERED SEATS THROUGH THE OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDING NEXT YEAR AT SWAPS MAKES SENSE. BRILLIANT.
EVERYBODY'S EVERYBODY CHIPS IN.
AND STACEY, I JUST WANT TO CLARIFY.
SO ON THAT NUMBER OR NOT NUMBER LETTER C, IT SAYS AVAILABILITY OF OTHER FUNDING SOURCES FOR THE ORGANIZATION.
WOULD COUNCIL MEMBER HOLLAND'S CONCERN ABOUT MAYBE HAVING LARGE CORPORATION OR OTHER BACKING BE ENCOMPASSED IN THAT?
[05:10:02]
WOULD THAT BE CAPTURED THERE? YOU WERE ASKING ME THAT? WELL, I'M ASKING STACY IF SHE THINKS THAT BECAUSE SHE'S DONE THE PROCESS.BECAUSE, I MEAN, I THINK YOU BRING UP A REALLY GREAT CONCERN ABOUT THAT, NOT DO THEY HAVE A LOT OF BACKING.
THEY MAY OFFER A WONDERFUL SERVICE, BUT DO THEY HAVE A LOT OF BACKING AND MAYBE DON'T NEED NECESSARILY? THAT ALSO INCLUDES IF THEY GET OTHER GRANTS.
SO IT WOULD BE CAPTURED IN C? YES, IT SHOULD. IT SHOULD BE.
IF THEY GET GRANTS OR SPONSORSHIPS OR ANY OTHER FUNDING FROM OTHER SOURCES SHOULD ALL BE INCLUDED IN THAT. OKAY.
BUT THOSE ARE ACTION FOR THIS ITEM OR SOME KIND OF DIRECTION.
ARE YOU GUYS OKAY WITH WHAT WE'VE DONE? AND STAFF, BRING SOMETHING BACK.
WITH THE ACTION BE TO CREATE A SUBCOMMITTEE OF THE ODD PLACES TO BE THE SUBCOMMITTEE FOR OFF NOMINATIONS IS THAT THE ACTION WAS TO BRING BACK AN AGENDA ITEM FOR IT.
YEAH. I MEAN, THAT'S A SUGGESTION.
SO I THINK WHEN WE IF WE WANT TO TWEAK ANYTHING IN THE PROCESS, LET'S JUST BRING IT ALL BACK AS ONE AGENDA ITEM.
AND THEN IF WE WANT TO TWEAK IT AND NAME A SUBCOMMITTEE, WE CAN DO IT ALL WELL BECAUSE THIS IS DISCUSSION AND POSSIBLE ACTION.
BUT TO GIVE STACY AN OPPORTUNITY IF THERE ARE SINCE WE'VE HAD THIS DISCUSSION, IF ANY OF THE COUNCIL MEMBERS HAVE SOME ADDITIONAL THOUGHT AFTER.
YEAH. THE MEETING THEN FOR THAT INFORMATION.
YES. AND AND THEN THAT COULD ALL BE PUT TOGETHER ON ANOTHER AGENDA ITEM.
YEAH. DO YOU THINK IT'S MANAGEABLE FOR STAFF TO JUST COMPILE THE THE APPLICATIONS AND THEN JUST TURN IT OVER TO THE SUBCOMMITTEE? IF WE WERE TO DO THAT WITHOUT.
YES, YES. WITHOUT A SIGNIFICANT AMOUNT OF WORK.
A LITTLE BIT LESS ON YOUR PLATE.
WE HOPEFULLY KIND OF HAVE THAT DOWN AS A PROCESS.
I'M GETTING THE APPLICATIONS IN AND HAVE THEM ALL AND IT GETS PUT IN DROPBOX FILE.
SO, CHRISTIAN, DO WE NEED YOU TO COME BACK WITH SOME KIND OF ORDINANCE RESOLUTION CREATING THIS NEW BOARD? WE CAN. WE CAN SET IT UP WITH A RESOLUTION OR AN ORDINANCE LIKE WE'VE DONE THE OTHER COMMITTEES. SO JUST TO KIND OF FORMALIZE IT, THAT'S NOT A TASK COMMITTEE.
THE WHAT HOW DID WE DO FOR THE OTHER COMMITTEES? JUST SAID WHO WAS ON THE COMMITTEE? NO, BUT THIS WILL BE IF WE WANT SOMETHING STANDING, WE SHOULD PUT IT IN.
MAYBE THE PROTOCOLS. IS THAT WHERE WE DID THAT? THAT'S NOT. THE MAYOR HAS NEVER PICKED WHO'S.
YOU KNOW WHERE IT'S COMING FROM. TSETSE, I THINK WE ALL JUST KIND OF TALKED ABOUT WHO WANTED TO BE ON PROMOTION AT SOME POINT THAT SOMEBODY AND THEN I THINK WE ALL KIND OF.
BUT I THINK WE ALL KIND OF COLLECTIVELY CAME TO AN AGREEMENT AND THEN THAT ONE IS KIND OF MORE OF A SUNSET COMMITTEE THAT WASN'T GOING TO BE A RECURRING REVOLVING, WHEREAS THIS WOULD BE MORE OF A SET COMMITTEE.
SO I AGREE THAT IT SHOULD PROBABLY BE A MORE FORMALIZED.
YOU CAN BRING THAT BACK IN SOME RESEARCH TO MAKE SURE WE HAVE THE RIGHT REQUIREMENTS FOR WHATEVER. WE'RE NOT BREAKING THE CONSTITUTION ON THAT.
DO YOU HAVE A MEETING WHEN YOU WOULD WANT THAT BACK BY? HAD TO BE QUICK. I MEAN, YOU NEED THE APPLICATIONS OUT IN, WHAT, JUNE? SORRY. I MEAN, THEY NEED TO BE.
WE NEED. BUT NO, WE NEED TO SEND THE APPLICATIONS OUT IN JUNE TO GIVE THEM TIME TO DO THEM TO GET THEM BACK, BECAUSE WE'RE ALREADY IN THE BUDGET PROCESS.
SO THAT'S PART OF THE BUDGET PROCESS.
YOU REALLY NEED THAT BACK BY THE END OF MAY.
YOU DO IT LIKE MAY 19TH AND WE'LL BRING IT OUT MAY 19TH.
YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT HOW WE DEAL WITH ISAAC.
YOU WERE GOING TO SAY SOMETHING. NO, SIR, NOT NOW.
I DON'T KNOW. OR DOES ANYBODY HAVE ANYTHING THAT, LIKE, OFF THE TOP OF THEIR HEAD THAT WE'RE ACTUALLY GOING TO BE CHANGING WITH THE POLICY ITSELF? OR ARE WE REALLY JUST DISCUSSING HOW WE DEAL WITH THE APPLICATIONS ONCE THEY'RE IN? YOU'RE RIGHT THAT IT IS TWO SEPARATE ISSUES.
YEAH, I THINK WE STILL WOULD LIKE STACY TO COME BACK AND MAYBE MAKE ANY RECOMMENDATIONS IF THEY WANT TO CHANGE ANYTHING AND AND HAVE US MAYBE REVIEW IT SO THAT WE CAN GIVE THAT FEEDBACK. EXCUSE ME.
EXCUSE ME. MY THOUGHT IS THAT LET'S DO IT ALL AT THE SAME TIME.
AND IF THE SECOND MEETING IN MAY IS A GOAL, WHICH IT APPEARS TO BE, THEN THAT'S WHAT WE'LL NEED TO GET READY FOR IT.
LET'S JUST BRING BACK THE COMMITTEE AS WELL AS ANY OTHER UPDATES OR CHANGES TO THE PROCEDURES AND PROCESSES AND LET YOU ALL.
RIGHT. ANYTHING ELSE ON THAT ITEM? THAT TAKES US TO EXECUTIVE SESSION.
[05:15:01]
CITY COUNCIL WILL BREAK AT 1229.[13. EXECUTIVE SESSION]
WE'LL GO IN FOR ITEM 13.ONE RECEIVED LEGAL ADVICE PURSUANT TO TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 551.071 RELATED TO PENDING LEGAL REQUESTS, POTENTIAL CLAIMS IN CITY COUNCIL LEGAL REQUEST ITEM 13 TO RECEIVE LEGAL ADVICE PURSUANT TO TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 551071 AND DELIBERATE PURSUANT TO TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 5519074.
PERSONNEL MATTERS REGARDING THE EVALUATION OF THE FOLLOWING POSITIONS.
DIRECTOR OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT.
ASSISTANT AND DIRECTOR OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES AND ITEM 13 THREE.
MR. MAYOR. WE WILL NOT NEED THAT ONE.
WE NEED 31. DON'T NEED 13 ONE EITHER.
AND DO WE NEED TO BRING TEN FOUR? YES, SIR. BACK TO EXECUTIVE SESSION.
THE ITEMS RELATED TO THE SALARY SURVEY UNDER 13 TO COME BACK OUT OF EXECUTIVE SESSION AND REQUEST THAT YOU TAKE ACTION ON TEN FOR 13 TO DOESN'T INCLUDE ALL THE POSITIONS.
IT INCLUDES ALL THE POSITIONS WE'RE GOING TO DISCUSS IN EXECUTIVE SESSION BACK UNDER TEN FOUR. DISCUSS THEM IN OPEN SESSION.
WE'RE GOING UPSTAIRS. YES, SIR.
WE'RE BACK FROM EXECUTIVE SESSION.
MR. CITY MANAGER. DO YOU WANT US TO DO 13 TO FIRST OR TEN FOR.
THERE'S NO OBJECTION TO RECALL ITEM TEN FOR CONSIDERATION.
[10.4. Consideration and possible action on Ordinance No. 2022-016 amending Chapter 2, Article 2.03, Division 1 of the Code of Ordinances to adopt the city’s classification and compensation plan, as amended. (First Reading) (Interim City Manager Isaac Turner)]
POSSIBLE ACTION ON ORDINANCE NUMBER 2022016.AMENDING CHAPTER TWO ARTICLE 2.03 DIVISION ONE OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES TO ADOPT THE CITY'S CLASSIFICATION AND COMPENSATION PLAN AS AMENDED.
MR. MAYOR AND MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL, YOU RECEIVED THE PRESENTATION FROM THE REPRESENTATIVE FROM MAG, MR. CAMPBELL. HE GAVE YOU A SUMMATION OF WHAT THE AGENCY HAD RECOMMENDED FOR THE CITY.
WE ALSO PROVIDED TO YOU AN ADDITIONAL PACKET WITH A TABLE THAT WAS PREPARED BY YOUR CITY STAFF WITH THE VARIOUS POSITIONS, AS WELL AS ADDITIONAL ADJUSTMENTS IN ADDITION TO WHAT MAG RECOMMENDED.
AND LET ME SUMMARIZE JUST A COUPLE OF THOSE.
THERE WERE SOME INDIVIDUAL POSITIONS THAT WE THOUGHT THERE WERE SOME NEEDED INTERNAL EQUITY AS WELL AS MARKET ADJUSTMENTS TO TO THOSE BEING HUMAN RESOURCES DIRECTOR, ASSISTANT CITY MANAGER, DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DIRECTOR AND MANAGEMENT ASSISTANT.
IN ADDITION, WE ARE ALSO RECOMMENDING THAT PEOPLE WHO ARE ABOVE THE RANGE ABOVE THE MARKET MAXIMUM RECEIVE A ONE TIME ADJUSTMENT WHICH WOULD BE EQUIVALENT TO THE 2% OR IF THE IF THEY WERE BELOW THE MAX AND THE 2% TOOK THEM ABOVE THE MAXIMUM, WE ARE RECOMMENDING THAT THEY RECEIVE TO THEIR BASE SALARY AND INCREASE TO THEIR BASE SALARY THAT TAKES THEM TO THAT MAX NUMBER.
ANY AMOUNT THAT GOES ABOVE THAT MAX NUMBER WOULD BE A ONE TIME PAYMENT.
ADDITIONALLY, YOU HEARD FROM THE REPRESENTATIVE FROM MAG THIS EVENING THAT HE IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDING A 4% INCREASE INSTEAD OF A 2% INCREASE.
AGAIN. I WANTED YOU TO HEAR WHAT THE RECOMMENDATION WAS.
IT WOULD HAVE BEEN NICE TO HAVE KNOWN THAT AS A RECOMMENDATION FROM THE BEGINNING WHEN THEY GAVE US THAT BACK.
I UNDERSTAND THE MARKET'S CHANGING.
ABSOLUTELY. PLEASE BE REMINDED THAT THIS IS A MID-YEAR ADJUSTMENT.
WE INTEND TO BRING BACK TO YOU RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SALARIES FOR THE NEXT FISCAL YEAR AS THE BUDGET IS BEING PREPARED.
JUST SOME CURSORY NUMBERS THAT WE GOT FOR YOUR INFORMATION FROM THE FINANCE DIRECTOR.
THE COST OF THE ADDITIONAL 2% WOULD BE AN ADDITIONAL 1.25 AND AN ADDITIONAL FOUR FOR THE GENERAL FUND AND AN ADDITIONAL 22,000 FOR THE UTILITIES FUND.
AT THIS TIME, I'M NOT IN A POSITION TO RECOMMEND TO YOU THAT 4%.
JUST HAVEN'T HAD ENOUGH TIME TO LOOK AT IT AND LOOK AT IT RELATIVE TO OTHER BUDGET NUMBERS. AND WE'LL BE VERY HESITANT TO JUST DROP SOMETHING ON YOU ON THE FLOOR OF THE COUNCIL. I JUST DON'T WANT TO DO THAT.
SO IF YOU WANT US TO RECONSIDER THAT, WE CAN BRING THAT BACK TO YOU LATER.
OR WE CAN CERTAINLY WILL BE CONSIDERING SALARIES AS PART OF THE BUDGET PROCESS THAT YOU'LL GET. LET ME SUMMARIZE AND JUST LEAVE YOU WITH THIS ON THIS PIECE.
AGAIN, FOR THE MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC, MOST OF THIS WAS FORMULATED ALREADY AND ENTERED INTO CONTRACT BEFORE A NUMBER OF US GOT HERE.
I DO THINK THAT IF THAT YOU DO NEED TO DO ANOTHER SALARY SURVEY AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE.
[05:20:05]
I KNOW THE GENTLEMAN SAID SOMETHING ABOUT EVERY 5 TO 6 YEARS, ONE, YOU'RE GROWING AT A RATE OF 8% A YEAR TO THIS SALARY SURVEY.DID NOT HAVE ENOUGH DATA POINTS FOR ME TO FEEL COMFORTABLE THAT WE COULD DEVELOP A MULTI-YEAR PLAN FROM IT.
SO I RECOMMEND THE FOLLOWING ONE WE COMPLETE ACCURATE JOB DESCRIPTIONS FOR ALL OF THE POSITIONS. WE STILL HAVE A NUMBER OF POSITIONS THAT DON'T HAVE JOB DESCRIPTIONS, AND THEY ALL NEED TO HAVE JOB DESCRIPTIONS.
NUMBER TWO, WE CONDUCT A FULL SALARY AND BENEFIT SURVEY IN FISCAL YEAR 2223.
NUMBER THREE, WE BENCHMARK KEY POSITIONS ANNUALLY.
NUMBER FOUR, THAT WE INCLUDE SERVING ACTUAL SALARIES PAID IN THE MARKET.
IN ADDITION TO THE PAY RANGES, THE SALARY SURVEY THAT WAS PRESENTED TO YOU LOOKED AT PAY RANGES OR PAY SCALES FROM OTHER ENTITIES, MADE SOME AVERAGES OR MEANS AND DID SOME LINEAR REGRESSIONS AND THAT SORT OF THING, AND BROUGHT THAT BACK TO YOU.
IT WOULD HAVE BEEN EVEN MORE HELPFUL TO HAVE INFORMATION ON ACTUAL SALARIES THAT WERE PAID IN THE MARKET, AND I THINK THAT WOULD HELP OUT QUITE A BIT.
ALSO THAT WE DO A GRAPH ILLUSTRATING WHERE OUR PEOPLE ARE AS AN AGGREGATE COMPARED TO THE MIDPOINTS, AND IT'S CALLED A BELL CURVE BECAUSE EVENTUALLY IT'LL END UP LOOKING LIKE A BELL OVER THE MIDPOINT.
BUT THAT GET DONE WITH THAT WILL HELP US TO DO IS TO TRACK HOW WELL WE'RE DOING RELATIVE TO OUR GOAL OF GETTING PEOPLE CLOSE TO THAT MIDPOINT NEXT ITEM THAT WE DEVELOP A TIME FRAME THAT COUNSEL DEVELOP A TIME FRAME AS A POLICY OF HOW LONG IT WOULD TAKE AN EMPLOYEE TO GET TO MIDPOINT AS A GOAL, NOT A DEFINITIVE, BUT AS A GOAL ON AVERAGE.
WE WANT TO BE ABLE TO GET PEOPLE TO THE MIDPOINT.
AND I THINK WHEN I BRIEFED YOU, I THOUGHT YOU THE RANGE WAS 25% FROM ENTRY TO MID, BUT HE SAYS 20%. SO PLEASE EXCUSE ME FOR THAT.
BUT YOU DEVELOP A GOAL OF HAVING TO DO THAT IN FOUR YEARS OR HAVING TO DO THAT IN FIVE YEARS. AND THAT'S THE GOAL THAT WE KIND OF SET SO THAT PEOPLE CAN KNOW THAT THEY WILL HAVE AN OPPORTUNITY TO GET TO THAT MIDPOINT AND EVEN BEYOND THE MIDPOINT.
WE ALSO WANT TO TRACK THE CHANGES TO THAT BELL CURVE SO YOU CAN SEE HOW YOU'RE PROGRESSING YEAR TO YEAR, OR YOU CAN EVEN DO IT JUST WHENEVER YOU MAKE PAY CHANGES.
YOU CAN READ CHART THAT GRAPH AND YOU CAN SEE WHERE YOU'RE AT AND HOW EMPLOYEES ARE PROGRESSING. AND FINALLY, IT'S IMPORTANT, I THINK, THAT WE DO A STAFFING STUDY.
A LOT OF WHAT IS OCCURRING HERE IS STILL BEEN THE RESIDUE OF THE DRAMATIC STAFF CUT THAT HAPPENED A FEW YEARS BACK.
AND SO THERE'S SOME STILL SOME ISSUES THERE AND SOME ISSUES OF HOW THE JOB DUTIES HAVE BEEN COMPILED WITH INDIVIDUAL AREAS.
BUT I THINK IT WOULD BE VERY HELPFUL FOR THE ORGANIZATION TO GET A STAFFING STUDY DONE.
WE WILL INCLUDE A COST ASSESSMENT OF THAT.
I DON'T KNOW IF IT'S GOING TO WHEN WE DO OR YOUR BUDGET.
I'M NOT SURE IF IT'S GOING TO BE IN THE FUNDED PORTION OF THE BUDGET OR THE UNFUNDED ITEMS THAT THAT WILL LIST FOR YOU.
BUT WE'LL HAVE SOME INFORMATION ON THAT SO THAT YOU CAN MAKE SOME CHOICES ABOUT THAT AS YOU GO THROUGH YOUR BUDGET PROCESS.
ARE THERE ANY ANY QUESTIONS FOR ME, MAYOR PRO TEM, I THINK YOU'RE NEXT IN THE ROTATION.
I MEAN, I APPRECIATE ALL THE ALL THE THOUGHT PUT INTO THIS.
I. YOU KNOW, YOU DISCUSSED A LOT OF THIS WITH US INDIVIDUALLY.
I AGREE WITH YOU THAT THE BELL CURVES ARE GOING TO BE VERY IMPORTANT FOR SEEING WHERE WE SIT. AS FAR AS DO WE HAVE RELATIVELY INEXPERIENCED STAFF? DO WE HAVE RELATIVELY EXPERIENCED STAFF THAT'S AT THE HIGH END? AND HOW DOES THAT AFFECT OUR PLANNING FOR THE FUTURE? THERE'S A WHOLE LOT OF THINGS THAT THAT PLAY INTO THAT BEYOND JUST THE SALARIES.
SO I THINK ALL OF THESE I LIKE ALL OF THESE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE FUTURE.
I THINK, YOU KNOW, I WOULD LIKE TO SEE THEM ALL IMPLEMENTED, AS YOU SUGGESTED.
COUNCIL MEMBER. VILLARREAL SALVO.
IT'S REALLY WONDERFUL AS CITY MANAGER TURNER TO SEE US GOING IN A.
STRATEGIC DIRECTION FORWARD WITH THE STAFF.
HOPEFULLY THEY SEE THIS AS A GOOD STEP FOR THE COUNCIL AND THEIR PERSPECTIVE AND SECURITY FOR THEIR JOBS AS WELL.
AND JUST KNOWING THAT WE CARE ABOUT THEM BEING COMPETITIVE IN THE MARKETPLACE AND I'M DEFINITELY 100% ON BOARD WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS THAT YOU'VE MADE.
AND THANK YOU FOR TAKING THE TIME TO SPEAK WITH EACH OF US INDIVIDUALLY ON THE CHART AND EVEN DRIVING IN MY HOUSE TO GET IT TO ME.
GLAD. GLAD TO SEE THAT THIS IS MOVING FORWARD FINALLY.
ONE MINUTE YOU'RE NOT WITHOUT A QUESTION OR TWO.
HOW DOES THAT HOW DOES THAT WORK? ARE WE ABLE TO PAY OUT BONUSES? LEGALLY OR IS A RETENTION BONUS LEGAL BUT A REGULAR BONUS ISN'T.
[05:25:03]
OR SO NORMALLY WHAT THE WHAT THE LAW PROHIBITS IS RETROACTIVE PAY.AND SO IF YOU SET IT OUT IN ADVANCE AND IT'S PART OF YOUR PERSONNEL POLICY AND IT'S BUDGETED FOR, THEN IT'S NOT CONSIDERED AN UNLAWFUL BONUS.
BUT IF YOU GO AND SAY, I WANT TO I WANT TO REWARD THEIR EMPLOYEE FOR THIS LAST YEAR OF SERVICE AND I WANT TO INCREASE THEIR SALARY RETROACTIVELY OR GIVE THEM THIS BONUS AT THE END OF THE YEAR. THAT'S NOT BUDGETED FOR.
IT'S NOT PART OF YOUR PERSONNEL POLICY, AND THAT'S WHEN YOU RUN AFOUL OF THE LAW.
OKAY. SO HERE'S THE NEXT LEGAL QUESTION.
SO I AGREE WITH DIRECTOR OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES.
THE PROBLEM I HAVE IS I THINK THAT POSITION'S BEEN.
POLITELY. IT'S BEEN TAKEN ADVANTAGE OF.
FOR A WHILE. AND SO JUST BECAUSE YOU FIX IT TODAY DOESN'T MEAN YOU REALLY FIX IT FOR WHAT HAPPENED IN THE PAST.
I'M NOT SAYING I'M GOING TO GO BACK, YOU KNOW, FOR THE LAST FOUR YEARS, BUT.
IS THERE A WAY TO SAY SAY, SAY? THE BONUS FOR ME NEEDS TO BE 20,000.
HOW DO I HOW DO I MAKE A MOTION TO MAKE THAT LEGAL TO WEAR LIKE LOOK? BECAUSE WHEN I TALKED TO WARNED ABOUT THIS AT THE BUDGET TIME.
THE SALARY STUDY WAS SUPPOSED TO BE DONE LIKE SIX MONTHS AGO AND SO HAD IT BEEN DONE THEN. I WAS PUSHING FOR CHANGES THEN AND SO NOW I'M LIKE, OKAY, NOW THAT WE GOT PROOF.
HOW DO I RECTIFY A SITUATION? AND I DON'T WANT TO SAY, WELL, LET'S JUST GIVE IT MORE TODAY BECAUSE.
SO DOES THAT MAKE SENSE? WHAT I'M TRYING TO DO? YEAH.
I'VE SAID I DON'T WANT TO GO TO GET INTO SOME KIND OF LEGAL ISSUE, BUT.
WELL, THE THING IS, YOU CAN'T GO BACK.
SO IF THE WORK HAS ALREADY BEEN PERFORMED AND FOR THAT AMOUNT, YOU CAN'T RETROACTIVELY CHANGE THE COMPENSATION.
AND SO WE CAN LOOK AT WHAT OTHER OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE AND BRING YOU RECOMMENDATIONS.
BUT YOU CAN'T FIX A WRONG UNLESS IT'S LIKE A A MISSED PAYMENT OR AN UNDERPAYMENT BECAUSE OF YOU WEREN'T PAYING THE APPROPRIATE WAGES.
THOSE ARE CORRECTIONS THAT CAN BE MADE.
BUT I'D ARGUE THAT, WELL, THAT'S THAT DOESN'T APPLY HERE.
WHO HOLDS WHO HOLDS US UP TO THAT? I MEAN, I MEAN, I'M I'M BEING KIND OF SERIOUS BECAUSE I FEEL LIKE THAT PARTICULAR POSITION, NOT THE POSITION EITHER THE PERSON OR SOMETHING, CAUSE THAT POSITION TO BE WAY, WAY OUT OF WHACK FOR A REASON.
AND SO TO ME. WE'VE GOT TO READ THIS THING TWICE, RIGHT? YES. ONCE THIS WEEK AND ONCE NEXT WEEK.
OR YOU CAN WAIT THE SECOND READING.
I DON'T WANT TO WAVE IT. EXCUSE ME ON THE PROCESS ON THIS WE THERE HAS TO BE A BUDGET AMENDMENT THAT WILL COME BEHIND THIS.
AND WE WERE THINKING THE BUDGET AMENDMENT WOULD HAPPEN BOTH AT BOTH OF THE MEETINGS IN MARCH. AND YOU CAN HAVE I DON'T KNOW IF YOU CAN WEIGH THAT ON THE BUDGET, BUT YOU MIGHT BE ABLE TO. BUT WE CLEARLY KNEW THEIR BUDGET AMENDMENT WOULD HAVE TO FOLLOW THIS.
SO THIS WOULD NOT THE AMENDMENT WOULD NOT BE APPROVED UNTIL THE END OF MARCH AT THIS POINT. THE OTHER THING LET ME SAY THE SOME OF US HAD SOME CHALLENGES ABOUT CALLING IT A RETENTION BONUS, BUT WE COULDN'T COME UP WITH A BETTER WORD.
THE RETENTION BONUS WOULD, NOT WITHSTANDING THE SPECIFICS AT THE SPECIFIC POSITION YOU ARE TALKING ABOUT NOW, IS MERELY PROVIDING THAT 2% TO EMPLOYEES, BUT NOT BUILDING INTO THEIR BASE AND KEEPING TRUE TO THE FACT THAT YOU WOULD NOT ATTACH SOMETHING TO A BASE SALARY THAT WAS OVER THE MARKET NUMBER, SO YOU COULD CALL IT A ONE TIME WHATEVER.
THAT 2% WAS ONE TIME PAYMENT FOR PEOPLE WHO WERE ABOVE THE MARKET AND NOT CALL IT A BONUS.
I THINK WE NEED TO HAVE A LITTLE BIT MORE THOUGHT ON EXACTLY HOW TO DO THE.
AND WHAT COMPENSATION THE COUNCIL MIGHT THINK IS APPROPRIATE FOR THAT.
SO I AM NOT GETTING INTO HIS AREA FOR MY AREA.
TELL US WHAT YOU WANT THE NUMBER TO BE AND THEN LET US FIGURE OUT EXACTLY HOW TO DO IT FOR THAT PIECE I TALKED ABOUT.
I DON'T KNOW WHEN WE MET YESTERDAY OR THE DAY BEFORE OR SOMETHING.
THE REASON I CAME UP WITH 20 IS THAT HALF OF THE INCREASE AND WE'RE HALFWAY THROUGH THE FISCAL YEAR IS THE ONLY REASON I KIND OF CAME UP WITH THAT.
BUT I DON'T MIND AT FIRST READING AND THEN YOU TRY TO FIGURE OUT THERE'S A WAY.
THERE'S NOT A WAY, PROBABLY ALWAYS A WAY.
BUT BUT AGAIN, I DON'T WANT TO SKIRT ANY ISSUES, BUT I ALSO FEEL LIKE IF THERE'S IF THERE'S BEEN A LEGITIMATE I MEAN, EVERYBODY'S UNDERPAID A LITTLE BIT.
BUT IF THERE IS SOME THAT'S JUST.
ISAAC. CAN I TALK? I GOT MORE PLANS IF I'M HERE FOR THE BUDGET.
BECAUSE SOME OF THE PEOPLE ARE PAID SO LOW.
I SAID I DIDN'T KNOW WHY THEY ANSWER THE PHONE OR COME IN TO WORK.
I MEAN, WE'VE GOT TO FIGURE THIS OUT, BUT.
THAT. AND THEN THE OTHER THING I'D LIKE TO SEE US DO IS AND THIS NO SURPRISE, ISAAC BUMPED THE PLACE UP BY 4% BECAUSE I STILL FEEL LIKE ONE OF THE BIGGEST REASONS WE HAVE SO
[05:30:03]
MANY OPENINGS. IT'S.YOU CAN MAKE MORE MONEY AT A GAS STATION THAN YOU CAN BE AN OFFICER OF THE LAW.
AND SO IN MY MIND, WE'RE STILL NOT WHERE WE NEED TO BE.
AND THIS WILL GET US GOING IN THE RIGHT DIRECTION TO WHERE WHEN WE GO TO THE BUDGET AND HAVE A MORE MEASURED BREAKDOWN, WE'RE GOING TO HAVE TO MAKE SOME SUBSTANTIAL CHANGES OTHERWISE. WE'RE ALWAYS GOING TO HAVE WE'RE GOING TO HAVE BURNED OUT COPS BECAUSE THEY'RE WORKING OVERTIME AND HAVING TO PULL EXTRA SHIFTS.
BUT I HAVE SOME QUESTIONS ON THIS IMPLEMENTATION, TOO, AS YOU CAN.
I'LL SEND THEM TO YOU BECAUSE.
MY GLASSES HERE. I DON'T KNOW WHAT EXACTLY I'M LOOKING AT.
FULLY, BUT IT LOOKS LIKE THE ASSISTANT CHIEF WAGE WAS GOING UP 37% FROM THE MAX TO THE NEW MAX. LT WENT UP 30%.
SGT WENT UP 18% AND THE REGULAR PATROL OFFICER WENT UP 11.6.
AND SO I JUST WANTED TO MAKE SURE THAT HOWEVER THE PAY SCALES FOR THE POLICE ARE GOING TO BE THAT WE'RE WE'RE DOING IT IN A MANNER TO WHERE I KNOW WHAT THESE GUYS THAT HAVE BEEN UNDERPAID GET A.
THEIR MACS GO UP 11%, BUT THEN THEY'RE EVERYBODY ABOVE THEM ARE GETTING ANYTHING FROM 20 TO 37% INCREASES.
SO I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE MAYBE WE CAN SIT DOWN AND.
AND SEE WHAT THAT SKILL IS GOING TO LOOK LIKE OVERALL.
I CAN ANSWER THAT ONE FAIRLY QUICKLY.
BECAUSE THE SURVEY WAS WELL UNDERWAY BY THE TIME I BECAME INVOLVED AND.
THE GENTLEMAN THAT YOU SAW HERE TONIGHT WAS NOT INVOLVED DURING THE TIME.
I HAD SOME OF THE INITIAL DISCUSSIONS.
WHAT THEY CAME BACK WITH BECAUSE THAT WAS AUTHORIZED AND THEY WOULDN'T TELL US HOW THEY CAME UP WITH IT AND IT WASN'T REAL.
A LOT OF FLEXIBILITY DEMONSTRATED FROM MY PERSPECTIVE.
PART OF THE REASON THAT I'M ENCOURAGING YOU ALL TO DO A FULL BLOWN SALARY AND BENEFIT STUDY NEXT TIME SO THAT.
WE CAN GET A FIRM WHERE YOU CAN WORK SOME OF THOSE DETAILS AND UNDERSTAND SOME OF THOSE DETAILS. AND I UNDERSTAND THESE MAXIMUM MINIMUMS ARE NOT SOMETHING THAT PEOPLE ARE GOING TO GET PAID TODAY.
SO I KNOW THAT'S NOT SOMETHING THAT HAS TO BE FIXED TODAY.
YES. OR THE ONLY THING ABOUT THAT IS THAT PEOPLE WILL BE.
ONCE THE BUDGET AMENDMENTS APPROVED, PEOPLE WILL ENTER AT A MINIMUM AT THE LEAST.
SO NOBODY WILL BE BELOW THE MINIMUM RANGE.
YES, SIR. YEAH. I DIDN'T HAVE PROPERTY THAT THAT WAS ONE OF THE QUESTIONS OR STATEMENTS.
GORDON, I JUST WANT TO SAY AGAIN, TO REITERATE, I REALLY APPRECIATE THE DETAIL THAT YOU SPENT WITH THIS ONE ON ONE KIND OF WALKING THROUGH THIS AND ANSWERING A LOT OF OUR QUESTIONS. MOST OF MY QUESTIONS ARE ANSWERED THAT WAY.
IF WE DO MOVE FORWARD TONIGHT WITH A 2% APPROVAL.
WHEN WOULD YOU BRING BACK A PROPOSAL TO DO THE FULL 4%? I MEAN, WHAT'S THE SOONEST THAT YOU WOULD ANTICIPATE BRINGING THAT BACK TO US? IT WOULD BE AT YOUR DIRECTION.
AND GENERALLY SPEAKING, WE KNOW AND TALKING WITH THE BUDGET, WITH THE FINANCE DIRECTOR, WE KNOW THAT WE'RE GOING TO COME BACK WITH A SALARY INCREASE RECOMMENDATION AS PART OF THE BUDGET PROCESS.
IF YOU WANT SOMETHING SOONER, WE CAN CERTAINLY TAKE A LOOK AT THAT.
WE CAN CERTAINLY MAKE SURE WE PROVIDE YOU WITH SOME NUMBERS WHAT THAT WOULD COST WITHIN THE NEXT WEEK OR SO. BUT BUT IF YOU WANT SOMETHING SOONER, YOU'D HAVE TO SHARE THAT WITH US. WE WEREN'T PLANNING ON BRINGING BACK ANOTHER INCREASE UNTIL THE BUDGET PROCESS.
AND PLEASE BEAR IN MIND WHILE WE'RE DOING THIS, IS THAT IN ADDITION TO THIS, OF COURSE, EMPLOYEES GET EVALUATED ON AN ANNUAL BASIS AND THERE IS A PAY INCREASE ASSOCIATED WITH THAT. I THINK THE PUBLIC SAFETY IS A LITTLE BIT DIFFERENT FROM THE REGULAR EMPLOYEES AND I APOLOGIZE, I DON'T KNOW THOSE AMOUNTS BUT OR PERCENTAGES.
BUT THERE IS ANOTHER MECHANISM WHEREBY EMPLOYEES PAY WILL BE INCREASED IF THEY HAVE A SUCCESSFUL EVALUATION.
OKAY. SO THE MAYOR'S POINT, I, YOU KNOW, I THINK IN A LOT OF POSITIONS, NOT JUST PD, BUT ELSEWHERE, IF EVERYONE ELSE IS GIVING THE 4%, WE'RE DOING THE 2% AND WE DON'T BRING IT BACK UNTIL THE NEXT BUDGET CYCLE.
I JUST WORRY HOW MUCH FURTHER WE'RE GOING TO FALL BEHIND.
BUT PLEASE UNDERSTAND WHAT THE GENTLEMAN SAID.
HE SAID THAT THEY HAVE FOUND OUT LATELY NOT KNOWING IT WHEN THEY FIRST STARTED, THAT PEOPLE ARE PLANNING ON 4% INCREASES IN THE BUDGET CYCLE.
THAT'S COMBAT. THAT'S SO SO THAT'S WHY I DON'T LIKE TO GET INFORMATION AT THE LAST MINUTE, BUT YOU HAVE TO LISTEN VERY CAREFULLY.
AND SO HE DID SAY I WAS A LITTLE SURPRISED THAT HE IN ESSENCE, WE THOUGHT THAT WE WEREN'T THAT FAR OFF FROM THE MARKET.
[05:35:01]
SOME COMMENT ALONG THOSE LINES.AND THEN HE ALSO THEN SAID HE STRONGLY RECOMMENDED THAT WE DO A 4% BECAUSE SOME OF THE PEOPLE THAT HE'S BEEN TALKING TO ARE DOING 4% IN THEIR BUDGET FOR NEXT YEAR.
SO WE'VE GOT TIME FOR WHAT THEY'RE DOING NEXT YEAR.
I CAN'T SIT UP HERE AND TELL YOU IF YOU WANT TO DO SOMETHING EARLY TO INCREASE THAT ADDITIONAL 2% TO MAKE IT 4% EARLY.
I CAN TELL YOU THAT WAS WRONG.
I APPRECIATE THAT. THAT MAKES ME FEEL BETTER.
WITH THAT UNDERSTANDING. OKAY.
SO I HAD COUNCIL MEMBER KINSEY.
I MEAN. YEAH, WHAT I TOOK FROM.
RUSSELL'S PRESENTATION WAS THAT.
MOST CITIES ARE KIND OF COMING OUT AROUND THE 5% RANGE AND OURS WAS ACTUALLY ONLY 2.71.
SO WE ACTUALLY WEREN'T THAT FAR OFF ON THE BROAD RANGE.
OBVIOUSLY, THERE ARE SPECIFICS IN HERE WHERE THE MARK IS PRETTY FAR OFF.
HOWEVER, JUST LOOKING AT THE PD AS FAR AS MID RANGE AND WHAT THEY'RE CURRENTLY MAKING AS FAR AS LOW END TO MID RANGE, MOST ARE EITHER ADDED ABOVE IT.
THERE'S A COUPLE THAT ARE BELOW, BUT THEY'RE PROBABLY WITHIN THAT 4% RANGE.
JUST KIND OF LOOKING AT JUST KIND OF GLANCING DOWN THE MID VERSUS WHAT THE CURRENT IS.
SO I THINK I WOULD BE MORE IN FAVOR WITH JUST DOING THE RECOMMENDED 2% AND THEN LOOKING MORE INTO THE 4% WITH THE BUDGET CYCLE.
SO TAKING THE AMENDMENTS THAT THE CITY MANAGER HAS PUT FORTH AND THEN ESSENTIALLY LEAVING EVERYTHING ELSE UNTIL.
THE BUDGET CYCLE AS WELL, BECAUSE I REALLY DON'T THINK WE'RE SO FAR OFF THE MARK ON A LOT OF THESE. OBVIOUSLY, THE HIGHLIGHTED ONES WERE HIGHLIGHTED FOR A REASON BECAUSE THE MARGINS WERE A LOT LARGER.
BUT JUST KIND OF LOOKING AT IT, I DON'T KNOW IF IT'S THAT EGREGIOUS AT THIS EXACT MOMENT.
I'M NOT SAYING THAT THEY'RE NOT DESERVING OR ANYTHING LIKE THAT AT ALL.
BUT AGAIN, JUST LOOKING AT NUMBERS AND AVERAGES IN THE MID RANGE, THEY'RE PRETTY THEY'RE PRETTY DARN CLOSE. SO I WOULD SHY AWAY FROM THAT AND JUST DO THE RECOMMENDED 2% AND SEE EXACTLY THE MONEY ALLOCATED, PAID OUT THE BUDGET AMENDMENT, HOW IT ACTUALLY SHAKES OUT.
I WOULD FEEL MUCH MORE COMFORTABLE DOING THAT.
AND THEN IF WE WANT TO COME BACK SOONER AND ADD THE ADDITIONAL 2%, WE CAN LOOK AT THAT OR WE CAN JUST WAIT FOR THAT.
THE BUDGET CYCLE. SO WHAT IS THAT ABOUT FIVE MONTHS? THAT'S JUST KIND OF MY THOUGHTS.
SO I WOULD LIKE TO JUST KEEP IT TO JUST WHAT THE CITY MANAGER HAS AMENDED AND LEAVE THE PD OUT OF IT AT THIS MOMENT.
AND LET ME BE REAL CLEAR JUST FOR CLARIFICATION, THE 2%, WHICH IS WHY I MAY HAVE SOUNDED A LITTLE FRUSTRATED OR VEXED.
WE DIDN'T COME UP WITH THAT AS STAFF.
AND SO THEN TO GET UP HERE AND KIND OF AT THE LAST MINUTE AND SAY, WELL, THE NUMBER REALLY OUGHT TO BE 4% IS A LITTLE CONCERNING.
NOT THAT IT'S INCORRECT, BUT JUST LOW CONCERN.
AND AGAIN, REMEMBER, THIS IS A MID-YEAR BUDGET ADJUSTMENT THAT WE'RE DOING.
THE ITEMS THAT HE WAS COMPARING TO WAS WHAT PEOPLE WERE GOING TO DO IN THEIR NEXT YEAR BUDGET THAT THEY WERE TELLING HIM.
SO WE STILL HAVE THAT OPPORTUNITY TO DO THAT IN THE NEXT YEAR'S BUDGET.
AND IF WE FIND OUT THAT THERE IS A SERIES OF POSITIONS THAT ARE ACUTELY DIFFICULT OR SEEMS LOW, WE CAN BRING THAT BACK TO YOU AND TO THE CONCERN ABOUT PUBLIC SAFETY.
AS YOU ALL KNOW, WE'RE ATTEMPTING TO FILL A NUMBER OF VACANCIES THERE.
SO I WILL MAKE SURE THAT WE TAKE A LOOK AT THAT AND SEE IF IN TERM, IN TERMS OF FILLING THOSE, IF THERE'S A PROBLEM WITH GETTING PEOPLE TO ACCEPT THOSE OFFERS, I THINK THAT MIGHT HELP SOME OF THE CONCERNS I'M HEARING TONIGHT.
I THINK SOME OF IT'S ATTRIBUTED TO JUST THE SHORTAGE CRISIS ABOVE ACROSS ALL OF THE INDUSTRIES. I DON'T KNOW. I MEAN, PAY VERY WELL MAY BE AN ATTRIBUTE, BUT DEFINITELY THERE'S JUST SHORTAGE OF PEOPLE IN ALMOST EVERY INDUSTRY AND LAW ENFORCEMENT IS HAS BEEN SUFFERING THAT KIND OF ACROSS THE BOARD TO.
YEAH DEFINITELY BUT YEAH I'M GLAD WE FINALLY GOT IT.
I WISH IT HAD BEEN MORE COMPREHENSIVE I GUESS, ALL THE WAY AROUND SINCE WE WAITED SO LONG FOR IT. BUT NO USE IN CRYING OVER SPILLED MILK AND HOPEFULLY WE'LL DO WE HAVE A MUCH BETTER FRAMEWORK AND WHAT WE'RE LOOKING FOR.
SO I REALLY APPRECIATE YOUR EXPERTIZE AND INPUT ON THAT FUTURE KIND OF ROADMAP ON HOW WE'RE GOING TO HOPEFULLY DO THESE AND HAVE A MORE.
FRUITFUL SALARY STUDY, IF YOU WILL.
COUNCILMEMBER HELEN. SO I WANT TO KIND OF ADDRESS THE CITY MANAGER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, OF WHICH I DON'T HAVE AN ISSUE WITH ANY OF THEM.
MY CONCERN IS, WILL THIS BE ESTABLISHED BECAUSE YOU'RE NOT GOING TO BE HERE, YOU KNOW,
[05:40:04]
IN A SHORT PERIOD OF TIME AND JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT WE CAN FEEL COMFORTABLE THAT SOMEBODY IS GOING TO HAVE THIS INFORMATION AND WE'RE GOING TO WE'RE GOING TO MOVE FORWARD. WITH ALL OF THESE RECOMMENDATIONS.THAT'S A GREAT SEGWAY INTO MY FINAL NOTE WHILE I GET TO STAND UP HERE IN FRONT OF YOU AND PRESENT THIS INFORMATION, AND PROBABLY RIGHTLY SO, IF YOU LIKE IT, IT'S GOOD IF YOU DIDN'T LIKE IT. AND IT NEEDS TO BE ON ME TOO.
A NUMBER OF YOUR EMPLOYEES PARTICIPATED WITH THIS, INCLUDING THE WHOLE LEADERSHIP TEAM TO SOME DEGREE OR THE OTHER.
PART OF THE REASON THAT YOU HAVE THE DETAIL PRINTED OUT IN FRONT OF YOU IS SO THAT, YOU KNOW, AS SPECIFICALLY IN THESE LARGE SHEETS, WHAT HAPPENED WHEN, WHERE TO WHICH EMPLOYEES? PART OF THE REASON I PURPOSELY WANTED TO MAKE SURE THAT THE BULLETS WERE PART OF THE PUBLIC RECORD.
AND YOUR DISCUSSION, NOT JUST EXECUTIVE SESSIONS AND DISCUSSION PARTICULAR POSITIONS, BUT PART OF THE PUBLIC RECORD IS SO THAT YOU WOULD HAVE THAT THINGS THAT WE DO DURING MY TENURE, THE GOALS, THE CORE VALUES, THOSE SORTS OF THINGS, THAT'S UP TO YOU TO KEEP.
THAT'S UP TO YOU AND TO THE STAFF TO KEEP.
I WILL SHARE WITH YOU THAT IN THE OTHER CITY, ANOTHER CITY THAT I DID, AN INTERIM CITY MANAGER PIECE WITH, I THINK IT WAS ACTUALLY THE LAST COUNCIL MEETING I GOT A TEXT OF THE COUNCIL CHAMBERS WITH THE GOALS LISTED.
LIKE, THESE AREN'T UP NOW THAT WE HAVE HERE, BUT THEY'RE COMING SOON.
I KNOW, BUT I GOT A TEXT THAT SHOWED A PICTURE OF THE GOALS AND THE COUNCIL CHAMBERS AND I STARTED CRYING. I SAID, BUT THEN I HAVE TO EXPLAIN WHY.
HOPEFULLY WE'RE THROUGH WITH THIS.
THERE'LL BE A LOT OF THINGS, A LOT OF DOCUMENTATION, SOME BANNERS OF THE GOALS AND PLACARDS OF THE GOALS AND EVERYTHING.
BUT IT'LL BE UP TO YOU TO MAKE THEM COME ALIVE AND KEEP THEM ALIVE.
I'VE TRIED TO DO THINGS WITH THE TEAM THAT WE HAVE AND THE GOOD TEAMS, AND SO THERE'S NOTHING THAT I'VE DONE THAT I'VE JUST COME UP WITH OFF THE TOP OF MY HEAD AND BROUGHT IT IN HERE. JUST SHAZAM! THIS IS IT. WE WORKED THROUGH IT THROUGH A TEAM PROCESS.
SO YOU'LL HAVE A NUMBER OF STAFF MEMBERS THAT WERE AWARE OF IT AND THE DETAILS OF IT.
COUNCIL MEMBER SUTTON. I'M SORRY.
I JUST WANT TO ECHO PRETTY MUCH WHAT EVERYONE'S BEEN SAYING.
IT'S IT'S NICE TO SEE THIS COME TO FRUITION.
FINALLY, I KNOW DURING THE BUDGET CYCLE, THERE WAS A LOT OF ARGUING ABOUT THAT CAN'T BE THE RIGHT SALARY RATE AND THAT PERSON SHOULDN'T BE PAID THAT MUCH.
AND AND IT'S JUST NICE TO SEE, EVEN THOUGH, YOU KNOW, IT WASN'T EXACTLY WHAT YOU WERE HOPING FOR. WE WERE HOPING FOR IT'S A STARTING POINT.
AND I'M JUST GLAD THAT, YOU KNOW, WE'RE GOING TO.
YOU KNOW, MAKE SOME THINGS RIGHT THAT HAVE NOT BEEN RIGHT FOR A LONG TIME AND SHOW THOSE THAT HAVE DEDICATED THEIR LIFE AND THEIR WORK TO THIS TOWN.
AND I JUST, YOU KNOW, LOOK FORWARD TO WHEN WE CAN DO MORE INCREASES AND, YOU KNOW, WITH THE PD. BUT I JUST THINK THIS IS A STARTING POINT AND YOUR RECOMMENDATIONS, I THINK WE SHOULD FULLY PURSUE AS WELL.
AND I WAS SUPPOSED TO USE THE ADJECTIVE THAT THIS IS AN IMPROVEMENT.
SO I WILL I WILL ABSOLUTELY SAY THAT, STACY, THIS IS AN IMPROVEMENT.
AND I CAN'T TELL YOU HOW MUCH I APPRECIATE THE COUNCIL'S WILLINGNESS AND DESIRE AND COMMITMENT TO MAKE SURE THAT EMPLOYEES ARE PAID APPROPRIATELY WITHIN THE MEANS OF THE THE ABILITY OF THE COMMUNITY.
AND THAT'S REALLY CRITICAL. SO THANK YOU FOR THAT.
I JUST WANTED TO ADD YOU HAD THE CONCERN ABOUT THE POLICE PAY.
I WOULD LIKE TO SEE IF YOU COULD COME BACK TO IT.
THAT'S ONE I WOULD LIKE TO COME BACK WITH EARLY IS THE POLICE DEPARTMENT PAY IS WHERE DO WE SIT? IS THAT SOMETHING WE REALLY SHOULD LOOK AT INCREASING BECAUSE OF RECRUITMENT? BECAUSE WHEN WE'RE SHORT EIGHT OFFICERS AND WE HAVE A LOT OF THINGS THAT WE'D LIKE TO DO AND WE HAVE RECOMMENDATIONS TO DO TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT AND THINGS LIKE THAT THAT I'M SURE ARE IMPAIRED BY BEING DOWN EIGHT OFFICERS.
THE PUBLIC SAFETY OF OUR CITY IS A PRIORITY FOR THE COUNCIL.
I WANT TO KNOW AND WE'VE GOT A NEW CHIEF NOW SO YOU CAN GET INPUT FROM HIM AND DISCUSS THAT WITH HIM. I WANT TO KNOW IF THERE'S SOMETHING THERE THAT WE SHOULD DO IN THE SHORT TERM TO BOOST THAT, TO HELP FILL THOSE POSITIONS OR WHAT THE RIGHT THING TO DO.
IS THERE ONCE SOME RECOMMENDATIONS ON THAT BROUGHT UP ADD SOMETHING HERE.
[05:45:03]
SO. THERE'S 29 PATROL OFFICER POSITIONS, EIGHT ARE VACANT, AND OF THAT 21 LEFT, ONLY FOUR OF THEM ARE ABOVE THE MIDPOINT.AND SO I AM CONFIDENT THAT WHILE I MAY GET VOTED DOWN, A 4% INCREASE IS NOT GOING TO PUSH THESE GUYS INTO SOME HIGH, HIGH WAGE.
AND. THE INCREASE RIGHT NOW IS $20 A WEEK AND SO $20 A WEEK AFTER TWO AND TAXES THEY'RE GOING TO GET TO GO AND GET A.
I'M GOING TO GO TO MCDONALD'S AND ORDER EXTRA VALUE.
I MEAN, THAT'S IT'S $75,000 IS WHAT WE'RE LOOKING AT FOR THE.
SO WHEN I SAW THAT $75,000 FOR THE INCREASE.
BUT SO TO CLARIFY, YOU WANT TO INCREASE THE 21 EXISTING PATROL OFFICERS AND THEN INCREASE THE MINIMUM FOR THE EIGHT? NO, THEY'LL OPEN THE WHOLE POLICE DEPARTMENT, WHOLE DEPARTMENT, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE CHIEF OF POLICE. WE JUST NEGOTIATED HIS.
BUT. BECAUSE THAT INCLUDES CODE ENFORCEMENT AND ANIMAL CONTROL AND CODE ENFORCEMENT.
I HAD THIS AND I HAD THIS CONVERSATION WITH ISAAC AND I SAID, SOME OF THESE PEOPLE.
WE HAVE PEOPLE GETTING PAID SO LITTLE THAT ARE OUT THERE AND EVERY TIME WE GOT PEOPLE CALLING THE PLACE SUNDAY MORNINGS TO TAKE CARE OF CONCRETE POURS THERE.
I WAS ON A RIDE ALONG AND WE'RE ALL STANDING AROUND.
IT'S THE BIGGEST RATTLESNAKE I'VE EVER SEEN IN MY LIFE AND THEY'RE JUST LOOKING AT IT AND ONE OF THEM'S GOT TO GO GET IT.
AND SO THIS GUY IS MAKING $58,000 A YEAR TO GO GET RATTLESNAKES, DODGE BULLETS, AND DO ALL THIS WORK.
AND I'VE BEEN ON THE COUNCIL FOR THREE YEARS, AND EVERY YEAR I TRY TO PUSH IT UP AND EVERY YEAR. LAST YEAR WE ONLY DID I THINK IT WAS FIVE PLUS A THREE, 3% COST OF LIVING.
AND HERE'S WHAT I TOLD WARREN AND I'D SAY IT NOW, IS THAT IF ANYBODY THINKS YOU'RE GETTING PAID TOO MUCH, THEN IF THEY WERE, WE WOULDN'T HAVE EIGHT VACANCIES.
WE WOULD HAVE PEOPLE BANGING ON THE DOOR TRYING TO GET IN.
INSTEAD. WE DON'T. AND WHILE WE CAN OUTSOURCE ENGINEERING AND WE CAN OUTSOURCE SOME OF OUR JOBS, I HAVE NOT SEEN HOW YOU CAN OUTSOURCE TO A POLICE DEPARTMENT.
AND SO IF WE DON'T HURRY UP AND PAY THEM, THEY'RE GOING TO GO TO OTHER DEPARTMENTS.
AND WHEN THEY'RE GONE, I MEAN, WE'RE JUST STRUGGLING.
BUT AND SO FOR ME, 4% IS NOT ENOUGH.
BUT. IT'S I DON'T KNOW HOW ELSE TO DO IT.
AND I TOLD ISAAC, I SAID, I DON'T EVEN CARE THE COST.
SOMEHOW WE'VE GOT TO GET EVERYBODY TO PAY THE RIGHT WAGE AND THEN START IT.
IT'S JUST A WHOLE DEPARTMENT, THE WHOLE CITY HALL.
WE GOT TO GET THEM PAID, RIGHT? AND THEN WE CAN START ADDING POSITIONS.
BUT I'M NOT IN ADDING POSITIONS IN THE BUDGET UNTIL EVERYBODY'S GETTING PAID.
I MEAN, WE HAVE AN OFFICER THAT LIVES.
BUT THEY'RE ALL. THEY LIVE IN THRALL.
YOU KNOW WHY THEY LIVE AT ALL? BECAUSE A WAGE THEY CAN'T AFFORD TO LIVE OVER HERE.
AND SO THEY DRIVE ALL THE WAY IN TO PROTECT MY HOUSE AND EVERYBODY ELSE'S HOUSE, AND THEY DRIVE ALL THE WAY BACK.
AND I KNOW IT'S A MARKET PROBLEM, AND WE'RE GOING TO HAVE TO SUCK IT UP AND START FIGURING OUT A WAY TO MAKE IT WORK IN MY MIND.
AND IT'S NOT GOING TO BE EASY.
I MEAN, I THINK SOME OF IT IS DEFINITELY PASE ALWAYS A FACTOR, BUT NONE OF OUR OFFICERS ARE AT THE MINIMUM.
ALL OF OUR OFFICERS ARE ABOVE THE MINIMUM.
MOST ARE AT THE MID RANGE AND WE DO HAVE A FEW OUTLIERS THAT ARE AT OR AT THE MAX.
IF YOU'RE LOOKING AT THE ANNUAL MAG ADJUSTED SALARY THAT IS BEING PRESENTED AND THEN COMPARE IT WITH THE MID-RANGE.
MOST OF THEM ARE PRETTY CLOSE TO IT AND NO ONE IS BELOW THE MINIMUM RANGE AT ALL.
SO I DON'T THINK IT'S A FAIR STATEMENT TO SAY THAT WE'RE UNDERPAYING THE POLICE WHATSOEVER. WE'LL JUST WE CAN VOTE BECAUSE I AGREE TO DISAGREE.
YOU'RE SAYING YOU DON'T THINK WE'RE UNDERPAYING COPS BECAUSE THIS PIECE OF PAPER SAYS A COP SHOULD MAKE 58,000 AND I'M OF THE OPINION.
NO, I'M SAYING THAT THE VACANCIES AREN'T SOLELY RELATED TO THAT LIKE YOU ARE ATTRIBUTING IT TO. I MEAN, LIKE I'M IN EDUCATION, THERE'S A MASS EXODUS OF TEACHERS AND IT'S NOT BECAUSE OF THE DOLLARS.
WELL, I'VE HAD YET TO MEET A TEACHER THAT SAID THEY WERE OVERPAID.
I MEAN. I MEAN, YEAH, THERE'S WHENEVER YOU'RE A PUBLIC SERVANT AND THAT'S DEFINITELY LIKE, I AGREE. I WISH I COULD PAY ALL OF OUR TEACHERS AND PDS AND ALL OF THAT TO TO THAT EXTENT. BUT I'M JUST SAYING, IF WE'RE LOOKING AT THIS STUDY, DOLLAR AMOUNTS AND EVERYTHING, NO ONE IS BELOW THE MINIMUM AMOUNT, MOST ARE AROUND THE MID RANGE.
I THINK THAT WE SHOULD GO WITH WHAT MAG IS SUGGESTING WITH THE 2% AND I AM HAPPY TO DISCUSS AN ADDITIONAL.
BUT JUST FOR WHERE WE ARE RIGHT NOW AS A CITY, I THINK IT WOULD BE BETTER AND MORE
[05:50:06]
EFFICIENT TO DO IT AT THE BUDGET CYCLE IF WE'RE LOOKING FOR THOSE ADDITIONAL COSTS.SO SO WHILE I AGREE THAT PEOPLE DON'T NECESSARILY LEAVE BECAUSE OF THE MONEY WHEN ENOUGH PEOPLE LEAVE, THE SAME THING IS HAPPENING WITH SCHOOL DISTRICTS, WITH TEACHERS.
THEY'RE LOOKING AT HOW MUCH MONEY DO WE HAVE TO PAY TO ATTRACT TEACHERS NOW? BECAUSE ALL OF A SUDDEN IT'S A MUCH MORE COMPETITIVE LANDSCAPE.
AND I THINK A SIMILAR THING IS HAPPENING IN LAW ENFORCEMENT WHERE PEOPLE ARE LEAVING THE PROFESSION. THEY'RE NOT JUST NECESSARILY LEAVING ONE CITY.
AND WE NEED TO BE WE NEED TO BE COMPETITIVE TO ATTRACT THEM HERE.
I GOT YOU. AND I'M SAYING, AS FAR AS COMPETITIVELY LOOKING AT THIS MAG STUDY, WE'RE NOT OFF THE MARK. BUT YOU'RE YOU'RE SAYING THAT BASED ON A PIECE OF PAPER.
YOU'RE NOT SAYING THAT IN REALITY.
YOU'RE SAYING THAT 58 MINIMUM.
WELL, NO ONE'S AT THE MINIMUM.
BUT THE PERSON THAT'S MAKING 60,000 OR 61 OR 60, 62, THEY CAN'T LIVE HERE.
IN FACT, THEY CAN'T EVEN AFFORD THE AFFORDABLE HOUSING THAT WE'RE PUT IN OUR CITY.
AND I'M NOT SAYING EVERY COP HAS TO LIVE HERE, BUT MOST OF THE POLICE DON'T LIVE IN OUR CITY BECAUSE THEY CAN'T AFFORD TO LIVE HERE.
WELL, I MEAN, I DON'T I'M NOT GOING TO DISCLOSE WHAT I MAKE IN THE EDUCATION SECTOR, BUT I DON'T MAKE 60,000.
AND I LIVE IN THE CITY OF HUTTO.
SO I DON'T I DON'T KNOW THAT IF I CAN FULLY GET BEHIND THAT NARRATIVE, I DON'T KNOW.
I DON'T LIVE IN THOSE OFFICER'S SHOES.
AND I DON'T MAKE 60,000 A YEAR.
AND I LIVE IN A CITY WHO HOW TO.
SO SO IF I MAY AND I WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT THE MESSAGE IS OUT THERE THAT I DON'T THINK ANYONE UP HERE DOES DON'T APPRECIATE OUR OUR POLICE OFFICERS AND THAT DEPARTMENT.
I THINK IF WE LOOK AT THE WHOLE BIG PICTURE OF THIS, THERE'S GOING TO BE SOME UNCOMFORTABLE CONVERSATIONS TO BE HAD REGARDING THOSE THAT AREN'T GETTING THE 2%.
I THINK THE P.D., NOW THAT WE HAVE SERGEANT YARBOROUGH ON CHIEF YARBOROUGH, I'M SORRY.
IT'S SOMETHING THAT WE CAN ADDRESS WITH THE POLICE DEPARTMENT, WITH THE NEW CHIEF, AND THEN DO A BUDGET AMENDMENT COME BACK LATER AND SAY, OKAY, WE WE'D LIKE TO.
WELL, WE ALREADY KNOW THAT THIS MAY NOT BE THE BEST SURVEY THAT WAS DONE.
I'M SO TIRED. I'M SORRY, BUT FOR CONSISTENCY SAKE RIGHT NOW, DO THE 2% ACROSS THE BOARD BRING BACK THE WHOLE PD ISSUE ONCE WE CAN DO MORE RESEARCH, MAYBE WITH CHIEF YARBOROUGH AND THEN LOOK AT THAT AT THE BUDGET AMENDMENT AND ADDRESS IT SEPARATELY, THEN WITH THIS WHOLE. THING RIGHT NOW.
THAT SOUNDS GREAT. THAT WAY WE CAN GET THIS IMPLEMENTED AND THEN WE CAN LOOK AT THAT AT A LATER DATE. WELL, DURING THE BUDGET CYCLE.
SO WE'RE ONLY LOOKING AT ABOUT.
46 MONTHS OR SOMETHING LIKE THAT.
KAMARA NEED A CONSENSUS, BUT WE'VE GOT TO DO A MOTION ON THIS.
SO I'LL MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE THIS PRESENTED.
AND NOW I'M EXPECTING, YOU KNOW, ME PRETTY GOOD BECAUSE.
BECAUSE THEN WE CAN VOTE ON THE AMENDMENTS.
AND I ALWAYS TELL PEOPLE, I DON'T CARE HOW THE VOTE GOES.
I JUST I GET STUCK IN MY WAYS.
AND SO WE HAVE A MOTION BY COUNCIL MEMBER GORDON, SECONDED BY COUNCIL MEMBER KINSEY.
AND SO I'M GOING TO MAKE A MOTION FOR AN AMENDMENT TO ADD IN THE CITY MANAGER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AS PRESENTED TO THIS.
FOR MY MOTION INCLUDED THAT IF IF IF IT IF IT DIDN'T I MEANT IT TO.
OCH I DON'T KNOW IF IT DID OR NOT.
SO JUST TO BE SURE THAT'S IN THERE AND THEN A 4% INCREASE FOR EVERYBODY IN THE POLICE DEPARTMENT, MINUS THE POLICE CHIEF.
THE FIRST TIME HE DIDN'T GET A RAISE, BUT HE JUST GOT HIRED.
AND THAT INCLUDES ANIMAL CONTROL CODES, INSPECTORS.
AND THEN ALSO FOR YOU TO COME BACK.
THIS PROBABLY SHOULD JUST COME BACK TO ANOTHER DEAL.
RIGHT. IS THERE ANYBODY THAT'S GONE A SECOND TIME? I'LL SECOND THAT. SO THE AMENDMENT IS JUST 4%, 4% FOR THE POLICE, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF CHIEF. IS THAT THE SWORN POSITIONS IN PD? DOES IT INCLUDE THE CIVILIAN POSITIONS ALSO? EVERYBODY. OKAY.
OKAY. BUT WE DID THAT ONCE BEFORE A COUPLE OF YEARS AGO.
AND I WANT TO CLARIFY THAT TURNED OUT TO BE A MESS.
OKAY. BUT THAT'S THE SALARIES PLUS THE MINIMUM PAY.
THAT IS, WHATEVER THIS WHATEVER THIS AMENDMENT IS.
WELL, BECAUSE OUR MINIMUM SCALE AFFECTS WHO WE HIRE.
SO ARE YOU TRYING TO AFFECT WHO WE HIRE AS WELL, OR IS THAT.
RIGHT NOW, I'M JUST TRYING TO GIVE THE PEOPLE WHO ARE WORKING.
[05:55:04]
BECAUSE I KNOW THAT EVENTUALLY THIS IS RETENTION.THE HIRING WOULD BE A SEPARATE OUT ATTRACTING NEW YARBOROUGH WOULD COME BACK WITH PEOPLE.
BUT I DON'T WANT TO LOSE ANYMORE, BASICALLY.
AND HE MAY COME BACK AND SAY WE HAD TO BUMP UP THE MINIMUMS. AND THEN I JUST GET HAPPY BECAUSE THEN THAT SOUNDS GREAT.
GREAT. SO YEAH, IT'S JUST THE CURRENT PEOPLE THERE.
SO SNYDER AND THEN MAYOR PRO TEM SECONDED ANY OTHER DISCUSSION? ON THE MOTION. OKAY.
PLEASE CALL A VOTE ON. WE'RE VOTING ON THE AMENDMENT 4%.
GOING FROM 2 TO 4 IN THE PLACE BECAUSE.
NAME. COUNCIL MEMBER KINSEY NAME.
MAYOR SNYDER. I COUNCIL MEMBER VILLARREAL SALVO NAME.
THE QUESTION PASSES FOR THREE.
THE AMENDMENT PASSES FOR THREE.
THE SALARY STUDY IS PRESENTED WITH THE CITY MANAGER'S COMMENTS AS PART OF THAT.
IS THAT RIGHT? THAT'S MY BOARD.
ANY DISCUSSION ON THAT? PETER HINTON, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE.
COUNCIL MEMBER. VILLARREAL SALVO.
I. MAYOR SNYDER I COUNCIL MEMBER KINSEY NAY.
MAYOR PRO TEM THORNTON I MOTION PASSES SIX ONE.
DOES THAT TAKE US? DOES THAT FIX 13 TWO? YES, SIR. THAT WAS PART OF THAT.
YES, SIR. SO IF THERE'S NO I JUST HAVE SOMETHING TO ADD.
SO FOR ALL OF OUR OTHER VACANT POSITIONS, IF WE'RE THINKING THAT IT'S A SALARY REASON WHY WE CAN'T FILL THOSE, THEN WHOEVER IS HEAD OF THOSE DEPARTMENTS OR STREET DEPARTMENT HAS QUITE A FEW VACANCIES.
THAT WOULD BE AWESOME IF WE CAN.
KIND OF IF THAT'S WHAT WE'RE TRULY GETTING AT IS TO TRY AND GET.
EVERYONE FILLED, ALL THE POSITIONS FILLED.
AND WE'RE SAYING THAT THAT'S WHAT'S REALLY HOLDING THE CITY BACK.
AND I THINK THAT WE SHOULD DO THAT FOR ALL OF THE VACANT POSITIONS AND SEE BECAUSE ON OUR ON OUR SPREADSHEET, ALL OF THOSE POSITIONS ARE BLANK ACROSS THE BOARD.
SO THERE'S REALLY NO INFORMATION.
I DON'T KNOW IF MAG HAS IT, THEY JUST DIDN'T INCLUDE IT.
BUT SO WE DON'T EVEN REALLY KNOW WHAT WE SHOULD BE HIRING.
STREETS AND DRAINAGE SUPERINTENDENT ADD OR STREETS IN DRAINAGE TECH ONE AND TWO.
YOU KNOW HOW BAD OUR STREETS AND DRAINAGE IS.
I MEAN SO I JUST THINK IT'S SOMETHING TO NOTE.
SO. WELL, THAT'S A GREAT MOMENT.
HERE'S WHAT I TOLD ISAAC, THE CITY MANAGER.
I SAID, BUT SOME OF THESE PEOPLE GET PAID SO LITTLE, I'M SURPRISED THEY RETURN PHONE CALLS AND EMAILS, BECAUSE IF I WAS GETTING PAID $43,000 A YEAR, LIKE SOME PEOPLE SERVE WITH THEIR HEART, THEY DON'T DO IT FOR AUTHORITY AND A PAYCHECK.
I HEAR YOU, BUT THEY HAVE TO BE ABLE TO PUT FOOD ON THEIR TABLE AND THEY HAD TO FILL UP.
YOU'RE TALKING TO ONE OF THEM.
YOU'RE TALKING TO ONE OF THEM.
ANY OTHER DISCUSSION BEFORE WE ADJOURN THE MEETING? MR. MAYOR. TWO THINGS.
ONE, I WANTED TO SHARE WITH THE COUNCIL THAT I WILL BE MEETING WITH EMPLOYEES TOMORROW.
ME AND SOME OF THE OTHER STAFF MEMBERS WILL BE MEETING WITH EMPLOYEES TOMORROW REGARDING THE ACTIONS TAKEN WITH THE SALARIES, NOTWITHSTANDING THE FACT THAT THE BUDGET AMENDMENTS HAVE TO COME ALONG. SECONDLY, I WAS INFORMED THIS AFTERNOON THAT ONE OF OUR EMPLOYEES IS RESIGNED. SO STACY IT'S THE LAST DAY WILL BE MADE THE SECOND.
SO OUR STACY, OUR STACY, THE STACY SITTING RIGHT OVER THERE.
GET THAT INFORMATION THIS AFTERNOON.
LATE THIS AFTERNOON. JUST WANTED YOU TO BE AWARE OF THAT.
AND WE WILL CERTAINLY KEEP YOU APPRIZED OF SOME THINGS THAT WE WOULD LIKE TO DO FOR HER TO SHOW HER OUR APPRECIATION.
JUST A TOKEN OF THE MYRIAD OF WONDERFUL THINGS THAT SHE'S DONE WHILE SHE'S BEEN WITH THE CITY. THAT'S NOT A TWO WEEK NOTICE.
SO THIS WILL BE YOUR LAST. SEE HOW SHE'S SMILING LIKE SHE'S.
[06:00:07]
I'LL BE SLEEPING NEXT TIME.ANYTHING ELSE BEFORE WE ADJOURN? WE'LL ADJOURN AT 1:37 A.M., APRIL 27.
* This transcript was compiled from uncorrected Closed Captioning.